Halma
Annual Report 2019

Plain-text annual report

Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 H a l m a p l c A n n u a l R e p o r t a n d A c c o u n t s 2 0 1 9 safer cleaner healthier Our purpose is to grow a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day. Halma is a global Group of life-saving technology companies. Our companies provide innovative solutions to many of the key problems facing the world today. Three examples of our impact Growing a safer future: enhancing road safety Read more on page 18 Growing a cleaner future: reducing marine pollution Read more on page 28 Growing a healthier future: improving oxygen treatment Read more on page 34 Contents Strategic Report 02 Highlights 03 At a glance 04 Strategy and business model 10 Chairman’s statement 12 Group Chief Executive’s review 20 Process Safety 24 Infrastructure Safety 30 Environmental & Analysis 36 Medical 40 Key performance indicators 44 Our people 46 Our stakeholders 48 Sustainability 54 Risk management and internal controls 56 Principal risks and uncertainties 60 Financial review Governance 68 Introduction to governance 70 Board of Directors 72 Executive Board 73 Leadership 77 Effectiveness 78 Board engagement and monitoring culture 80 Nomination Committee report 82 Accountability 83 Viability statement 84 Audit Committee report 89 Remuneration Committee report 92 Remuneration Policy 96 Annual Remuneration report 108 Directors’ report 111 Directors’ responsibilities Financial Statements 112 Independent auditors’ report 120 Consolidated Income Statement 121 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure 122 Consolidated Balance Sheet 123 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 125 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 126 Accounting Policies 137 Notes to the Accounts 182 Company Balance Sheet 183 Company Statement of Changes in Equity 184 Notes to the Company Accounts 196 Summary 2009 to 2019 Other Information 198 Shareholder Information 01 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationHighlights Record revenue and profit for the 16th consecutive year Revenue £1,211m +13% Adjusted profit before taxation1 Statutory profit before taxation £245.7m +15% £206.7m +20% £m 726 808 962 1,076 1,211 133.6 136.3 157.7 171.9 206.7 153.6 166.0 194.0 213.7 245.7 £m 250 200 150 100 50 0 £m 250 200 150 100 50 0 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 600 400 200 0 p 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Dividend per share paid and proposed Return on sales4 15.71p +7% 20.3% 11.96 12.81 13.71 14.68 15.71 21.2 20.6 20.2 19.9 20.3 % 25 20 15 10 5 0 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Continuing operations Revenue Adjusted1 Profit before Taxation Adjusted2 Earnings per Share Statutory Profit before Taxation Statutory Earnings per Share Total Dividend per Share3 Return on Sales4 Return on Total Invested Capital5 2019 2018 Change £1,210.9m £1,076.2m £245.7m £213.7m 52.74p 45.26p £206.7m £171.9m 44.78p 15.71p 20.3% 16.1% 40.69p 14.68p 19.9% 15.2% +13% +15% +17% +20% +10% +7% Net Debt £181.7m £220.3m 02 Pro-forma information 1 Adjusted to remove the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items, restructuring costs, profit or loss on disposal of operations and the effect of equalisation of benefits for men and women in the defined benefit pension plans, totalling £39.0m (2018: £41.7m). See note 1 to the Accounts. 2 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items, restructuring costs, profit or loss on disposal of operations and the effect of equalisation of benefits for men and women in the defined benefit pension plans, the associated taxation thereon and, in the prior year, the effect of US tax reform measures. See note 2 to the Accounts. 3 Total dividend paid and proposed per share. 4 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted1 profit before taxation from continuing operations expressed as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations. 5 Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC) is defined as post-tax Adjusted1 Profit as a percentage of average Total Invested Capital. 6 Adjusted1 Profit before Taxation, Adjusted2 Earnings per Share, organic growth rates and ROTIC are alternative performance measures used by management. See notes 1, 2 and 3 to the Accounts. 7 Adjusted1 operating profit before central administration costs after share of associate. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019At a glance Our sectors Process Safety Process Safety’s technologies protect people and assets at work across a range of critical industrial and logistics operations. Its instruments detect hazardous gases and analyse air quality and its systems manage the movement of people in high risk areas, preventing accidents and ensuring critical processes operate safely. Its explosion protection devices and systems protect pressurised vessels and pipework and its real-time corrosion monitoring and valve interlocking systems safeguard people and processes. Infrastructure Safety Infrastructure Safety’s technologies save lives, protect infrastructure and enable safe movement. It protects people, property and assets with technologies that detect and suppress fire, and ensure the security of commercial, residential and public buildings. It makes elevators smarter, simpler and safer with safety and communications systems and components, its sensors automate doors in public, commercial and industrial buildings, and its advanced radar technology makes highways and airports safer and more efficient. Environmental & Analysis Environmental & Analysis provides technologies that monitor and protect the environment and ensure the quality and availability of life-critical resources. Its solutions, including environmental data recording, water quality testing, water network monitoring and ultraviolet treatment, help to monitor and improve the quality of drinking, industrial and recreational water, and to monitor air and water pollution and analyse gases. Its optical, opto-electronic and spectral imaging systems use light to analyse materials across a broad range of applications and industries. Medical Medical’s technologies enhance the quality of life for patients and improve the quality of care delivered by healthcare providers. Its devices assess eye health, monitor blood pressure, and assist with eye surgery and in primary care applications. Its fluidic components are used by medical diagnostic OEMs and laboratories in demanding fluidic handling applications, and its sensor technologies are used in hospitals and healthcare facilities to improve care quality, safety and operational efficiency. Read more on page 20 Read more on page 24 Read more on page 30 Read more on page 36 Revenue £198m 16% of Group revenue Revenue £409m 34% of Group revenue Revenue £299m 25% of Group revenue Revenue £306m 25% of Group revenue Adjusted1 operating profit7 Adjusted1 operating profit7 Adjusted1 operating profit7 Adjusted1 operating profit7 £46m 16% of Adjusted1 operating profit7 £89m 32% of Adjusted1 operating profit7 £66m 24% of Adjusted1 operating profit7 £77m 28% of Adjusted1 operating profit7 Revenue by destination 37% USA 22% Mainland Europe 16% United Kingdom 15% Asia Pacific 10% Other 20+ Countries with a Halma company presence 5 International hubs in the USA, Brazil, UK, India and China 100+ Countries with customers 03 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Halma’s DNA Halma’s DNA runs through our business at all levels. It provides competitive advantage and core stability, and allows us to continuously adapt to new market needs. Our purpose Our purpose is to grow a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day. It drives every business decision we make. It ensures everyone who works with us is focused on doing those things that make it happen. Our companies develop technologies which protect and improve people’s lives. We solve some of the world’s most pressing issues, from air quality to food security. Our purpose defines the three broad market areas where we operate: Safety Protecting life as populations grow and urbanise, and protecting worker safety. Environment Improving food and water quality, and monitoring air pollution. Health Meeting rising healthcare demand as growing populations age and lifestyles change. We believe these issues are global and long term in nature. We expect them to support Halma’s success sustainably for the foreseeable future. 04 See our business model Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Halma Organisational Genes Halma Cultural Genes These are the unique cultural and behavioural principles that we require, protect and leverage to effectively optimise our organisational genes and deliver our purpose. Live the purpose Be passionate about making the world safer, cleaner and healthier. See real problems and create innovative solutions. Embrace the adventure Continually grow and change, as individuals and collectively. Challenge assumptions and see opportunities. Seek insight from all directions and leverage diverse points of view. Be an entrepreneur Be an owner, risk-taker, visionary. Transform bold ambitions into reality. Be agile and responsive in the face of constant change. Be successful through and with others. Say yes, and… Be comfortable with paradox. Choose Yes, and... to seemingly conflicting priorities. Build for tomorrow and deliver today. Have stability and constantly evolve. Enjoy autonomy and eagerly collaborate. Just be a good person Play to win, but not at the expense of others. Operate with impeccable ethics, transparency and integrity in all that you do. These are the core elements of our business structure and have proved themselves to be fundamental drivers in delivering consistent, long-term growth. They describe what we will protect while we continuously transform ourselves. Purpose drives us Our purpose powers every business decision we make, from choosing our markets to finding the right talent. Agility is everything We are built to be responsive. Decision-making is close to our customers. Individual businesses, as well as the portfolio, can react with speed when market dynamics change. We bet on talent We insist on exceptional leaders who are empowered and accountable to set strategy and grow their own businesses. Diverse viewpoints on every team help to ensure we don’t miss a thing. We are global niche specialists We are disciplined in targeting high-return, well-defended global niches in markets with long-term growth drivers. We innovate with cutting-edge technology in these niches and use our deep application knowledge. We invest for the future Our diverse portfolio allows us to take a long-term view and means we can continue to innovate for the future even as short-term market conditions change. We are structured for growth Individual businesses within the Group have access to our internal and external networks, enabling us to go faster by learning from the experiences of others. Central expertise and capital are available to accelerate organic growth, which in turn allows us to continue to acquire additional growth and capabilities. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 05 Our strategy is powered by our purpose. It is focused on acquiring and growing businesses in global niche markets, in our chosen areas of safety, health and the environment. Our strategy We divide our growth strategy into three areas. Our Core strategy is to grow our companies both organically and through M&A, and will continue to be our major focus. Our Convergence and Edge strategies recognise that the increasing rate of technological change, including data and connectivity, is opening up new ways of growing our business and leveraging our collaborative culture. Core Growing a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day. Core Developing new products and services, and growing organically and by acquisitions in niche markets with global reach which have resilient long-term growth drivers. Convergence Developing new products, services and business models by combining existing Halma technologies and capabilities in new ways, and potentially by adding capabilities and partnerships. Edge Convergence Edge Developing and investing in digital business models that have the potential to completely disrupt existing models, and which can scale exponentially. Our markets We choose our markets because they have resilient, long-term growth drivers. Their growth is driven by demographic changes, as populations grow and age, and as more people move to cities, and by ever increasing regulation, as standards for safety, cleanliness and care become ever higher. We expect to drive consistently superior growth and returns over the long term from our disciplined focus on acquiring and growing businesses in these niche markets. We continuously reinvest in our companies to ensure that we maintain strong positions in our chosen markets. This includes investment in developing our people, our products and services, our intellectual property and our knowledge of the markets we serve. Our companies are small- to medium-sized businesses, which provide technology solutions in the safety, health and environmental markets. We have a variety of routes to market, from direct sales to third party distribution, and a wide range of customers, from individuals to large OEMs. Our customers operate in diverse sectors, including commercial and public buildings, utilities, healthcare, science and the environment, process industries, and energy and resources. We operate in more than 20 countries, with major operations in the UK, Mainland Europe, the USA and Asia. 06 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019We believe that the combination of our purpose, strategy, culture and business model differentiates us from our peers, and we expect it to deliver superior and sustainable value for our shareholders. We set ourselves challenging targets, and aspire to double our earnings every five years, while maintaining high returns. Investment proposition A clear purpose Our purpose is to grow a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day, and this gives us a strong motivation to make a positive difference to people’s lives worldwide, and provides us with exciting opportunities for growth in a diverse range of markets. High growth and returns We deliver high growth and returns. Over the past five years, organic revenue growth has averaged 10% and growth in adjusted earnings per share has averaged 12.9%. Return on Sales has averaged 20.4% and Return on Total Invested Capital has averaged 15.7% over the same time period. Strong cash generation and modest leverage Our business is strongly cash generative. Cash generation (adjusted operating cash flow as a percentage of adjusted operating profit) has averaged 86% over the past five years. We maintain modest levels of leverage, to allow us flexibility for organic investment and to make acquisitions, with gearing (net debt to EBITDA) having averaged 0.84 times over the past five years. Agile portfolio management We manage the mix of businesses in our Group to ensure we can sustain strong growth and returns over the long term. We acquire businesses to accelerate penetration of more attractive market niches, we merge businesses when market characteristics change, and we exit markets which offer less attractive long-term growth and returns through carefully planned disposals. A strong and consistent track record We have a strong track record, having consistently achieved record profits, high returns and strong cash flows, with low levels of balance sheet gearing. We have delivered record levels of revenue and profit for 16 consecutive years, Return on Sales of 16% or more for 34 consecutive years, and have a 40 year track record of growing dividend per share by 5% or more every year. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 07 Our business model is simple. It is driven by our strategy and supported by Halma’s DNA. It is focused on sustaining our companies’ growth and returns over the longer term, while delivering strong performance in the shorter term. Our business model We are structured for growth We have a sustainable financial model Our structure is simple and lean, with only three layers – companies, sectors and support functions – all three of which are focused and rewarded on driving growth. This allows for fast decision-making, and minimises bureaucracy. Our purpose and strategy define the markets we operate in, and our focus on growing and acquiring businesses in global niches in the safety, health and environmental markets. Our choice of markets results in a highly sustainable financial model: strong organic growth and cash generation allow us to continuously reinvest in future growth and acquisitions. Our companies Each company is a separate legal entity with a board of directors. This drives accountability for performance and supports good governance. It also allows companies to drive innovation in their chosen niche markets, and be agile and responsive to changes in their customers’ needs to drive sustainable growth. Our sectors Our sector teams are the vital connection between our companies and support functions. They promote internal networks and collaboration between companies, enabling companies to capitalise on broader sector trends, and support M&A through small sector teams. Support functions Support functions provide expertise in capital management and control frameworks. They support our companies through our Growth Enablers, manage our portfolio of companies and the allocation of capital, set our risk appetite, and ensure compliance and good governance. Strong organic growth The foundation of our financial model is strong and consistent organic revenue and profit growth. This is driven by our disciplined focus on markets which have resilient, long-term growth drivers, and market niches that offer consistently superior organic growth and high returns. High returns and cash generation We also choose markets that have relatively low capital intensity and high returns on sales. In turn, this drives strong returns on capital and high levels of cash generation. Continuous reinvestment We use this cash generation to continuously reinvest in R&D and product innovation to maintain our strong market and product positions, and to drive growth and maintain a high return on sales. Value-enhancing acquisitions Strong cash generation also allows us to make value-enhancing acquisitions in core and adjacent markets to expand our growth opportunities and geographical reach. Flexibility to invest and grow dividends We maintain modest levels of financial leverage, to allow us flexibility to invest and sustain a progressive dividend policy for our shareholders. 08 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 We support our companies through our Growth Enablers We measure our achievements and reward performance Our Growth Enablers support our companies in delivering our growth strategy. These seven Growth Enablers leverage a unique set of skills and expertise from across the Group, powered and co-ordinated by small central teams. We measure our achievements through financial and non-financial key performance indicators (KPIs), and through customer satisfaction and the delivery of shareholder value. M&A We acquire and grow businesses which are aligned with our strategy, and sell or merge businesses to ensure we maintain our strategic focus. International Expansion We assist our companies in growing their businesses in key export markets, including through our hubs in the USA, Brazil , UK, India and China. Talent and Culture We attract and develop ambitious people who want to make a difference, and who prosper from the freedom to make their own decisions. Finance and Risk We give our leaders the insight to make good decisions, through accurate, timely, and actionable financial data and risk analysis. Digital Growth Engines We provide innovation and accelerator programmes to help our companies discover new opportunities and build digital capabilities. Innovation Network We connect our companies with each other and experts from around the world to help them learn from each other and stay current with market trends. Strategic Communications We assist our companies in reaching all stakeholders who can help them to build their brand and develop market-leading positions. Setting challenging targets We aspire to double our earnings every five years while maintaining high returns, and set targets for our growth, returns, cash generation and investment KPIs. We work hard to ensure that we have the right culture, talent and diversity and set challenging targets for employee engagement, health and safety and training. Closely monitoring performance We closely monitor our companies’ performance, their strategic plans and forecasts. Each company certifies twice a year its compliance with minimum controls for finance, legal and IT; this is complemented by independent peer reviews of financial performance, and internal and external audits. We are developing new ways of measuring the delivery of our strategy, for example in the effect of Convergence and Edge strategies, and how we are achieving our purpose, by more effectively measuring our impact on the world. Rewarding our people Our people are rewarded on performance. We reward them for delivering superior and sustainable growth and returns and hold them accountable for delivering our strategy and complying with our control frameworks. Short-term incentives based on Economic Value Added (profit growth, adjusted for a charge for the use of any capital) are balanced by longer-term incentives in the form of Halma shares. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 09 Chairman’s statement Record results and the 40th year of dividend growth of 5% or more I am pleased to report that Halma had a successful year, delivering record results and executing well against our growth strategy. We remain positioned to deliver continued strong growth and returns into the future. Revenue and profit increased for the 16th consecutive year, with strong organic growth, and increased returns. We have a robust financial position, with strong cash generation and modest financial leverage, allowing us to continue to invest in our businesses and in acquisitions to drive future growth. We are proposing a 7% increase in our final dividend which, if approved at our Annual General Meeting, will result in our dividend per share growing by 5% or more for the 40th consecutive year. Ensuring sustained success I believe Halma’s continued success is driven by two key elements: focus and discipline in our choice of markets, and our careful selection and development of talented people. In terms of our choice of markets, our purpose ensures that we remain focused on delivering solutions for our customers that improve safety, support a cleaner environment and deliver better health outcomes. This means that our companies are helping to solve some of the biggest issues facing the world today, and this is likely to support their growth over the long-term. Our clear and consistent strategy means that we are disciplined in only investing in global niche markets which are aligned with our purpose and where growth is driven by long-term trends such as global population growth, the increasing proportion of people living in cities, and ever higher regulatory standards. We create value by growing and acquiring strong companies in these markets, and supporting them in creating new technologies, products and solutions to make the world safer, cleaner and healthier. The digital revolution is presenting exciting opportunities for our businesses, and we are already seeing a step-change in the mindset of our business leaders and their drive to ‘think digital’. Supported by our Innovation & Digital team, they are developing their thinking around products, services and markets in order to develop innovative propositions for their customers. 10 “ Our clear and consistent strategy means that we are disciplined in only investing in global niche markets which are aligned with our purpose.” Paul Walker Chairman Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019In February, we held a Capital Markets Day for analysts and investors focused on the Medical sector, and the life-saving technology developed by Halma companies. Materials from the event, including a video summary, are available on our website www.halma.com The UK Corporate Governance Code The Board has already taken steps to consider and strengthen our governance to align with the new UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 – particularly around stakeholder and workforce engagement. I am pleased to report that we have complied with the 2016 Code in full and further details of our approach to the 2018 Code are set out in the Governance Report. A new approach to sustainability During the year, we reviewed our approach to sustainability. Halma has always minimised its environmental impact by operating close to its end markets, and our technologies have a positive impact on the world by protecting people and improving their quality of life. However, we recognise that being a good corporate citizen extends beyond these positive effects and that we need to demonstrate more fully how we manage our businesses in a sustainable and ethical way. We undertook an exercise to understand which areas of corporate social responsibility matter most to our stakeholders and how we are performing against our peers. Our initiatives in these areas, further described in the Sustainability review on pages 48 to 53, will be led by Marc Ronchetti, who has been appointed as the Board member responsible for Sustainability and Health & Safety. Looking to the future In summary, Halma has delivered another great set of results and I am proud of what everyone across the Group has achieved. I hope that you will find this Annual Report helpful in understanding our business and strategy, our performance over the past year and our approach to governance. As Chairman, I look to the future with confidence, knowing that we have a strong sense of purpose, a clear and focused strategy and great talent to continue to deliver strong growth and returns. Paul Walker Chairman Talent, culture and diversity The support we give to our businesses in selecting and developing their people is a further crucial element of our success. We want exceptional people, who are motivated by our purpose and by the opportunity to grow their companies, and who want to be held accountable for the delivery of that growth over the long-term. We are thoughtful in our approach to ensure that we recruit and retain the best people and have robust succession plans. A good example of this is the successful handover this year from Kevin Thompson to Marc Ronchetti as Chief Financial Officer. I was pleased to welcome Marc to the Board in July 2018. Our culture is fundamental to our success, and one measure of its health is the engagement of our employees. I am pleased that our independent survey of employee engagement saw both a very high response rate and continued strong engagement at all levels. I believe that diversity in all its forms brings great benefits to Halma, and we seek to provide opportunities for all, regardless of background, age, gender or race. While we are moving in the right direction, with good representation at Group, Sector and Board levels, we do recognise that we still need to do more to improve diversity across the Group and particularly in senior management within companies. I would like to thank all of my colleagues across our companies for their hard work and support for Halma, in delivering such a strong performance. Communicating and supporting our purpose During the year, we developed new ways of communicating our purpose to all our stakeholders. This includes a new brand design, which we are launching with this report, a redesigned website at www.halma.com, and the development of Halma’s DNA, which articulates the key elements of our culture and approach. All of the elements of Halma’s DNA are fundamental to our success, and unite our diverse Group of companies. We also supported our purpose through the launch of our first group-wide charitable campaign, Gift of Sight. Over 1,800 employees around the world have received eye screenings throughout the campaign, raising over US$100,000 for the Himalayan Cataract Project. O t h e r I n f o r m a t i o n 11 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements Group Chief Executive’s review Another record year Revenue £1.2bn Adjusted1 profit £246m ≥5% dividend growth for Final dividend to increase by 40yrs 7% 12 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Record revenue and profit for 16th consecutive year Process Safety revenue £198m +7% Infrastructure Safety revenue £409m +17% Environmental & Analysis revenue £299m +15% Medical revenue £306m +8% “ We have a clear and focused growth strategy of growing and acquiring businesses in niche markets with global reach in our chosen market areas of safety, health and the environment.” We have achieved record revenue and profit for the 16th consecutive year, and double-digit organic constant currency revenue growth for the second year running. Our strategic investment is wide-ranging, including creating innovative new technology, products and services, extending our international reach, strengthening our talent base, and acquiring strong businesses in, or adjacent to, our existing markets. Halma’s purpose is to grow a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day. Consequently, we address some of the world’s most fundamental needs and challenges: safety at work and in public spaces; a cleaner, more sustainable environment; and improved medical care. These needs are both global and long-term in nature, and they will continue to gain importance as populations increase, urbanise and age, and as regulation continues to tighten. We expect these factors to drive demand for our solutions far into the future. We have a clear and focused growth strategy of growing and acquiring businesses in niche markets with global reach in our chosen market areas of safety, health and the environment. We also have a simple financial model, with strong organic growth, high returns and cash generation allowing us to continuously increase investment to drive future organic and acquired growth, while providing progressive dividends for shareholders. We set ourselves challenging targets, aspiring to double our earnings every five years, while maintaining modest levels of financial gearing without being reliant on seeking further equity. Halma’s definitive organisational model and culture have provided a stable foundation for over 40 years. They are becoming increasingly important as Halma continues to grow and expand internationally, and as our businesses constantly evolve and adapt to address changing market needs. I believe it is crucial that we are clear on how our purpose, strategy, organisation and culture interact, and how they continue to be the foundation of our success. This is described earlier in this Annual Report (pages 4 to 9) and on our new website, so that all our stakeholders can understand how our organisation and culture are at the heart of ensuring that we align our purpose with continued strong performance. Record revenue and profit with higher returns Revenue increased by 13% to £1,211m (2018: £1,076m), including 10% organic constant currency revenue growth for the second consecutive year. Adjusted1 profit rose by 15% to £245.7m (2018: £213.7m) including 11% organic constant currency growth. Acquisitions contributed 3% to revenue growth (2% net of disposals) and 3% to adjusted profit growth (4% net of disposals). There was a small benefit to revenue and profit from currency in the full year, with a negative impact in the first half more than offset by a positive effect in the second half. Statutory profit before taxation increased by 20.2% to £206.7m (2018: £171.9m). Returns remained at a high level. Return on Sales1 increased to 20.3% (2018: 19.9%), within our target range of 18% – 22%. The post-tax Return on Invested Capital improved to 16.1% (2018: 15.2%), well above our estimated Weighted Average Cost of Capital of 7.9%, with the increase primarily reflecting the strong earnings growth achieved. 13 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRevenue +13% Adjusted1 profit before tax +15% Statutory profit before tax +20% Group Chief Executive’s review Continued Strong cash generation and balance sheet to support future investment Cash generation was excellent and resulted in net debt reducing to £182m (2018: £220m) after spending £68m on acquisitions and £31m on capital expenditure, as well as paying dividends of £57m to shareholders and £41m of tax. Gearing (net debt to EBITDA) reduced to 0.63 times from 0.87 times. This is lower than our targeted range of 1-2 times, and therefore our balance sheet has significant capacity to support investment in both organic and acquisitive growth, in line with our strategic objectives. Final dividend to increase by 7% The Board is recommending a 7% increase in the final dividend to 9.60p per share (2018: 8.97p per share). The final dividend for 2019 is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM on 25 July 2019 and is expected to be paid on 14 August 2019 to shareholders on the register at 12 July 2019. Together with the 6.11p per share interim dividend, this would result in a total dividend for the year of 15.71p (2018: 14.68p), also up 7%, making this the 40th consecutive year of dividend per share growth of 5% or more. Revenue growth in all major regions We delivered revenue growth in all major regions, reflecting the sustainable and global growth opportunities offered by safety, environmental and health markets. Our companies are increasingly leveraging our regional hubs and collaborating with other companies to develop new products and services and to expand internationally. The USA, Mainland Europe and the UK performed strongly. Our largest region, the USA, achieved the strongest revenue growth of 18%, both on a reported and on an organic constant currency basis. Mainland Europe and the UK grew revenue by 12% and 16% respectively (6% and 11% on an organic constant currency basis). Asia Pacific growth was slower, at 5%, against a strong performance last year which benefited from some large contracts. In our major markets in the region, China grew 8% following 20% growth last year, and Australasia improved by 16%. We continue to see good growth potential in Asia Pacific, by leveraging our growth hubs in the region, and we continue to strengthen our local management teams. In the Rest of the World, performance was mixed. Revenue was broadly flat overall, with a challenging second half following good first half growth. In the larger markets, Africa and Brazil delivered good growth, while Near and Middle East and Canada were broadly flat. Revenue and profit growth in all sectors Revenue and profit increased in all sectors, with three out of four sectors reporting double-digit organic revenue and profit growth. Process Safety delivered good growth, although reorganisations in our Industrial Access Control and Safe Storage and Transfer businesses, to improve their competitive position and performance, softened profit growth. Revenue increased 7% to £198m (2018: £185m), while profit grew 5% to £45.5m (2018: £43.3m). Organic constant currency growth for revenue and profit was also 7% and 5% respectively, given a minimal currency effect and no acquisitions in the year. Revenue growth was slower in the second half, primarily due to less favourable conditions in the US energy sector. Return on Sales remained strong at 23.0% (2018: 23.5%), with the decline in the year reflecting the reorganisation costs. R&D spend increased by 10% to £7.0m (2018: £6.3m). The Gas Detection and Industrial Access Control businesses performed strongly, while the performance of Pressure Management was challenged by adverse end market conditions and profit mix, but nonetheless delivered flat revenue. Our Safe Storage and Transfer businesses reported a single-digit decline in revenue during their period of restructuring which included strengthening their leadership and consolidating manufacturing operations. There was strong organic constant currency growth in the USA, supported by a major logistics contract for our Industrial Access Control subsector, despite less favourable energy market conditions. The UK also performed well, with good progress in Gas Detection and Industrial Access Control. There was solid progress in Asia Pacific and Mainland Europe, while other regions declined, including in energy related markets in the Middle East. 14 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Total Shareholder Return (ten years) Graph as rebased to 100 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 600 400 200 % increase 1,141% 466% 294% 170% 31 March 2009 31 March 2010 31 March 2011 31 March 2012 31 March 2013 31 March 2014 31 March 2015 31 March 2016 31 March 2017 31 March 2018 31 March 2019 Halma FTSE 100 FTSE 250 NASDAQ composite Process Safety will continue to invest in broadening its markets and improving its product innovation and leadership. We expect this to make it less sensitive to changes in its largest market, oil and gas, and deliver more consistent growth in the future. Infrastructure Safety had a very impressive year, with strong organic growth and a significant contribution from acquisitions. Revenue increased by 17% to £409m (2018: £349m), including 11% organic constant currency growth and a 6% contribution from acquisitions. Profit grew by 21% to £88.9m (2018: £73.3m), which included 16% organic constant currency growth and a 5% contribution from acquisitions. Return on Sales increased to 21.8% (2018: 21.0%). R&D spend increased by 22% to £24.9m (2018: £20.4m). The sector’s strong performance was broadly-based, with all five subsectors performing well. There was exceptionally strong growth in the USA, partly reflecting a recovery from last year’s weaker performance. The sector’s Fire businesses were key contributors to this improvement. The Africa, Near and Middle East region also performed strongly, and there were good rates of growth in the UK and Mainland Europe. Growth in Asia Pacific was slower. The Other regions, which accounts for around 3% of sector revenue, saw a decline as larger contracts, which contributed to last year’s strong performance, came to an end. Given the widespread growth, and a full year contribution from this year’s acquisitions, Infrastructure Safety is expected to make good progress in the coming year. The Environmental & Analysis sector achieved strong organic growth, and also benefited from the acquisition of Mini-Cam in 2018. Revenue grew by 15% to £299m (2018: £259m), which included organic constant currency growth of 11% and a 3% contribution from acquisitions. Profit increased by 21% to £66.4m (2018: £55.0m) including organic constant currency growth of 13% and a 7% contribution from acquisitions. There was a benefit from currency to both revenue and profit of just under 1%. Return on Sales improved to 22.2% (2018: 21.2%). R&D spend increased by 8% to £19.2m (2018: £17.8m). All three subsectors delivered good revenue and profit growth, with a particularly strong contribution from the Environmental Monitoring subsector, which benefited from double- digit organic growth and the acquisition of Mini-Cam. There was impressive revenue growth in the UK and also in the USA, the sector’s largest market, which benefited from large Spectroscopy and Photonics projects. Mainland Europe grew well, while Asia Pacific saw more modest growth. Other regions, which account for only 4% of sector revenue, reported a decline. With continued investment to drive collaboration, technology and the extension of its digital and data management capabilities, the Environmental & Analysis sector is expected to make further progress in the year ahead. The Medical sector achieved a good performance, with revenue growing in all subsectors and all major geographic regions. Revenue increased by 8% to £306m (2018: £284m), including 10% organic constant currency growth. Profit grew by 15% to £76.9m (2018: £67.1m), including 13% organic constant currency growth. There was a small benefit to revenue and profit from acquisitions. The disposal of Accudynamics in the year had an adverse effect on revenue but benefited profit. Return on Sales increased to 25.1% (2018: 23.6%). R&D spend declined by 3% to £11.5m (2018: £11.8m) but grew by 2% excluding the effect of the disposal of Accudynamics during the year. 15 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCash flow 88% of adjusted1 profit R&D spend +11% Acquisitions during the year 4 Group Chief Executive’s review Continued The Diagnostics subsector performed very well, after adjusting for the Accudynamics disposal. The Ophthalmology and Sensor Technology subsectors delivered strong growth, the former through continued international expansion, and the latter from further penetration into their core market of location services in acute care facilities in the USA. There was a strong revenue performance in the USA, the sector’s largest region, with Mainland Europe and Asia Pacific also delivering good growth. There was solid growth in the UK, with Other regions showing a small decline following a strong increase last year. The Medical sector is expected to make continued progress in the coming year, through increased penetration into developing markets, further product and service development and continued investment in talent. Four acquisitions and one disposal completed Halma’s sector-focused organisational model gives us the scalability to continue acquiring small-to-medium-sized businesses to achieve our strategic growth objectives. We are also able to sell and merge businesses relatively easily should specific market dynamics change. This enables us to continue to grow rapidly without becoming significantly more complex. For example, in 2009 Halma had revenue of £502m from 38 operating companies, while today we have revenue of over £1.2bn from 42 operating companies. Our core acquisition strategy is to find privately owned businesses operating in niches which are aligned with our purpose of “Growing a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day”. We focus the majority of our search efforts on our core, or closely adjacent, market niches although each sector board has the freedom to find new niches which might have the right product, market and financial characteristics. In most cases we acquire 100% of an entity but we also consider minority investments to gain access to potentially valuable intellectual property if an outright purchase is not appropriate or possible. Every transaction is approved by the Group Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, with all deals £10m or over requiring Halma plc Board approval. We entered the year with a healthy acquisition pipeline and this translated into four acquisitions being completed in the Infrastructure Safety sector, as well as two small asset purchases in the Medical sector, for a total initial cash consideration of £66.1m. We made one small disposal in the year, of Accudynamics, as it no longer had the future growth and returns characteristics we require. These acquisitions contributed in line with expectations during the year and we expect good performances from them in the future. Full details are given in the Financial Review and in the notes to the Financial Statements. I am pleased with the number of acquisitions made during the year and with the high levels of prospecting activity in our sector M&A teams. Although we did not meet our KPI of acquiring profit growth of 5% or more, delivering 3.2% (excluding the effect of the Accudynamics disposal), this was more than compensated for by strong organic growth. However, increasing the contribution from acquisitions will be a focus for improvement. Consequently, we have increased our capability, with new talent at the Divisional Chief Executive and Managing Director levels and the addition of further resources to our sector M&A teams. We have also added expertise to support minority investments that can bring new capabilities to Halma without taking 100% ownership. We continue to build long-term relationships with business owners so that they see Halma as the right home for their business when they decide to sell, or as a strong investment partner to help them grow their businesses, and have a good pipeline for the year ahead. Further investment in our Growth Enablers Our Growth Enablers are resources available to our companies to help them to grow. Our strong progress in the year was supported by their further development, for example in the expansion of the resources in our M&A teams, as discussed above, and the strengthening of the leadership teams in our international hubs. We also increased investment in our Innovation and Digital programmes, and set out a new vision for how Finance & Risk can enable our companies to grow. Our Strategic Communications team has been active in supporting our companies in telling their story, thereby better connecting them with their customers. 16 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019This month we are launching a new Halma brand design and website to better communicate the Halma story to our stakeholders, particularly how we are accomplishing our purpose through our unique culture. Talent and culture are critical components of every business’ success. The change we made at the end of 2017 to streamline our Executive Board, reducing the number of Sector Chief Executive roles from four to two, has been a great success. It has re-established the importance of the Divisional Chief Executive (DCE) role, reduced complexity, shortened lines of communication, improved decision- making and eased networking across Halma. This has enabled us to attract stronger talent with greater autonomy and responsibility. Our DCEs now play a more significant leadership role in Halma with increased interaction with the Executive Board. Good progress on executing our strategy It is over a year since we launched our Halma 4.0 strategy, which provided our companies with a clear strategic framework including how to address the diverse challenges and opportunities presented by the digital age. We have made good progress in developing our digital growth strategies, although their current contribution to revenue growth is modest. We expect them to play a more significant role in the future. We have three elements to our growth strategy: — Core growth, for example, through new product development or the international expansion of existing companies, remains our main focus. We have continued to increase investment to support it, with R&D spend up by 11% to £63m (2018: £57m). — Convergence growth helps Halma companies to unlock value by creating new solutions, and often new business models, by combining the capabilities and technologies of more than one Halma company, or by a Halma company doing the same through an external partnership. During the year, nine projects involving over 20 Halma companies went through our Convergence Accelerator programme and the commercialisation of some of them will continue in the coming year. — Edge growth is created from new digital business opportunities via partnerships with external companies which have many leading-edge capabilities that we do not wish to acquire. We have been very active in building these partnerships, with discussions initiated by companies across all our sectors from a number of events in Singapore and Israel (the latter in collaboration with OurCrowd, an equity crowdfunding platform). We have also launched a collaboration with Hitatchi to help us to scale and execute some of our digital business ideas, with two Halma companies already participating and further projects being planned. We will continue to refine our digital strategy and policies to create a robust framework for our digital growth. This will include how we will organise and share data, define its ownership and comply with regulatory requirements with a structured and systematic approach. We are developing key performance indicators to track our Innovation & Digital progress, and will report on these in the coming year. Outlook Halma had a successful year, achieving record revenue and profit, delivering our 40th consecutive year of dividend per share growth of 5% or more and making further increased strategic investment supported by our strong balance sheet. We have a strong purpose, culture and growth strategy focused on niches in a diverse range of markets where demand is supported by resilient long-term growth drivers, offering us both organic and acquisition growth opportunities. The new financial year has started well, and order intake has continued to be ahead of both revenue and order intake for the comparable period last year. We expect to make good progress in the year ahead. Andrew Williams Group Chief Executive 1 See highlights. 17 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationSafer The biggest challenge for highways authorities around the world is to maintain safety on ever-busier road networks. 327 billion miles driven on UK roads in 2017 38.2 million licensed vehicles on UK roads 250+ million licensed vehicles on the road in the EU 18 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Enhancing road safety and building smart motorway networks Providing a safe environment on essential transport routes is a major focus for Halma acquisition, Navtech Radar. ClearWay technology is now deployed in five continents to tackle issues of safety and traffic flow. Just one of these patented radar units covers up to 1km of highway and all carriageways. The detection can be configured on a lane by lane basis, in all directions. ClearWay’s intelligent rules-based software automatically alerts a control centre of incidents and issues an alarm within 10 seconds, enabling a quick response as well as alerting other road users to the incident in a timely manner. Unlike many other solutions, ClearWay is unaffected by adverse conditions, such as poor weather, smoke and bright sunlight. This makes it the most reliable solution for smart motorways and tunnels, significantly enhancing road safety. Navtech’s ClearWay can be found in the 4.5 km long Mastrafjord Tunnel and the 5.8 km long Byfjord Tunnel near Stavanger in Norway. ClearWay is effective in all weather and light conditions with a low false alarm rate Cameras are directed towards the incident Operators are alerted in real-time when an incident is detected 19 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review Crowcon’s Sprint Pro, a flue gas analyser. s s e c o r P y t e f a S 20 Our markets Gas detection Instruments and systems that detect hazardous gases and analyse air quality. Industrial access control Systems to manage the movement of people in high risk areas, preventing accidents and ensuring that critical processes operate safely. Pressure management Explosion protection devices and systems to protect pressurised vessels and pipework in high stakes processes. Safe storage and transfer Real-time corrosion monitoring and valve interlocking systems that safeguard people and processes. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Process Safety’s technologies protect people and assets at work, across a range of critical industrial and logistics operations. Process Safety Performance KPIs Revenue growth1 Organic revenue growth1 (constant currency) Profit growth1 Organic profit growth1 (constant currency) Return on Sales2 R&D % of Revenue3 Contribution to Group £m Revenue Profit5 2019 198 46 2018 185 43 2017 167 40 2019 Group target +7% +7% +5% +5% 23% 3.5% 2016 155 40 – ≥5% – ≥5% ≥18% ≥4% 2015 159 45 1 Revenue and adjusted4 operating profit5 are compared to the equivalent prior year figures. 2 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted4 operating profit5 expressed as a percentage of revenue. 3 R&D expenditure expressed as a percentage of revenue. 4 Adjusted to remove the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items and restructuring costs (see note 1 to the Accounts). 5 Adjusted4 operating profit before central administration costs after share of associate. 6 Adjusted4 operating profit5 and organic growth rates are alternative performance measures used by management. See notes 1 and 3 to the Accounts. Sector progress summary The sector delivered good revenue and profit growth while investing for improved performance. Revenue growth was 7%, on both a reported and organic constant currency basis, with the UK and the USA performing well, somewhat offset by a decline in the Africa, Near and Middle East region. With stable gross margins and investments to strengthen the sector’s competitive position and improve performance, profit increased 5% on both a reported and organic constant currency basis. Return on Sales remained strong, although there was a decline as a result of reorganisation costs. Gas Detection and Industrial Access Control performed strongly. Pressure Management’s profit growth was affected by a combination of end market conditions and product mix. Safe Storage and Transfer underwent a reorganisation, including the addition of strong leadership and the consolidation of manufacturing operations. These steps position the sector for growth in 2020 and beyond. Early in the year, the sector M&A strategy was reviewed to ensure better alignment with our purpose and key market growth drivers, resulting in a redefinition of our subsectors. Subsequently, we have developed a stronger pipeline of prospects. Strategy Process Safety plays an important part in delivering Halma’s purpose of making the world safer and cleaner in critical industrial operations. We are investing in Core growth to develop new, differentiated products that address specific needs in selected industry sectors. Examples include connected gas detection products that allow our customers access to safety-critical data, and the launch of a high temperature H2S detector specifically addressing needs of Middle Eastern customers in the Oil and Gas industry. We are expanding into adjacent markets, for example through new pressure safety units focused on the food, pharmaceutical and industrial markets. Highlights Revenue £198m +7% Adjusted operating profit5 £46m +5% % of Group revenue 16% % of Adjusted operating profit5 16% 21 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review Process Safety 7% Organic constant currency revenue growth 23.0% Return on Sales 3.5% R&D as a % of Revenue 22 Performance Revenue grew by 7% to £198m (2018: £185m). Profit grew by 5% to £46m (2018: £43m). On an organic constant currency basis, revenue and profit grew by 7% and 5% respectively. In Industrial Access Control, progress was very strong, particularly in US logistics. We expect further growth to come from that industry’s focus on safety and productivity. We have also invested in sales and marketing resources in Asia to accelerate the potential adoption of our products in the region. In Gas Detection, we delivered strong growth in China, from both our traditional gas detectors and from a newly developed odour monitoring solution. We made significant investments in product development and people, while maintaining strong returns. Pressure Management delivered revenue similar to last year with a small decline in profit. US oil and gas market conditions were not favourable, particularly in the second half, due to pipeline constraints in the Permian Basin. Partnerships are playing an increasingly important role in our strategy. In Gas Detection, we are utilising Halma’s Convergence Accelerator and working with external partners to generate revenue from an early stage venture in China, focused on air quality and odour monitoring solutions. Industrial Access Control is augmenting its mechanical and electromechanical products with software and data solutions to meet the safety and productivity needs of warehouse operators and factory production lines. We have invested in our M&A capability to fuel growth into new, adjacent subsectors which are aligned with Halma’s purpose and have strong long-term growth drivers. Increasingly there is the potential for digitisation, through technology enhancements to our existing portfolio, and for international growth, with Asia as a key focus. Market trends and growth drivers Our Process Safety businesses continue to benefit from increasing health and safety regulation, a growing population and urbanisation. With an estimated 340 million injuries and 2.3 million fatalities in the workplace each year, it is likely that health and safety regulations will continue to tighten. Our ability to find new applications in adjacent industrial markets is broadening our growth opportunities, both organically and through acquisition. Several of our businesses, notably in Pressure Management, operate in markets driven by the increasing need for energy and other critical resources. Global energy demand is expected to grow by over 25% between 2017 and 2040, with developing country demand expected to increase by 45%. The diversification of energy resources means we are repurposing our solutions to alternative energy markets, where we expect good growth: the global renewable energy market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 4.9% between 2017 and 2025. In Gas Detection, the market is expected to grow by over 7% pa to 2025, driven by ongoing industrialisation, increased regulation, greater demand for continuous monitoring of harmful substances to protect worker safety, and the accelerated use of wireless sensors and connected devices. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Safe Storage and Transfer has invested in streamlining operations and leadership to build a stronger platform for growth in this solid market. Return on Sales was 23.0%, a decline from 23.5% in 2018 as a result of reorganisation costs, and Return on Capital Employed remained strong. R&D investment increased by 10.2% to £7.0m (2018: £6.3m). Outlook Process Safety continues to benefit from its long-term market growth drivers, and diversity of its end markets, and has strengthened the leadership in many of its businesses. Increasing innovation, stronger marketing activity, together with increased strength in leadership, are expected to deliver further progress in the coming year. Crowcon Crowcon is a global leader in gas detection instruments. Combining deep application expertise with emerging technologies, Crowcon makes portable and fixed gas detection equipment protecting people from gas hazards. Crowcon operates globally through a network of regional offices and authorised channel partners. Used across a range of industries, Crowcon’s technology is helping to create healthier and safer workplaces, protecting people and the environment from gas hazards. Crowcon has been working hard at broadening their business with support from the Halma support functions, which has been a key component in their growth this year. Under the leadership of our APAC General Manager, they have built a team who are developing unique products in China for China, which could have worldwide potential. “ A team from Crowcon successfully completed Halma’s Convergence Accelerator programme last year, resulting in the launch of an odour monitoring system addressing the issue of dangerous air quality levels. This fledgling team is moving at a rapid pace, and already winning new business.” James Gravestock Managing Director, Crowcon Primary Growth Enablers used: Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Engines Innovation Network Strategic Communications 23 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review Avire’s Memcom+ an emergency telephone for elevators. e r u t c u r t s a r f n I y t e f a S 24 Our markets Fire detection Fire suppression Networked fire detection systems, cloud-based fire compliance services, wired and wireless fire detection components. Systems to automatically extinguish fires, protecting people, property and assets. Elevator safety People and vehicle flow Safety and communications components and systems that make elevators smarter, simpler and safer. Sensors for automatic doors in public, commercial and industrial buildings. Advanced radar systems that make highways and airports safer and more efficient. Security sensors Security sensors, control panels and apps to protect commercial, residential and public buildings. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Infrastructure Safety’s technologies save lives, protect infrastructure and enable safe movement. Infrastructure Safety Performance KPIs Revenue growth1 Organic revenue growth1 (constant currency) Profit growth1 Organic profit growth1 (constant currency) Return on Sales2 R&D % of Revenue3 Contribution to Group £m Revenue Profit5 2019 409 89 2018 349 73 2017 315 65 2019 Group target +17% +11% +21% +16% 21.8% 6.1% 2016 265 56 – ≥5% – ≥5% ≥18% ≥4% 2015 234 50 1 Revenue and adjusted4 operating profit5 are compared to the equivalent prior year figures. 2 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted4 operating profit5 expressed as a percentage of revenue. 3 R&D expenditure expressed as a percentage of revenue. 4 Adjusted to remove the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items and restructuring costs (see note 1 to the Accounts). 5 Adjusted4 operating profit before central administration costs after share of associate. 6 Adjusted4 operating profit5 and organic growth rates are alternative performance measures used by management. See notes 1 and 3 to the Accounts. Sector progress summary The sector delivered a very strong performance with revenue growing 17% and profit 21%. All subsectors delivered double-digit revenue and profit growth, with progress in all major geographical regions. Together with a small improvement in gross margins, this led to higher Return on Sales even after an increase in R&D investment. The sector made four acquisitions in a productive year for M&A. Navtech Radar has enhanced our People and Vehicle Flow business, building on our radar technology expertise. The Elevator Safety subsector, already benefiting from last year’s Microkey acquisition, was further enhanced by the purchase of Rath Communications, which moves it into high growth adjacent markets such as ‘area of refuge’. The Fire Detection subsector added Limotec, a leading Belgian fire control panel manufacturer and system seller, together with LAN Controls, a software focused business that enables remote monitoring of fire systems and ensures their correct maintenance. Strategy Infrastructure Safety makes the world a safer place by protecting commercial, industrial and public buildings and spaces. It addresses increasing life safety concerns, more stringent regulatory requirements and accelerating demand for connected infrastructure systems globally both by product and digital innovation, and by acquiring companies with technological expertise, strength in new geographies and a presence in adjacent markets. Our focus is on less cyclical, niche applications, with high barriers to entry. We seek to expand our geographic footprint organically, utilising hubs in Asia Pacific, and through acquisitions, such as the Limotec and Rath Communications acquisitions. Our strategy is supported by relentlessly focusing on talent, both by developing our people and attracting new talent from outside. Highlights Revenue £409m +17% Adjusted operating profit5 £89m +21% % of Group revenue 34% % of Adjusted operating profit5 32% 25 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review Infrastructure Safety 11% Organic constant currency revenue growth 21.8% Return on Sales 6.1% R&D as a % of Revenue 26 Our companies make excellent use of the Digital Growth Engines. This includes the Convergence Accelerator programme to drive new business concepts, particularly in connected systems. This will move us up the digital value chain and provide opportunities to deliver value from data. By leveraging the Microkey acquisition, we are providing new connected elevator solutions that bring together insights gained from data generated by the many safety components we supply to elevator manufacturers and maintenance companies. We are also acquiring companies with digital business models and knowhow, such as LAN Controls. Market trends and growth drivers Our Infrastructure Safety markets are driven by an expanding and ageing population, urbanisation and increasing regulation, with increasing demand for digital innovation. According to a recent UN report, the world’s urban population is expected to increase by 2.5 billion by 2050. We expect this to drive demand for better infrastructure and transportation safety and security, as more people live in more densely populated areas. These long-term trends are particularly relevant in developing economies. For example, the fire detection market is forecast to grow at 4% pa globally between 2017 and 2022, with a greater increase of 8% pa in India and 5% pa in China. The growth of intelligent building solutions offers further opportunities. The market is expected to more than quadruple by 2027, as digital technology allows building owners to have greater access to data across all building services at a lower cost. Our Fire and Security businesses are well placed to take advantage of this trend, with their fast-developing data, remote monitoring and control capabilities. The elevator maintenance market is faster growing with higher profitability than the OEM elevator market which continues to be highly competitive. Growth is driven by increasing urbanisation and regulation. There are opportunities to enhance efficiency through remote monitoring and preventative maintenance. We also see strong growth opportunities in related niches, such as the ‘area of refuge’ market we entered with the Rath Communications acquisition. Similar trends are creating new opportunities for our People and Vehicle Flow companies. An example is the greater demand being placed on road infrastructure, where the limited scope to physically expand capacity is driving the demand for Navtech Radar’s technology to improve road safety and capacity. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Performance Revenue grew by 17% to £409m (2018: £349m) and profit by 21% to £89m (2018: £73m). Organic constant currency revenue grew by 11% and profit by 16%. There were strong performances in the UK, Europe, USA and the Africa, Near and Middle East region, with lower growth in Asia Pacific. Acquisitions accounted for 6% of revenue and profit growth. Currency had a positive effect on both revenue and profit growth. Return on Sales improved to 21.8% (2018: 21.0%) and Return on Capital Employed remained above Group targets. R&D investment increased by 22% to £24.9m (2018: £20.4m). The People and Vehicle Flow business was particularly buoyant in Europe and Asia. This subsector also benefited from the Navtech Radar acquisition. Fire Detection made good progress in all geographies, with double-digit growth in the UK, Europe and Asia Pacific. The addition of LAN Controls brought new connected technology capability. Fire Suppression and Security Sensors both contributed good growth, with Elevator Safety continuing its transition to becoming a partner which makes elevators smarter, simpler and safer. Rath Communications strengthens our position in the USA and provides access to a new niche, the regulation driven ‘area of refuge’ market. Outlook Our growth drivers of increasing regulation, population growth, urbanisation and digitisation are expected to sustain growing demand for our products and services worldwide. We enter the year with good momentum and a solid M&A pipeline. Avire Avire is a global manufacturer of safety and communication solutions for elevators, helping to make elevator technology and maintenance smarter, simpler and safer. Headquartered in the UK, with manufacturing facilities in the Czech Republic, Barcelona, Shanghai, Singapore and the USA, Avire’s technology is installed in over four million buildings around the world. Avire is formed from six businesses – E-Motive, Janus, Memco, Microkey, T L Jones, and its most recent acquisition, Rath Communications. Together, they produce world- leading products and services, from elevator displays and light curtains to the Avire Ecosystem, a growing range of devices that leverage data and work with the cloud-based Avire Hub. “ We have completed acquisitions in Europe and the USA, and invested in sales and engineering in these markets too. The acquisitions of Microkey and Rath Communications have added new digital capabilities, a stronger presence in key international markets and a new market niche for our future growth.” Rob Lewis Managing Director, Avire Primary Growth Enablers used: Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Engines Innovation Network Strategic Communications 27 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCleaner Contaminated ballast water can destroy marine life and pose a serious threat to human health. 7,000+ marine species are transferred in ballast water every hour of every day 10 billion tonnes of ballast water is transported annually by ships – equivalent to four million Olympic-sized swimming pools 28 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Ballast water is essential for a vessel’s stability and safety, but carries with it thousands of different organisms from one part of the world to another where they can become invasive. Using UV cleaning technology, ballast water is treated on uptake and discharge to reduce the risk of further environmental harm from invasive species in our world’s oceans. Discharging cargo Cargo hold empty Loading cargo Loading ballast water Ballast tank full, water treated Clean ballast water discharged Protecting our oceans by reducing marine pollution Maritime transport accounts for 90% of world trade. Taking into account the volume of goods that can be shipped on one vessel, it is considered to cause the least environmental damage in comparison to other modes of transportation. It does not, however, come without a cost to the environment. In addition to crew and cargo, ships can transport invasive species, bacteria and disease through ballast water. Ballast water is taken aboard by ships from the ocean for a number of reasons: to provide greater stability in poor weather conditions or to balance the cargo load. This water is often taken on when a ship’s cargo is unloaded and then later discharged. At any one time, a container ship can carry 100,000m2 of ballast water, containing more than 10,000 marine and aquatic plant and animal species, and as a result these can travel thousands of miles across the world. Contaminated ballast water can destroy marine life and pose a serious threat to human health. Ultraviolet (UV) is one of the most compact and effective methods of treating contaminated ballast water, eliminating the potential transfer of invasive species. Hanovia is a world leader in UV disinfectant and chemical reduction technology. They are working with marine specialist Wärtsilä to provide a robust range of ballast water treatment systems and services, specifically designed to meet the requirements of new environmental regulations. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 29 Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review WaveGo, a handheld spectrometer for categorising light. l a t n e m n o r i v n E l s i s y a n A & 30 Our markets Spectroscopy and photonics Water analysis and treatment World-class optical, opto-electronic and spectral imaging systems that use light to analyse materials in applications including healthcare, food safety, research, and industrial process control. Systems that help the world monitor and improve the quality of water used for drinking, industrial processes and recreation. Environmental monitoring Technologies used to monitor air and water pollution, analyse gases, and ensure that water networks operate efficiently. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Environmental & Analysis provides technologies that monitor and protect the environment and ensure the quality and availability of life-critical resources. Environmental & Analysis Performance KPIs Revenue growth1 Organic revenue growth1 (constant currency) Profit growth1 Organic profit growth1 (constant currency) Return on Sales2 R&D % of Revenue3 Contribution to Group £m Revenue Profit5 2019 299 66 2018 259 55 2017 219 42 Highlights Revenue £299m +15% 2019 Group target Adjusted operating profit5 +15% +11% +21% +13% 22.2% 6.4% 2016 189 34 – ≥5% – ≥5% ≥18% ≥4% 2015 164 27 £66m +21% % of Group revenue 25% % of Adjusted operating profit5 24% 1 Revenue and adjusted4 operating profit5 are compared to the equivalent prior year figures. 2 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted4 operating profit5 expressed as a percentage of revenue. 3 R&D expenditure expressed as a percentage of revenue. 4 Adjusted to remove the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items and restructuring costs (see note 1 to the Accounts). 5 Adjusted4 operating profit before central administration costs after share of associate. 6 Adjusted4 operating profit5 and organic growth rates are alternative performance measures used by management. See notes 1 and 3 to the Accounts. Sector progress summary The sector achieved record results, with strong revenue growth of 15% and profit increasing 21%. Organic constant currency revenue and profit growth were a very good 11% and 13% respectively. There was strong growth in the USA and UK, and good growth in Mainland Europe. Return on Sales increased from 21.2% to 22.2%, as we extended our product and solutions range and invested in markets that benefit from long-term growth drivers. Strategy Our solutions improve the availability and quality of life-critical natural resources such as air, water and food, and improve the environment and wellbeing. Leveraging Halma’s Growth Enablers, we focus on developing new market-led solutions and increasing our geographical reach organically and through partnerships, especially in emerging markets. Our R&D effort includes developing new sensors that capture accurate and effective environmental and scientific information. We are enhancing this technology by investing in digital systems that provide real-time and remote management information. We continually seek to attract, develop and promote high quality, talented people and ensure that our teams represent our diverse end markets and are enhanced to match our strategic capability needs. Market trends and growth drivers The Environmental & Analysis sector’s long-term growth is sustained by three key drivers: — rising demand for life-critical resources such as air, water and food. — increasing environmental monitoring and regulations. — worldwide population growth, urbanisation and rising standards of living. 31 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review Environmental & Analysis 11% Organic constant currency revenue growth 22.2% Return on Sales 6.4% R&D as a % of Revenue Population growth continues to outpace the availability of key resources. By 2050, water shortages are expected to affect over 50% of the global population and this will be exacerbated by increasing urbanisation. We expect these trends to drive demand for our water testing and disinfection technologies, and our water network monitoring solutions which help to ensure integrity of networks. Air pollution is a growing health risk in both developing and developed countries. Airborne particulates are a top cause of premature deaths in the EU, contributing to an estimated 391,000 deaths in 2016. Our spectroscopy systems assist in the precise detection of contaminates, while our environmental companies support emissions and air quality monitoring and calibrate pollution monitoring equipment. According to the World Health Organization, one in ten people fall ill each year from eating contaminated food and 420,000 people die each year as a result. Some of our more recent development activities are focused on ensuring the quality of the food supply chain. Environmental regulations and actions move at a different pace around the world. Differential rates of growth in governmental and academic research spend cause the near-term dynamics of regional/market segments to vary. We continue to invest globally and across our segments in anticipation of sustained growth over the medium-term, even if we experience some short-term volatility. Performance Revenue grew by 15% to £299m (2018: £259m) and profit by 21% to £66m (2018: £55m). At constant currency, organic revenue growth was 11% and organic profit growth was 13%. Acquisitions made in the prior year accounted for 3% of revenue growth and 7% of profit growth. Currency had a small positive effect of 1% on both revenue and profit. Return on Sales improved to 22.2% (2018: 21.2%) as we generated operating leverage from strong revenue growth and gross margins, while continuing a focused investment strategy. Return on Capital Employed was strong. 32 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019First half performance was very strong, with growth of 23% in revenue and 33% in profit. This included a contribution from Mini-Cam, acquired in late 2017, and delivery of some larger Photonics projects. There was a more typical performance in the second half, with good growth of 9% in revenue and 10% in profit. There was revenue and profit growth in all three subsectors, with the Environmental subsector contributing strongly due to a combination of very good organic growth and the Mini-Cam acquisition. We saw significant progress in the USA, which benefited from the larger Photonics projects, and also the UK. There was good growth in Mainland Europe and more moderate growth elsewhere, which was expected given a particularly strong prior year in Asia Pacific. We have continued to invest in the quality and diversity of our teams to allow us to better address the evolving needs of our markets and customers. We further increased R&D spending which remains well above the Group average as a percentage of sales. This is spread across our core business, as well as developing new Convergence and Edge opportunities. This included the development and commercialisation of more digital sensors and solutions in our Water and Environmental subsectors, which will continue to generate growth in the future. There was also investment in some internal startups focusing on digital applications with good growth potential. Outlook We will continue to increase investment to drive collaboration, technology development, and development of digital and data management capabilities that have begun to demonstrate commercial success through some new business models. Our acquisition pipeline is growing as we have improved engagement with businesses complementary, or adjacent, to our existing portfolio. We expect to continue to deliver revenue and profit growth, while maintaining our existing high level of returns, as our solutions are increasingly focused on the long-term growth drivers in our markets. Ocean Optics As a specialist applied spectral knowledge company, Ocean Optics is helping to refine and deliver new approaches to solving problems with optical sensing technologies. Headquartered in Florida in the USA, with a presence in Europe, India and China, Ocean Optics’ technologies use the power of light to analyse, measure and better understand our world, creating a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everybody. In 2017, a small, ambitious team developed a new digital offering through an internal startup, Wave Illumination. From this, the team successfully launched the WaveGo handheld spectrometer, which has been awarded a prestigious Red Dot Design Award. “ We have been harnessing opportunities within Halma to equip ourselves to grow, from enhancing communications to leveraging talent from the Halma Future Leaders programme.” Lora Allemeier President, Ocean Optics Primary Growth Enablers used: Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Engines Innovation Network Strategic Communications 33 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationHealthier Two million people in the USA are prescribed oxygen treatment, which studies have shown can cause discomfort for patients with life-threatening conditions. 2 million People in the USA are prescribed oxygen therapy 9.6 million Deaths worldwide from cancer in 2018 Transforming the comfort of oxygen treatment Oxygen is commonly prescribed for cancer patients with advanced disease. However, patients that use oxygen can suffer from severe dryness, irritated skin and nose bleeds. In addition to patients requiring oxygen for palliative and life-critical care, two million people in the USA are using oxygen therapy to prevent damage to their hearts and brains, and make it easier to carry out activities that might otherwise be difficult with certain medical conditions such as chronic lung disease. Motivated by personal experiences of cancer, a small team at Perma Pure designed a portable device that quietly and safely humidifies oxygen and delivers comfortable warmed air through the cannula. The O2asis Personal Humidifier, awaiting FDA approval, provides twice the humidification of current methods, delivering comfort and relief when people need it most. 34 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Studies have shown that discomfort from lack of humidification has caused some patients to stop oxygen therapy Studies have also shown that heated humidification is more comfortable for some people and prevents the drying effect of oxygen when patients need it most 35 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review SunTech’s Oscar 2, an ambulatory blood pressure monitor. l a c i d e M 36 Our markets Provider solutions Diagnostics Sensor technology Pumps, probes, valves and connectors used by OEMs and laboratories for demanding fluid handling applications. Real-time location monitoring systems to improve quality of care, safety and operational efficiency in hospitals and healthcare facilities. Patient care Ophthalmology Patient assessment Surgical instruments and diagnostic devices to assess eye health and assist with eye surgery. Diagnostic devices for everyday and specialised healthcare, including blood pressure monitoring. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Medical’s technologies enhance the quality of life for patients and improve the quality of care delivered by healthcare providers. Medical Performance KPIs Revenue growth1 Organic revenue growth1 (constant currency) Profit growth1 Organic profit growth1 (constant currency) Return on Sales2 R&D % of Revenue3 Contribution to Group £m Revenue Profit5 2019 306 77 2018 284 67 2017 261 67 2019 Group target +8% +10% +15% +13% 25.1% 3.7% 2016 199 52 – ≥5% – ≥5% ≥18% ≥4% 2015 199 45 1 Revenue and adjusted4 operating profit5 are compared to the equivalent prior year figures. 2 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted4 operating profit5 expressed as a percentage of revenue. 3 R&D expenditure expressed as a percentage of revenue. 4 Adjusted to remove the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items and restructuring costs (see note 1 to the Accounts). 5 Adjusted4 operating profit before central administration costs after share of associate. 6 Adjusted4 operating profit5 and organic growth rates are alternative performance measures used by management. See notes 1 and 3 to the Accounts. Sector progress summary The sector achieved record results, with strong growth. Revenue increased 8% and profit 15% (10% and 13% respectively on an organic constant currency basis), and there was growth in all major geographies and all subsectors. Return on Sales increased, even though there was increased investment in talent and new capabilities, with further underlying growth in R&D spend. Strategy The Medical sector is focused on growing a healthier future by enhancing the quality of life for patients and improving the quality of care delivered by providers. We serve niche applications in global markets. We aim to continue growing by investing in our existing portfolio and acquiring additional companies. Key strategic initiatives to support this growth include: — increasing collaboration to drive geographic expansion and product and service innovation, with an increasing focus on data and digital solutions. — increasing R&D investment to adapt to quickly changing market needs and population trends. — acquiring businesses in both existing and adjacent market niches. — recruiting and retaining high-calibre, diversified talent. Market trends and growth drivers The sector’s long-term growth is supported by increasing demand due to worldwide population growth and ageing, increasing life expectancy, and the greater prevalence of chronic illnesses such as diabetes, obesity, hypertension and cancer. The development and availability of new medical diagnostic and surgical technologies are important market trends, as is the increasing access to healthcare in developing economies. Highlights Revenue £306m +8% Adjusted operating profit5 £77m +15% % of Group revenue 25% % of Adjusted operating profit5 28% 37 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBusiness review Medical 10% Organic constant currency revenue growth 25.1% Return on Sales 3.7% R&D as a % of Revenue 38 The world’s population is expected to increase by almost one billion in the next 30 years, and the number of people aged over 60 is expected to double, increasing the prevalence of significant health risk factors. An ageing population is a key driver for our ophthalmology and hypertension management businesses. Cataract surgery is one of the most frequent operations carried out worldwide, with more than 25 million operations annually, creating ongoing demand for our surgical instruments. In China, about 325 million adults have high blood pressure, with only one-third treating it. The market for our critical fluidic components is projected to grow 6% annually, in part being led by more directed and personalised diagnostic methods combined with increased testing efficiency. North America and Europe continue to be our largest markets, with Asia exhibiting the fastest growth rate. Healthcare facilities are seeking to improve patient outcomes, reduce costs and ensure the safety of patients and staff. This is driving the global market for our real-time location Sensor Technology business. The growth of the global medical device market is resulting in further regulatory tightening, especially in China and Europe. Our regulatory experience and our niche focus allow us to adjust to these trends and direct resources towards areas that provide the best opportunity for sustained growth. Performance Revenue grew by 8% to £306m (2018: £284m). Organic constant currency revenue growth was 10%. Profit grew to £77m (2018: £67m), an increase of 14.8%. This included a 13% organic constant currency increase. Following a very strong first half with revenue growth of 10% and profit growth of 22%, as expected we delivered a more typical rate of growth in the second half, with revenue up 6% and profit ahead 10%. Return on Sales improved from 23.6% to 25.1%, due to an improvement in gross margin and good control of overheads. We continued to increase our investment in new product development, and in digital growth engine projects aimed at adding data and services capabilities. R&D spend declined by 2.6% to £11.5m (2018: £11.8m) but grew by 1.7% excluding Accudynamics. Return on Capital Employed remained strong, and above Group targets. We saw revenue growth in all subsectors, with Diagnostics performing very well, benefiting from new OEM customer product launches. The Ophthalmology and Sensor Technology subsectors also delivered strong growth; the former through continued international expansion and growth in core products and the latter from greater penetration into its core market of real-time location services, particularly in acute care facilities. There were revenue increases in all major regions, with strong growth in the USA, our largest geographic market. We also saw good growth in the UK, Mainland Europe and Asia Pacific. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019We made two small asset acquisitions for CenTrak, adding new technology and improved distribution capabilities in the USA and Mainland Europe. We sold Accudynamics, one of our Diagnostics businesses. We have continued to improve the calibre and diversity of our leadership talent at both our operating company and sector management levels, to support delivery in our core markets as well as adding new capability for growth in adjacent niches. Outlook Strong demographic trends, and continued advances in diagnostic and surgical techniques are driving demand for our products and services. Through increased penetration into developing markets, continued new product and service development and investment in our talent, we expect to continue to outperform the market. The pressure to reduce healthcare costs coupled with changing payor systems and outcome measures provide ongoing challenges. Our acquisition pipeline is improving as we continue to assess targets adjacent to, and within, our existing niches. The combination of acquisitions and continued organic revenue and profit growth momentum positions us well for continued progress. SunTech Medical SunTech Medical is the leading manufacturer of high-performance, clinical-grade motion tolerant blood pressure technology. Their products help clinicians diagnose and treat patients in the most challenging environments, where normal blood pressure monitors are inadequate. This year, SunTech took advantage of Halma’s Future Leaders Programme, with two graduates on rotational placements at their North Carolina headquarters. The Halma Future Leaders helped SunTech identify new revenue streams, working closely with the R&D and Sales & Marketing teams. “ As SunTech has grown, so too has the need to create a more purposeful culture and attract high-calibre talent. Halma encourages the development of high potential people within companies, as well as providing a framework for cross-company mentoring and advancement.” Rob Sweitzer President, SunTech Medical Primary Growth Enablers used: Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Engines Innovation Network Strategic Communications 39 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationKey performance indicators Link to Growth Enablers Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Strategic Engines Innovation Network Communications Organic profit growth (%) (constant currency) Acquisition profit growth (%) EPS growth (%) (adjusted earnings per share) Organic revenue growth (%) Return on Sales (%) ROTIC (%) (constant currency) (Return on Total Invested Capital) 7 3 4 9 11 6 8 1 4 3 9 10 17 13 17 5 6 4 10 10 21.2 20.6 20.2 19.9 20.3 16.3 15.6 15.3 15.2 16.1 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 11% performance ≥5% target 10 8 6 4 2 0 3% performance ≥5% target 20 16 12 8 4 0 17% performance ≥10% target 10 8 6 4 2 0 10% performance ≥5% target 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 20.3% performance ≥18% target 20 16 12 8 4 0 16.1% performance ≥12% target 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Through careful selection of our market niches and strategic investment in people development, international expansion and innovation we aim to achieve organic growth in excess of our blended market growth rate, broadly matching revenue and profit growth in the medium term. We buy companies with business and market characteristics similar to those of existing Halma operations. Acquired businesses have to be a good fit with our operating culture and strategy in addition to being value enhancing financially. The measure of how successful we are in growing our business organically and by acquisition coupled with strong financial disciplines, including those related to tax and capital allocation, is captured in the Group’s adjusted earnings per share. Through careful selection of our market We choose to operate in market niches We choose to invest in high return on niches and targeted strategic investment, which are capable of delivering growth and capital businesses operating in markets we aim to achieve organic growth in excess high returns. The ability to sustain these which are capable of delivering growth and of our blended market growth rate, broadly returns is a result of maintaining strong high returns. The ability to sustain growth matching revenue and profit growth in the market and product positions sustained by and high returns is a result of maintaining medium term. continuing product and process innovation. strong market and product positions sustained by continuing product and process innovation. Organic profit growth at constant currency was strong and was substantially ahead of our target for the second consecutive year. All sectors grew, and the Infrastructure Safety, Environmental & Analysis and Medical sectors reported double-digit percentage growth in organic constant currency profit. Acquisition profit growth was below our target, but was more than compensated for by strong organic growth. We made four acquisitions and two small asset purchases. The contribution from acquisitions will be a focus in the year ahead and we have high levels of prospecting activity in our M&A teams. We delivered strong growth in adjusted earnings per share and exceeded our target. The increase reflects both organic and acquisition profit growth and was higher than the increase in adjusted profit before tax due to the lower effective tax rate this year. Organic revenue growth was strong and substantially ahead of our target for the There was an increase in Return on Sales, which remained well above our minimum ROTIC increased to 16.1%, well ahead of our target and substantially in excess of our second consecutive year. There was growth target and within our longer-term target range Weighted Average Cost of Capital which in all sectors, with three out of four sectors of 18%-22%. There was a strong contribution is estimated to be 7.9% (2018: 7.7%). Our focus reporting double-digit percentage increases. from all four sectors. continues to be on delivering organic and acquisition growth while maintaining high returns. All major regions delivered growth, with double-digit percentage increases in the UK and in the USA, our largest market. Organic profit growth is calculated at constant currency and measures the change in adjusted profit achieved in the current year compared with the prior year from continuing Group operations. The effect of acquisitions and disposals made during the current or prior financial year has been eliminated. Acquisition profit growth measures the annualised profit (net of financing costs) from acquisitions made in the year, measured at the date of acquisition, expressed as a percentage of prior year profit. The Board has established a long-term organic growth target of at least 5% pa, slightly above the blended long-term average growth rate of our markets. Acquisitions must meet our demanding criteria and we continue to have a strong pipeline of opportunities to meet our minimum 5% growth target. Adjusted earnings are calculated as earnings from continuing operations excluding the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations; the effect of equalisation of benefits for men and women in the defined benefit pension plans; and associated taxation thereon. We aim for the combination of organic and acquisition growth to exceed an average of 10% pa over the long-term. The Directors consider that adjusted earnings represent a more consistent measure of underlying performance. Growth in organic profit is a key element of the Economic Value Added (EVA) performance which forms the basis of the annual bonus plan for Group, sector and company boards, requiring consistent annual and longer-term growth, with disciplined financial management. Growth in acquired profit is the second key element of the EVA performance which forms the basis of the annual bonus plan for Group, sector and company boards, requiring consistent annual and longer-term growth, with disciplined financial management. EPS provides a clear link to the aims of the business growth strategy. It is a key financial driver for our business and provides a clear line of sight for our executives. EPS is 50% of the performance condition attaching to the Executive Share Plan. Organic revenue growth is calculated at Return on Sales is defined as adjusted profit ROTIC is defined as the post-tax return from constant currency and measures the change in before taxation from continuing operations continuing operations before amortisation revenue achieved in the current year compared expressed as a percentage of revenue from and impairment of acquired intangible assets; with the prior year from continuing Group operations. The effect of acquisitions and disposals made during the current or prior financial year has been eliminated. continuing operations. acquisition items; profit or loss on disposal of operations; the associated taxation thereon and the effect of the US tax reform measures (2018 only), as a percentage of Total Invested Capital. The Board has established a long-term We aim to achieve a Return on Sales within A range of 12% to 17% is considered minimum organic revenue growth target the 18% to 22% range while continuing representative of the Board’s expectations to invest to sustain growth. over the long term to ensure a good balance between growth, investment, and returns. of 5% pa, slightly above the blended long-term average growth rate of our markets. Organic revenue drives earnings growth which Return on Sales is a measure of the value ROTIC performance, averaged over three contributes to the EVA performance. This forms our customers place on our solutions and financial years, is 50% of the performance the basis of the annual bonus plan for Group, of our operational efficiency. High profitability condition attaching to the Company’s sector and company boards, requiring supports the generation of high economic Performance Share Plan and the 2015 consistent annual and longer-term growth value and cash generation. We choose a range Executive Share Plan. with disciplined financial management. in order to maintain a balance between short-term performance and investment for longer-term growth. r o t a c i d n i e c n a m r o f r e p y e K s u c o f c i g e t a r t S t n e m m o C n o i t i n i f e D t e g r a T e g a k n i l n o i t a r e n u m e R 40 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Organic profit growth (%) Acquisition profit growth (%) EPS growth (%) (constant currency) (adjusted earnings per share) Organic revenue growth (%) (constant currency) Return on Sales (%) ROTIC (%) (Return on Total Invested Capital) 7 3 4 9 11 6 8 1 4 3 9 10 17 13 17 5 6 4 10 10 21.2 20.6 20.2 19.9 20.3 16.3 15.6 15.3 15.2 16.1 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 11% performance ≥5% target 10 8 6 4 2 0 3% performance ≥5% target 20 16 12 8 4 0 17% performance ≥10% target 10 8 6 4 2 0 10% performance ≥5% target 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 20.3% performance ≥18% target 20 16 12 8 4 0 16.1% performance ≥12% target 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Through careful selection of our market We buy companies with business and The measure of how successful we are in niches and strategic investment in people market characteristics similar to those growing our business organically and by development, international expansion of existing Halma operations. Acquired acquisition coupled with strong financial and innovation we aim to achieve organic businesses have to be a good fit with disciplines, including those related to tax growth in excess of our blended market our operating culture and strategy and capital allocation, is captured in the growth rate, broadly matching revenue in addition to being value enhancing Group’s adjusted earnings per share. and profit growth in the medium term. financially. Through careful selection of our market niches and targeted strategic investment, we aim to achieve organic growth in excess of our blended market growth rate, broadly matching revenue and profit growth in the medium term. We choose to operate in market niches which are capable of delivering growth and high returns. The ability to sustain these returns is a result of maintaining strong market and product positions sustained by continuing product and process innovation. We choose to invest in high return on capital businesses operating in markets which are capable of delivering growth and high returns. The ability to sustain growth and high returns is a result of maintaining strong market and product positions sustained by continuing product and process innovation. Organic profit growth at constant currency Acquisition profit growth was below our We delivered strong growth in adjusted was strong and was substantially ahead of target, but was more than compensated earnings per share and exceeded our target. our target for the second consecutive year. for by strong organic growth. We made The increase reflects both organic and All sectors grew, and the Infrastructure four acquisitions and two small asset Safety, Environmental & Analysis and Medical purchases. The contribution from acquisition profit growth and was higher than the increase in adjusted profit before sectors reported double-digit percentage acquisitions will be a focus in the year tax due to the lower effective tax rate growth in organic constant currency profit. ahead and we have high levels of this year. prospecting activity in our M&A teams. Organic profit growth is calculated at Acquisition profit growth measures the Adjusted earnings are calculated as earnings constant currency and measures the change annualised profit (net of financing costs) from continuing operations excluding the in adjusted profit achieved in the current from acquisitions made in the year, amortisation and impairment of acquired year compared with the prior year from measured at the date of acquisition, intangible assets; acquisition items; continuing Group operations. The effect expressed as a percentage of prior of acquisitions and disposals made during the current or prior financial year has been eliminated. year profit. restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations; the effect of equalisation of benefits for men and women in the defined benefit pension plans; and associated taxation thereon. The Board has established a long-term Acquisitions must meet our demanding We aim for the combination of organic organic growth target of at least 5% pa, criteria and we continue to have a strong and acquisition growth to exceed an slightly above the blended long-term pipeline of opportunities to meet our average of 10% pa over the long-term. average growth rate of our markets. minimum 5% growth target. The Directors consider that adjusted earnings represent a more consistent measure of underlying performance. Growth in organic profit is a key element Growth in acquired profit is the second key EPS provides a clear link to the aims of the of the Economic Value Added (EVA) element of the EVA performance which business growth strategy. It is a key financial performance which forms the basis of the forms the basis of the annual bonus plan driver for our business and provides a clear annual bonus plan for Group, sector and for Group, sector and company boards, line of sight for our executives. EPS is 50% company boards, requiring consistent annual requiring consistent annual and longer-term of the performance condition attaching and longer-term growth, with disciplined growth, with disciplined financial to the Executive Share Plan. financial management. management. Organic revenue growth was strong and substantially ahead of our target for the second consecutive year. There was growth in all sectors, with three out of four sectors reporting double-digit percentage increases. All major regions delivered growth, with double-digit percentage increases in the UK and in the USA, our largest market. Organic revenue growth is calculated at constant currency and measures the change in revenue achieved in the current year compared with the prior year from continuing Group operations. The effect of acquisitions and disposals made during the current or prior financial year has been eliminated. There was an increase in Return on Sales, which remained well above our minimum target and within our longer-term target range of 18%-22%. There was a strong contribution from all four sectors. ROTIC increased to 16.1%, well ahead of our target and substantially in excess of our Weighted Average Cost of Capital which is estimated to be 7.9% (2018: 7.7%). Our focus continues to be on delivering organic and acquisition growth while maintaining high returns. Return on Sales is defined as adjusted profit before taxation from continuing operations expressed as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations. ROTIC is defined as the post-tax return from continuing operations before amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; profit or loss on disposal of operations; the associated taxation thereon and the effect of the US tax reform measures (2018 only), as a percentage of Total Invested Capital. The Board has established a long-term minimum organic revenue growth target of 5% pa, slightly above the blended long-term average growth rate of our markets. We aim to achieve a Return on Sales within the 18% to 22% range while continuing to invest to sustain growth. A range of 12% to 17% is considered representative of the Board’s expectations over the long term to ensure a good balance between growth, investment, and returns. Organic revenue drives earnings growth which contributes to the EVA performance. This forms the basis of the annual bonus plan for Group, sector and company boards, requiring consistent annual and longer-term growth with disciplined financial management. Return on Sales is a measure of the value our customers place on our solutions and of our operational efficiency. High profitability supports the generation of high economic value and cash generation. We choose a range in order to maintain a balance between short-term performance and investment for longer-term growth. ROTIC performance, averaged over three financial years, is 50% of the performance condition attaching to the Company’s Performance Share Plan and the 2015 Executive Share Plan. r o t a c i d n i e c n a m r o f r e p y e K s u c o f c i g e t a r t S t n e m m o C n o i t i n i f e D t e g r a T e g a k n i l n o i t a r e n u m e R 41 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Key performance indicators Continued Link to Growth Enablers Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Strategic Engines Innovation Network Communications Cash generation (%) International revenue growth (%) Research and development (% of revenue) Employee Engagement (%) Health & Safety (%) (accident frequency rate) Development programmes (%) (management development) 87 86 86 85 88 16 7 19 16 3 4.8 5.1 5.3 5.2 5.2 74 75 75 0.15 0.11 0.12 0.04 0.09 60 58 60 89 72 100 80 60 40 20 0 88% performance ≥85% target 20 16 12 8 4 0 3% performance ≥10% target 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 5.2% performance ≥4% target 80 60 40 20 0 75% performance 74% target 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 0.09% performance 0.04% target 100 80 60 40 20 0 72% performance <50% target 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Strong cash generation provides the Group with freedom to pursue its strategic goals of investment in organic growth, acquisitions and progressive dividends without becoming highly leveraged. Our decentralised structure ensures that cash management is controlled at the individual company level and then transferred to the central treasury function. The safety, health and environmental markets in developing regions are evolving quickly. We continue to invest in establishing local selling, technical and manufacturing resources to meet this current and future need. We have maintained high levels of R&D investment and spending on innovation. The successful introduction of new products is a key contributor to the Group’s ability to build competitive advantage and grow organically and internationally. Halma conducts an annual survey of its Safety is critical and a major priority employees to assess engagement across for the Group. Halma collects details the Group. This provides visibility of of its worldwide reported health and engagement at the Group, sector and safety incidents and encourages all Our range of leadership development programmes are targeted towards developing our talent and equipping them with the right skills to manage, company levels. Group companies to seek continuous lead and deliver on our growth strategy. improvement in their health and safety records and culture. Our cash conversion was strong and increased to 88%, ahead of our target, reflecting our continuing focus on cash management, including good control of working capital. International revenue increased by 3%, below our target. Delivering more consistent growth outside the UK, the USA and Mainland Europe will be a key focus in 2020. We achieved 16.0% growth in revenue on average across the UK, Mainland Europe and the USA to deliver a strong overall result. Total R&D spend in the year increased by 11% to a record level of £62.7m (2018: £56.5m). R&D spend as a percentage of revenue remained at 5.2%. All sectors increased R&D expenditure, after adjusting for the effect of the disposal of Accudynamics in the Medical sector. Cash generation is calculated using adjusted operating cash flow as a percentage of adjusted operating profit. Total sales to markets outside the UK, the USA and Mainland Europe compared with the prior year. Total research and development expenditure in the financial year (both that expensed and capitalised) as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations. The goal of Group cash inflow exceeding 85% of profit has relevance at all levels of the organisation and aligns management action with Group needs. We ensure that strong internal cash flow and availability of external funding underpin our strategic goals of organic growth, acquisitions and progressive dividends. The emphasis on international revenue growth at twice the rate of overall organic growth reinforces the importance of emerging markets and our strategy of establishing operations close to our end markets. New products contribute strongly to organic growth, maintaining high returns and building strong market positions. The 4% minimum investment target is appropriate to the mix of product life cycles and technologies within Halma. Strong cash generation is closely correlated with high return on capital which is a key component of our EVA bonus plan and our ROTIC Executive Share Plan vesting measure. International markets are an important component of organic growth which, in turn, drives the year-on-year improvement in EVA demanded by our Annual Bonus plan. Successful research and development investment is a key component of sustaining strong growth and returns which, in turn, help to drive EVA, EPS and ROTIC – all key elements of our annual bonus and LTIP plans. 2017 was our inaugural engagement survey The Health & Safety AFR performance this During the year, we put 168 of our senior which established the baseline for our target. year was 0.09% (2018: 0.04%) representing leaders through a range of management Overall, employee engagement remained an increase against last year. We continue and leadership courses. strong this year and was in the line with the to review all reported incidents and there external normative data. are no specific underlying patterns which cause concern. The engagement of employees as measured The year-to-date Accident Frequency Rate The percentage of senior leaders who through an externally facilitated survey over (AFR) is the total number of reportable* have attended a development programme nine dimensions: engagement, empowerment, incidents in the period divided by the number compared with the estimated pool of accountability, collaboration and teamwork, of hours worked in that period by employees qualifying participants. communication, development, ethics and fair (including temporary staff and any overtime) treatment, innovation and leadership. multiplied by 100,000 hours (representing the estimated number of working hours in an employee’s work lifetime). The AFR figure represents an indication of how many incidents employees will have in their working lives. * Specified major injury incidents are reportable incidents which result in more than three working days lost Our target remains to match or beat the baseline achieved in 2017 of 74% The target is set at the lowest target we Our new development programmes offer have achieved as a Group and was reset more bespoke training and development, engagement. at 0.04 last year. aligned to our strategy, and target the specific needs of our employees and companies. As we are now aiming to cover a broader range of talent, we will be reviewing our management development programmes KPI over the coming year. r o t a c i d n i e c n a m r o f r e p y e K s u c o f c i g e t a r t S t n e m m o C n o i t i n i f e D t e g r a T n o i t a r e n u m e R e g a k n i l 42 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Cash generation (%) International revenue growth (%) Research and development Employee Engagement (%) (% of revenue) Health & Safety (%) (accident frequency rate) Development programmes (%) (management development) 87 86 86 85 88 16 7 19 16 3 4.8 5.1 5.3 5.2 5.2 74 75 75 0.15 0.11 0.12 0.04 0.09 60 58 60 89 72 100 80 60 40 20 0 88% performance ≥85% target 20 16 12 8 4 0 3% performance ≥10% target 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 5.2% performance ≥4% target 80 60 40 20 0 75% performance 74% target 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 0.09% performance 0.04% target 100 80 60 40 20 0 72% performance <50% target 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Strong cash generation provides the The safety, health and environmental We have maintained high levels of R&D Group with freedom to pursue its markets in developing regions are investment and spending on innovation. strategic goals of investment in organic evolving quickly. We continue to invest The successful introduction of new growth, acquisitions and progressive in establishing local selling, technical products is a key contributor to the dividends without becoming highly and manufacturing resources to meet Group’s ability to build competitive leveraged. Our decentralised structure this current and future need. advantage and grow organically and internationally. Halma conducts an annual survey of its employees to assess engagement across the Group. This provides visibility of engagement at the Group, sector and company levels. Safety is critical and a major priority for the Group. Halma collects details of its worldwide reported health and safety incidents and encourages all Group companies to seek continuous improvement in their health and safety records and culture. Our range of leadership development programmes are targeted towards developing our talent and equipping them with the right skills to manage, lead and deliver on our growth strategy. ensures that cash management is controlled at the individual company level and then transferred to the central treasury function. Our cash conversion was strong and increased to 88%, ahead of our target, reflecting our continuing focus on cash management, including good control of working capital. International revenue increased by 3%, Total R&D spend in the year increased by 11% below our target. Delivering more consistent to a record level of £62.7m (2018: £56.5m). growth outside the UK, the USA and R&D spend as a percentage of revenue Mainland Europe will be a key focus in 2020. remained at 5.2%. All sectors increased We achieved 16.0% growth in revenue on R&D expenditure, after adjusting for the average across the UK, Mainland Europe effect of the disposal of Accudynamics and the USA to deliver a strong overall result. in the Medical sector. Cash generation is calculated using adjusted Total sales to markets outside the UK, the Total research and development expenditure operating cash flow as a percentage of USA and Mainland Europe compared with in the financial year (both that expensed and adjusted operating profit. the prior year. capitalised) as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations. The goal of Group cash inflow exceeding The emphasis on international revenue New products contribute strongly to 85% of profit has relevance at all levels of growth at twice the rate of overall organic growth, maintaining high returns the organisation and aligns management organic growth reinforces the and building strong market positions. action with Group needs. We ensure that importance of emerging markets and The 4% minimum investment target is strong internal cash flow and availability our strategy of establishing operations appropriate to the mix of product life close to our end markets. cycles and technologies within Halma. of external funding underpin our strategic goals of organic growth, acquisitions and progressive dividends. Strong cash generation is closely correlated International markets are an important Successful research and development with high return on capital which is a key component of organic growth which, in turn, investment is a key component of sustaining component of our EVA bonus plan and our drives the year-on-year improvement in EVA strong growth and returns which, in turn, ROTIC Executive Share Plan vesting measure. demanded by our Annual Bonus plan. help to drive EVA, EPS and ROTIC – all key elements of our annual bonus and LTIP plans. 2017 was our inaugural engagement survey which established the baseline for our target. Overall, employee engagement remained strong this year and was in the line with the external normative data. The Health & Safety AFR performance this year was 0.09% (2018: 0.04%) representing an increase against last year. We continue to review all reported incidents and there are no specific underlying patterns which cause concern. During the year, we put 168 of our senior leaders through a range of management and leadership courses. The engagement of employees as measured through an externally facilitated survey over nine dimensions: engagement, empowerment, accountability, collaboration and teamwork, communication, development, ethics and fair treatment, innovation and leadership. The year-to-date Accident Frequency Rate (AFR) is the total number of reportable* incidents in the period divided by the number of hours worked in that period by employees (including temporary staff and any overtime) multiplied by 100,000 hours (representing the estimated number of working hours in an employee’s work lifetime). The AFR figure represents an indication of how many incidents employees will have in their working lives. * Specified major injury incidents are reportable incidents which result in more than three working days lost Our target remains to match or beat the baseline achieved in 2017 of 74% engagement. The target is set at the lowest target we have achieved as a Group and was reset at 0.04 last year. The percentage of senior leaders who have attended a development programme compared with the estimated pool of qualifying participants. Our new development programmes offer more bespoke training and development, aligned to our strategy, and target the specific needs of our employees and companies. As we are now aiming to cover a broader range of talent, we will be reviewing our management development programmes KPI over the coming year. r o t a c i d n i e c n a m r o f r e p y e K s u c o f c i g e t a r t S t n e m m o C n o i t i n i f e D t e g r a T n o i t a r e n u m e R e g a k n i l 43 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Our people Halma’s culture reflects the collective capabilities of our people and is one of our unique strategic assets. We bet on talent It attracts high achievers with low egos, striving to make a positive difference in the world. It avoids unnecessary bureaucracy and protocol in preference for acting with speed and precision to maximise impact. It encourages us to imagine the future and then create it, working seamlessly with internal and external partners to ensure our purpose is fulfilled. Our people therefore have an immediate and disproportionate impact on our performance. the traits that make us unique, helping internally to foster greater awareness of our capabilities and core strengths, and attract and retain likeminded people to ensure Halma’s continued growth. Diversity and inclusion We see diversity as a positive advantage. The diversity of our portfolio of companies provides stability and broadens the scope for growth. The diversity of our people helps us stay agile as the needs of our customers change and as business adapts. Our people have told us through the annual engagement survey that the fact that we provide an ‘environment where diverse points of view and perspectives are valued’ is the most impactful driver of our innovation. We have taken positive steps this year to increase the diversity of our organisation, from the company level to the Group level. For example, we continue to prioritise increasing our gender and ethnic diversity on all leadership teams across the Group. Our growth and change trajectories in recent years, combined with our purpose and culture, enable us to attract world class leaders to run our companies, and lead the sectors and central teams. However, as set out in Halma’s DNA (page 4), we have fiercely protected We have brought in three new Divisional Chief Executives this year – two of whom are women. We are committed to gender pay equality and, while we have parity by role, we must address the representation gap in operating company management and have set ourselves goals to do so. Fostering an innovation mindset We held the second Convergence Accelerator programme launch in December 2018. This group-wide initiative is designed to rapidly identify and evolve new business models, products and services. This year, we added a new element to the programme, Convergence Coaches, volunteers from across Halma who have been trained on the mindsets and methodology and then were paired with the teams to provide guidance and an outside perspective, challenging assumptions along the way. We want to improve how we make commercial decisions about new kinds of business opportunities, including startups and partnerships, particularly as we move more quickly and see more opportunities. The Convergence Accelerator not only helps us to develop these specific ideas, but it is also building this particular capability to work in partnerships, both internal and external. The Convergence Accelerator was run from start to finish in four short months. Four teams pitched their business model and opportunity to 50 of the Halma leadership team in Buckinghamshire in March 2019, and this resulted in three teams being funded for the next phase of development and the remaining team redirected to explore a potential new market that emerged from their work. We attract talented people “ At Halma, we operate in a small business environment, which enables agility. My team at Perma Pure can focus on innovation and growth, creating technologies that serve our customers in our market niches. At the same time, we have the support of the central functions, our peers across the Group, and an ecosystem of partners. This allows me to be entrepreneurial and make the impact I was looking for. The Halma model is so refreshing and, on top of that, it’s a supportive and enriching culture to be part of.” Sharon Bracken, President, Perma Pure Bill Stoval, Divisional Chief Executive, Halma plc “ I joined Halma earlier this year and have been working with CenTrak, learning about its innovative technology that is helping healthcare facilities improve patient care. Most of the companies I have worked at aspire to make the world better, but when you look at Halma’s purpose to grow a safer, cleaner, healthier future, and our technologies across the Group, we are really living the purpose every day. At Halma, the team is all driving towards the same goal whether that’s accomplished by improving patient care, tackling preventable blindness or providing safe, clean water. Everyone I meet at Halma is passionate about solving real problems in the world, and I am extremely motivated by that.” 44 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Gender diversity 40% 33% 24% 42% Board of Directors1 10 60% Executive Board2 6 67% Senior management3 29 76% Other employees 6,714 58% Female Male 1 Includes non-executive Directors of the Company. 2 Includes the four executive Directors who are also shown in the Board of Directors chart. 3 Defined as sector boards and direct reports to Executive Board members. 45 Employee engagement Halma’s purpose helps to motivate and engage all our employees globally. This year, our impact was brought to life with our first ever group-wide campaign, Halma Gift of Sight (page 51). The campaign was an opportunity to raise awareness of the impact that our five eye health companies make in diagnosing and treating conditions that cause preventable blindness while simultaneously screening our employees for sight-threatening conditions such as glaucoma and diabetic retinopathy. To date, the campaign has screened employees across the Group and we have received feedback from the companies that individuals feel more connected to our technology and our purpose. It is proven that an engaged workforce outperforms a less engaged one and we continuously monitor and seek to improve areas that are important to our employees’ engagement. We conduct an annual survey each February, which provides us insight for the next year’s actions. Each operating company, sector and function receive individual reports. We were pleased that 85% of our global employee population completed the survey, up 9% from last year, while our overall engagement score remained stable. We saw improvements in leadership and communications across the Group, reflective of the efforts we have made in these areas. Our award-winning internal collaboration and communications platform, HalmaHub continues to provide a space for all employees in the Group to connect with each other, build new networks and share best practice. 6,000+ Total number of employees 75% Engagement performance HalmaHub empowers our people and enables growth HalmaHub is our award-winning internal communications and collaboration platform. As a portfolio of entrepreneurial companies tackling some of the key problems facing the world today, we recognised that we had significant opportunities to accelerate growth by learning from one another, collaborating, solving problems and innovating. With our partner Hive Learning, experts in collaborative learning technologies, we have built a platform that connects over 80% of our online employees across 20 countries. HalmaHub democratises information, allowing our employees to share knowledge, skills and ideas every day in an agile and secure way. Employees around the world have been using the platform to tap into the expertise of our network. This has led to the creation of entirely new business models, product collaborations and accelerated the pace of change across the Group. From seeking support for entering new markets, sharing data, learnings, insights and opportunities the HalmaHub is a vital business resource. On HalmaHub’s first anniversary in November 2018, it became an award-winning platform at the 2018 Learning Technologies Awards achieving ‘Best use of social and collaborative learning technologies’. Then again in February 2019, the platform was recognised with a Silver award for ‘External Learning Solution of the Year’ at the 2019 Learning Awards. 3,317 Employees are active users of the HalmaHub Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur stakeholders Our stakeholders Maintaining strong stakeholder relationships is essential to Halma’s long-term sustainable success. Shareholders Our shareholders are a key beneficiary in the value that we create. We are committed to transparent and open engagement with our investors. Key areas — Strategy and implementation. — Operational and financial performance. — Capital allocation. — M&A. — Talent and succession planning. — Sustainability and Environmental, Social and Governance matters. Value created Total Shareholder Return, see page 15 How we are engaging The Group Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer engage with investors and potential investors throughout the year through meetings and investor roadshows. The Chairman invites the Company’s top shareholders to meet to discuss the annual results announcement and any other matters, and remains available to meet shareholders throughout the year. The non-executive Directors are available to meet with shareholders at the AGM. A Head of Investor Relations was appointed during the year who maintains an ongoing dialogue with investors and analysts regarding financial, operational and environmental, social and governance issues. The Head of Investor Relations provides regular reports to the Board on these interactions. Operating companies Our decentralised model places our companies close to their end markets and under the management of their own board of directors, empowering entrepreneurial action. Our companies are key stakeholders which collectively deliver our organic growth and are vital to the success of our growth strategies. Key areas — Operational financial performance. — R&D investment. — Talent development. — Collaboration. — International expansion. How we are engaging The Board is in regular communication with our companies through site visits, presentations and the annual Leadership conference. This ensures alignment relating to the development and performance of the companies and of Halma’s strategic priorities and direction. Value created Development programmes, see page 43 Acquisition prospects and business partners Our companies and sector M&A teams continue to build relationships with businesses that could become acquisition prospects or strategic business partners. Key areas — Financial performance. — R&D investment. — Collaboration. — Delivery of initiatives. — International expansion. Value created Acquisition profit growth, see page 40 How we are engaging We supplement our organic growth and broaden our expertise, and the products and services we offer to customers, through acquisitions of companies in core and adjacent market niches. Our convergence growth strategy relies on us to excel at identifying and collaborating with partners to develop new products, services or business models by combining our technologies with new expertise or partnerships inside or outside Halma. The executive management team are in continuous dialogue with our business partners. 46 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019How our Board takes decisions — The Board recognises that it has a duty to act in the best interests of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders, as well as considering other stakeholder interests. Factors the Board consider include: — How the decision fits with our purpose. — Likely long-term consequences of the decision. — The value created for our shareholders. — Impact on our people, processes and performance. — Effect on communities and the environment. — Importance of fostering business relationships with customers and suppliers. — The need to maintain high standards of business conduct. Our people Developing and attracting high- quality talent is a key driver of our success. We strive to build leadership teams which are diverse, effective and engaged. Key areas — Development and progression. — Remuneration. — Diversity. — Workplace policies. — Collaboration. Suppliers Developing strong relationships with our suppliers is key to the operational success of our businesses and ensures that we have agility to develop new and market competitive solutions to meet our customers’ needs. Community We have a duty to conduct business in a responsible and sustainable way that aligns with our purpose and values, and supports the communities in which we operate. Key areas — Social and ethical impact. — Payment practices. — Long-term partnerships. Key areas — Environmental and social impact. — Improving quality of life. — Protecting people. Customers Our customers play an essential role in ensuring the sustainability of the Group. By delivering our products and services to the end market where they serve to protect and improve the quality of life, they play a pivotal role in the fulfilment of our purpose. Key areas — Innovative solutions. — Long-term relationships. — Value. — Service. Value created Employee engagement, see page 43 How we are engaging Our award-winning communications platform, HalmaHub, enables our employees to keep up to date with the latest news across the Group, collaborate with colleagues and share experiences and content. Employee engagement surveys are conducted annually and provide valuable insight on the issues that matter to our workforce and our culture. We run management courses throughout the year to provide targeted development opportunities and the tools needed to deliver enhanced operational and financial performance in line with our growth strategy. The Board’s engagement with the workforce is described on pages 78 and 79. Value created £599m total supplier expenditure Value created Gift of Sight campaign, see page 51 Value created Research and development investment, see page 42 How we are engaging Our companies work with suppliers to ensure that we can deliver the best products and services for our customers and have the infrastructure in place to respond to market developments. Our principal suppliers are subject to regular engagement, including audits, and are encouraged to operate with the high ethical standards that are set out in our Code of Conduct. How we are engaging Our products protect people and improve the quality of life for everyone worldwide. We protect people in industrial processes, on transport and in public spaces; help to prevent and detect disease; and protect the environment. Being located close to our end markets, our companies are well placed to monitor their local impact and to support the needs of their communities. How we are engaging Our companies understand the needs of their customers. They work closely with customers to offer and develop innovative solutions using our technology and deep application knowledge. Long-standing relationships are essential to ensure that we continually deliver innovative solutions for our customers to help them succeed. Our executive management team engage regularly with customers. 47 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationUN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) Good health and wellbeing The global challenge Ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing for all ages. Indicators relevant to Halma — Reduce premature mortality from non-communicable diseases through prevention and treatment. — Reduce the death and injury rate from road traffic accidents. — Reduce the number of deaths and illnesses from hazardous chemicals and air, water and soil pollution and contamination. Our impact Halma’s technology helps to diagnose and treat disease earlier and more accurately; to improve road safety; and to reduce water and air pollution. Sustainability Halma’s approach to sustainability is defined by our purpose of growing a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day. We aim to play a positive role in society over the long-term, both through our products and services, many of which help to solve issues which are fundamental to human wellbeing, and through behaving responsibly in our markets and in the communities where we have operations. Sustainability review In the year, our Board reviewed our approach to sustainability. This was supported by a benchmarking and engagement exercise conducted by EcoAct, a leading international environmental consultancy, which reviewed our performance against our peers and sought input from a range of stakeholders on what matters to them. As a result of this review, we have decided to focus on those areas where we can have the most impact, given what we do and where we operate, and to define our focus using the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Our initiatives in these areas will be led by Marc Ronchetti, who has been appointed as the Board member responsible for sustainability (including health and safety). Progress highlights — Three-year CO2e intensity target met for the third consecutive three-year period. — Further reduction in CO2e intensity targeted for a supplementary year while we evaluate setting a science-based target. — Four SDGs chosen to be the focus of our sustainability initiatives. — Maintained CDP ‘Awareness C’ rating. — Continue to be a constituent of the FTSE4Good Index. — Launched our first ever global campaign, Gift of Sight. UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) We have chosen four SDGs to be the focus of our sustainability initiatives. Each of these is closely aligned to our purpose, and represents an area where we can have impact, given what we do and where we operate. 48 Clean water and sanitation Industry, innovation and infrastructure Sustainable cities and communities The global challenge Ensure availability and sustainable The global challenge Build resilient infrastructure, management of water and sanitation promote inclusive and sustainable The global challenge Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable. for all. industrialisation and foster innovation. Indicators relevant to Halma Indicators relevant to Halma — Increase the proportion of population — Promote inclusive and sustainable Indicators relevant to Halma — Reduce the adverse per capita using safely managed drinking water industrialisation and raise industry’s environmental impact of cities, services. share of employment. — Improve water quality by reducing — Upgrade infrastructure and retrofit including by paying special attention to air quality, and municipal and other waste management. — Provide universal access to safe, inclusive and accessible green and public spaces. pollution and minimising release of hazardous chemicals and materials. — Substantially increase water-use efficiency. industries to make them sustainable, with increased resource-use efficiency and greater adoption of clean and environmentally sound technologies and industrial processes. — Upgrade the technological capabilities of industrial sectors in all countries, encouraging innovation and substantially increasing research and development spending. Our impact Our impact Our impact Halma’s products and services help to Halma is continuously developing Halma’s technology makes cities safer, ensure access to clean drinking water; innovative technologies to increase to ensure efficient and effective wastewater treatment; and to industrial efficiency and safety. In addition, Halma’s growth strategy maintain robust water and wastewater provides a major opportunity to through fire and security protection and elevator safety products in public buildings, and through products and services addressing safety in public networks, minimising leakage and help our customers with the challenges spaces, including enhancing road maintaining pressure. of automation and digitisation. Halma’s research and development expenditure has consistently been above 5% of revenues for the last 4 years. safety. Halma’s environmental and analysis technology helps to promote cleaner cities, the availability of clean drinking water, and the monitoring of gaseous emissions and treatment of wastewater. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Good health and wellbeing The global challenge Ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing for all ages. Indicators relevant to Halma — Reduce premature mortality from non-communicable diseases through prevention and treatment. — Reduce the death and injury rate from road traffic accidents. — Reduce the number of deaths and illnesses from hazardous chemicals and air, water and soil pollution and contamination. Our impact Halma’s technology helps to diagnose and treat disease earlier and more accurately; to improve road safety; and to reduce water and air pollution. Clean water and sanitation Industry, innovation and infrastructure Sustainable cities and communities The global challenge Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all. The global challenge Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and foster innovation. The global challenge Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable. Indicators relevant to Halma — Increase the proportion of population using safely managed drinking water services. — Improve water quality by reducing pollution and minimising release of hazardous chemicals and materials. — Substantially increase water-use efficiency. Our impact Halma’s products and services help to ensure access to clean drinking water; to ensure efficient and effective wastewater treatment; and to maintain robust water and wastewater networks, minimising leakage and maintaining pressure. Indicators relevant to Halma — Promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and raise industry’s share of employment. — Upgrade infrastructure and retrofit industries to make them sustainable, with increased resource-use efficiency and greater adoption of clean and environmentally sound technologies and industrial processes. — Upgrade the technological capabilities of industrial sectors in all countries, encouraging innovation and substantially increasing research and development spending. Our impact Halma is continuously developing innovative technologies to increase industrial efficiency and safety. In addition, Halma’s growth strategy provides a major opportunity to help our customers with the challenges of automation and digitisation. Halma’s research and development expenditure has consistently been above 5% of revenues for the last 4 years. Indicators relevant to Halma — Reduce the adverse per capita environmental impact of cities, including by paying special attention to air quality, and municipal and other waste management. — Provide universal access to safe, inclusive and accessible green and public spaces. Our impact Halma’s technology makes cities safer, through fire and security protection and elevator safety products in public buildings, and through products and services addressing safety in public spaces, including enhancing road safety. Halma’s environmental and analysis technology helps to promote cleaner cities, the availability of clean drinking water, and the monitoring of gaseous emissions and treatment of wastewater. 49 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationSustainability Continued Environment Protecting our environment Environmental issues, including climate change, are a challenge affecting all businesses globally and an issue we must address collectively to preserve our planet for future generations. Halma recognises that all of our activities have an environmental impact. Our approach is to limit this impact by having relatively low capital intensity manufacturing processes and by operating geographically close to our end markets. We also encourage our companies to improve energy efficiency, reduce waste and emissions and, in terms of materials, to reduce their use or make more efficient use of them. Operating in this way helps ensure that our environmental impact is relatively low when compared to other manufacturers. Key environmental impacts have been identified as emissions to air and water, water and energy consumption, and waste production. In addition to the information set out in this section of the Report, we publish annual data on our website on energy consumption, waste and transportation. All Group companies are encouraged to undertake ISO 14001 accreditation, where warranted, and for the year to 31 March 2019, approximately 22% of the Group’s revenue was derived from companies with an ISO 14001 accreditation. Products promoting a cleaner tomorrow Halma companies are world leaders in a number of technologies which help to minimise environmental damage, and we are committed to the development of equipment for measuring and monitoring environmental changes and controlling the impact of industrial activities over the long-term. Our principal environmental technologies are water leakage detection and wireless monitoring, gas emissions monitoring, water and effluent analysis, ultraviolet (UV) water treatment and optical sensing. We promote the use of UV water sterilisation, which eliminates the need to use dangerous chemicals, as well as making products that minimise the waste of clean water. Our carbon footprint Halma has a clear policy on carbon which is published on our website. The Carbon Policy has been set by the Board and our Chief Financial Officer, Marc Ronchetti, has principal responsibility for coordinating and monitoring the Policy. We are committed to reducing our carbon footprint. The Board recognises the challenges of reducing energy consumption and absolute CO2 emissions while growing an international business through acquisition and portfolio expansion. We have, since 2010, set a target of reducing our total carbon emissions relative to revenues by 10% over consecutive three-year periods. This intensity target has now been achieved for three consecutive periods, the latest ending in 2019. Looking forward, we are exploring a new approach to long-term carbon targets, setting them in line with climate science, to support the transition to a low-carbon economy and protecting our people, planet and economy from the effects of global warming. Science-based targets require detailed analysis and planning to develop and implement. We anticipate that this work will be completed for launch in the 2020 financial year. In the meantime, we have taken the decision to target a further reduction in carbon intensity for the year to March 2020, in line with the reductions achieved in the previous periods. We will report on our performance against this intensity target in our 2020 Annual Report and disclose our proposed approach to setting a long-term carbon target. Our Scope 3 emissions, which include business travel and employee commuting, is the Group’s largest source of greenhouse gas emissions. We have developed a Travel Policy which encourages colleagues to utilise video conferencing facilities in preference to physical meetings to reduce travel costs and our Scope 3 emissions. Our Company Car Policy, which is subject to regular review, also supports the Group’s commitment to sustainability by setting a general cap on permissible CO2 emissions for all company-owned vehicles and vehicles used by employees who have taken a cash allowance in lieu of a company car. Carbon reporting Our transparent approach to environmental performance reporting is evidenced by our voluntary participation in the CDP Climate Change questionnaire; in 2019 we maintained our ‘Awareness C’ rating. We comply with all mandatory energy and carbon compliance, and reporting requirements. We have reported on all the emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. We have employed the Operational Control definition to outline our carbon footprint boundary; included within that boundary are Scope 1 and 2 emissions from manufacturing sites and offices which we own and operate. Excluded from our footprint boundary are emissions from manufacturing sites and offices which we do not own and control and emissions considered non-material by the business. GHG emissions data for the period 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2019 Scope 1: Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities 4,424 4,771 2019 CO2e emissions global tonnes 2018 CO2e emissions global tonnes Scope 2: Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use Scope 3: Business air travel, WTT (Well to Tank) Total gross emissions Intensity measure of tonnes of CO2e gross emissions per £m of revenue 13,457 18,587 36,468 14,043 17,281 36,095 30.1 33.5 50 40 30 20 10 0 CO2e emissions (tonnes/£m of revenue) 30.1 48 41 37 33 30 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 50 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019We have reported on emissions from Scope 1 and 2 emissions sources with some Scope 3 emissions sources included (business air travel and Well to Tank emissions). We have used the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition) and guidance provided by the UK’s Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS) on voluntary and mandatory carbon reporting. Emission factors were used from the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2018. In addition, IEA 2018 factors were used for electricity. Halma has worked with external providers of energy efficiency and carbon reduction solutions since 2010 to ensure compliance with the Carbon Reduction Commitment Energy Efficiency Scheme (CRC). We are in full compliance with the CRC requirements and will continue to purchase allowances to meet our compliance obligation until the scheme comes to an end in October 2019. The Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting framework (SECR) will replace CRC in 2019 and we are already planning for disclosure in line with the new regulations in future Annual Reports. Halma complied with the first phase of the Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (ESOS) regulations in 2015. We are currently collating energy data and conducting audits to comply with phase 2, well ahead of the December 2019 deadline. The insights gained from the current round of site energy surveys will be shared with local management, to drive efficiencies and carbon reductions, and reviewed centrally so that any common themes or recommendations can be communicated across the Group. Working to eradicate preventable blindness: Gift of Sight campaign On World Sight Day, 11 October 2018, we launched a global campaign to raise awareness of preventable blindness and improve the health of our employees. We set out to do this by offering eye health screenings for Halma’s employees, at their place of work, to help detect sight-threatening conditions like glaucoma and diabetic retinopathy. Coupled with a monetary contribution for each employee who gets their eyes screened, as well as fundraising by Halma’s employees whose donations would be matched, the campaign supports the work of our charitable partner, the Himalayan Cataract Project (HCP). As of May 2019, we have screened over 1,800 employees across 25 Halma companies and raised more than US$100,000 for HCP. We’re on track to screen more than one third of our global workforce. Preventable blindness is set to treble to affect more than 115 million people by 2050. Blindness creates social dependency, reduces the workforce, shortens lives, and robs children of education. At Halma, we have been working to tackle the problem of preventable blindness for many years. Our companies Volk, Keeler, Medicel, MST and Visiometrics make specialist equipment for eye care professionals to monitor eye health and carry out sight-saving procedures. We also partner with international NGOs focused on curing blindness in underserved communities around the world. For example, by providing organisations like HCP with the tools and training to spot conditions like glaucoma, we support them in saving the sight of thousands of people every year. 115m People affected by preventable blindness by 2050 1,800+ Halma employees screened for sight-threating conditions such as glaucoma and diabetic retinopathy 40 Halma companies signed up to conduct eye health screenings through 2019 4,700+ Sight-restoring surgeries made possible through Halma’s contribution 51 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationSustainability Continued Society Our role in society Halma has a positive role in society. Every day, our products protect and improve the quality of life for people worldwide – protecting people in industrial processes, on transport and in public spaces; helping to prevent and detect disease; and in protecting the environment. As a growing company with global operations, we provide opportunities for our people worldwide, based on merit and free from discrimination, in an appropriate working environment and in safe working conditions. Our positive role is underpinned by our ethos, and our desire to embrace diversity and inclusion is supported by some of the specific policies and initiatives set out below. For information on our talent development programmes and how we engage with our employees, see Our People on page 44. Our ethos and Code of Conduct Our culture is one of honesty, openness, integrity and accountability. Halma requires its employees to act fairly in their dealings with fellow employees, customers, suppliers and business partners. Halma has a Code of Conduct which applies to operations owned or controlled by Halma and their officers and employees, and each officer or employee who joins the Group is required to acknowledge that they have read the Code and understood its importance. We also expect our external business partners and suppliers to be aware of the Code and apply similar ethical standards in their operations. The Code of Conduct aims to ensure that Halma maintains consistently high ethical standards globally, while recognising that our businesses operate in markets and countries with cultural differences and practices. It was updated in 2018, has been translated into nine languages, and is issued to all Halma employees and published on our website. Equal opportunities We are committed to promoting equality of opportunity for all employees and job applicants. We aim to create a working environment in which all individuals are able to make best use of their skills, free from discrimination or harassment, and in which all decisions are based on merit. It is a Group policy to not discriminate against staff or candidates on the basis of age, disability, gender, gender reassignment, marital or civil partner status, pregnancy or maternity, race, colour, nationality, ethnic or national origin, religion or belief, or sexual orientation. Diversity and inclusion We are committed to ensuring the diversity of the people in our business and believe that the inclusion of all enriches our products, performance and the lives of our employees. Our culture encourages talented people of all backgrounds, beliefs or any form of personal identity to be involved, respected and inspired to develop to their full potential. Each year, our Board reviews our policies and their implementation to ensure that we maintain a diverse and inclusive organisation. We have identified two specific areas for improvement in our diversity, particularly at managerial levels: — We aim to have at least 20% of our executives geographically based outside Europe and the USA to better reflect the proportion of revenue generated in these markets. — We aim to increase the overall proportion of female executives on operating company boards. We place considerable value on involving our employees and keeping them informed on matters affecting them and the performance of the Group. This is achieved through formal and informal meetings, internal communications, our internal communications platform HalmaHub, and our Annual Report. Employees and their representatives are consulted on a wide range of matters affecting their current and future interests. We also recognise that specific groups of employees may benefit from sharing their views and common interests, and in 2018 created affinity groups for Women in Halma, Working Parents and LGBT colleagues. Health and safety Health and safety is critical to the Group and a top priority for company management. Marc Ronchetti, Chief Financial Officer, is the Director responsible for Halma’s health and safety compliance. Halma has a strong health and safety record, driven by a deeply embedded culture of safety. Our Health & Safety Policy requires businesses to manage their activities in a way which avoids causing unnecessary or unacceptable risks to health and safety. The Policy was updated in 2019, to reinforce the Board’s ‘tone from the top’ and to provide clear guidelines for our businesses on managing health and safety risks to ensure a safe work environment. Halma collects details of its worldwide reported health and safety incidents through its central financial consolidation system and the Board monitors health and safety performance. The Group’s Accident Frequency Rate (AFR) is one of our non-financial KPIs (see page 43). In line with Halma’s autonomous structure, operational responsibility for compliance with local health and safety regulations resides with the board of each operating company. However, we routinely monitor health and safety performance across the Group and companies are encouraged to seek continuous improvement and to promote a strong health and safety culture. Approximately 16% of the Group’s revenue is derived from companies who have been accredited with BS OHSAS 18001, a minimum standard for occupational health and safety management best practice. Our Policy requires businesses to carry out an independent health and safety review every three years to assess compliance and to ensure that there is a consistent and adequate level of reporting and investigation of health and safety incidents across the Group. The Group’s health and safety performance remained strong with an Accident Frequency Rate of 0.09%, although it was up from 0.04% recorded last year. We thoroughly review the root cause of any accidents to ensure that we take preventative measures, including further training and education of our employees. Since its introduction, more than 2,100 employees have been enrolled in our online training programmes. There were no work-related fatalities in 2019 or in prior years and details of recorded injuries during the year and the prior four years are set out opposite. 52 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Days lost due to reportable work-related injuries* 226 546 464 236 85 226 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Total recorded injuries to all employees 372 298 342 314 252 372 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 400 300 200 100 0 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 * Specified major injury incidents are reportable incidents which result in more than three working days lost. Human rights Halma’s Human Rights and Labour Conditions Policy reflects the core requirements of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Group observes the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, including the conventions relating to forced labour, child labour, non-discrimination, freedom of association and right to collective bargaining. Our Group Chief Executive, Andrew Williams, has overall responsibility for ensuring that human rights considerations are integral to the way in which existing operations and new opportunities are developed and managed. Compliance with, and respect for, these fundamental principles are integrated throughout our organisation. Managers and supervisors must provide leadership that promotes human rights as an equal priority to other business issues. All employees are responsible for ensuring that their own actions do not impair the human rights of others, and are encouraged to bring forward, in confidence, any concerns they may have about human rights. Modern Slavery Act Halma is committed to conducting its business ethically and in line with all relevant legislation including human rights laws. Halma has published three Modern Slavery Act Statements since September 2016, which detail the progressive steps taken annually to tackle modern slavery and human trafficking. Since the introduction of the Act, we have worked to raise awareness of this important agenda. A detailed guidance note has been provided to all businesses to raise awareness of the Act and the issue of modern slavery in business and supply chains. Each business has been required to consider the potential issue of modern slavery and human trafficking within their business and supply chain. In addition, online compliance training on the Modern Slavery Act has been rolled out to senior management, all subsidiary board members and other relevant employees across the Group. Over 2,200 employees have been enrolled on this training and this is an important tool to assist our business management in understanding their responsibilities and consider the Act in their operations. In addition, this year, we are working with Stop the Traffik to undertake a risk assessment of our businesses and supply chain, with a view to further strengthening our efforts in this area. Whistleblowing Halma has a group-wide whistleblowing policy which applies to all employees and Halma operations as well as joint venture partners, suppliers, customers and distributors relating to our businesses. While we encourage an open culture where any issues can be raised and handled locally at business level, we recognise that there will be times when it is not appropriate, or a person will not be comfortable raising a concern through line management. An independent third-party provider, Expolink, is appointed to operate a confidential reporting service to enable employees to raise any concerns they may have in confidence, via telephone or web-reporting. Where permitted by law, employees may report anonymously if they wish. All reports are treated confidentially and are provided to the Company Secretary and, where appropriate, the Talent & Culture Executive for the relevant sector. All reports are appropriately investigated and concluded. Halma is committed to ensuring that anyone raising a concern in good faith is not subject to any victimisation or detrimental treatment. Anti-bribery and anti-corruption Halma has a zero-tolerance policy on bribery and corruption which extends to all business dealings and transactions in which the Group is involved. This includes a prohibition on making political donations, offering or receiving inappropriate gifts or making undue payments to influence the outcome of business dealings. Every business records and reports on any gifts, hospitality or charitable donations which exceed the Group policy limits. Our Policy and guidance in this area is well understood, routinely reviewed and compliance is checked as part of the half year and year-end control process. We also require customers and suppliers who contract on our standard business terms to comply with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. Online anti-bribery and anti-corruption compliance training covers senior management, all subsidiary board directors and other relevant employees. Over 2,400 employees from across the Group have been enrolled. Our suppliers Halma encourages its suppliers to operate with the high ethical standards that are set out in our Code of Conduct. One particular area of concern for our customers and other stakeholders is whether certain metals that may originate in conflict zones are included in our products. US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules require US publicly traded companies to certify whether such conflict minerals are contained within their products. In order to assist our customers who are subject to this SEC rule, we have a Conflict Minerals policy which gives guidance to all companies on how to determine whether any of the four minerals or their derivatives classified by the US government as ‘conflict minerals’ are contained in any product. 53 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRisk management and internal controls Strategic risk management to enable growth During the year, updates from management to the Board covered all of our principal risks. The Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, obtained assurance that the risk management and internal control system was operating effectively throughout the organisation and that risks were being managed in line with the risk appetite set by the Board. In addition to reports from management, the Board and Audit Committee received updates from Group Risk about how the risk management process was operating across the organisation. On behalf of the Board, the Nomination Committee ensured an optimum balance of skills, knowledge and experience within the executive management team to deliver the strategy and effectively manage risk, while the Remuneration Committee ensured the right reward system to drive an appropriate culture of high performance with commensurate controls. Our control framework Halma’s decentralised business model provides significant autonomy to companies, within the structure of a clear control framework. Our approach Strategic finance and risk management is one of our Growth Enablers. We believe success is achieved by involving our employees at all levels in the organisation and empowering them to manage risks and take advantage of opportunities. Our risk awareness culture allows management to make better commercial decisions and helps to maximise the benefits of our decentralised business model. A good risk management culture provides a solid foundation upon which our business can scale and grow. Our risk governance framework The Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent of the principal risks it is willing to take to achieve its strategic objectives. Each company or function within Halma identifies risks and opportunities as part of their strategic reviews, assesses how these are currently controlled and whether any further actions are required. A similar exercise is performed at sector and Group level to develop an overall ‘bottom up’ picture of risk for the Group. The principal and emerging risks identified by the Board and Executive Board are compared with the bottom up risk picture to ensure appropriate alignment of risk and execution of risk appetite. Risk Governance Framework Board (Direction) Executive Board Sectors (Oversight) 1st line Companies (Execution) Nomination Committee Remuneration Committee Audit committee 3rd line Internal Audit (Independent Assurance) 2nd line Group management (Oversight) — Finance — IT — Compliance & whistleblowing — Risk management — Talent & communication — Digital & innovation 54 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019This framework ensures there is sufficient oversight and clear identification of matters reserved for the Board. The key elements of this framework include: — Monthly reporting by companies on performance, including risks, with regular oversight by sector and Group management. — Clear accountabilities and delegation of authority throughout the organisation. — Six monthly self-certifications by companies on required minimum controls for finance, legal and IT. — Independent six-monthly peer reviews of companies’ reported financial results by Finance Directors. — Independent validation of controls and certifications by Internal Audit during audits. — Existence of a whistleblowing hotline which is available for all employees. Our areas of focus during the year There were no changes to the composition of our principal risks during the year, but work has continued to ensure we are managing them effectively by anticipating and responding to change. Key developments during the year included: — Coordinated Executive Board and plc Board review of our principal and emerging risks. This included a review of the control framework and assurance obtained for each risk to ensure alignment with risk appetite. Input from sectors and Group functions was also obtained as part of this process. — Implementation of integrated risk, control and assurance software to enable us to more effectively and efficiently manage our risks (see case study). — Clarification of accountabilities within the risk management process at all levels, captured in an annual risk and control calendar. — Creation of a digital growth framework to give greater clarity, support and guidance for our business as we continue to develop more digital capabilities through innovation and are more data driven (Cyber and Innovation risks). — Completion of the project to achieve and maintain compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation (Legal Compliance risk). — Brexit contingency planning and close monitoring of developments (Economic and Geopolitical Uncertainty risk). The RiskHub – increasing the use of technology to enable us to manage risk more effectively Effectively and efficiently managing our risks and taking advantage of opportunities enables us to deliver our growth strategy. During the year, we increased our use of technology by implementing risk, control and assurance software that provides an integrated view of the following at all levels of the Group: — Risk – completion of risk assessments, including controls and actions. — Control – control self certifications against Halma’s minimum required controls, including any actions to address control gaps. — Assurance – capture of actions identified from assurance activities, including internal audits. This provides us with increased visibility of risk, control and assurance, enabling us to spend less time creating and collating information and more time acting on insights to better manage risk. Above: Crowcon’s Operations Director Fraser Mackay on a daily ‘Gemba’ walk, performing a health check of the factory floor and ensuring operations are running smoothly. Daily Gemba walks help to mitigate risk, improve efficiency and drive innovation. 55 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationPrincipal risks and uncertainties 1. Cyber Gross risk level High Change Increased Risk appetite Averse Growth Enablers Risk and impact Loss of digital intellectual property/data or ability to operate systems due to internal failure or external attack. There is resulting loss of information or ability to continue operations, and therefore financial and reputational damage. The increase in this risk reflects the growing threat from cyber crime around the world. How do we manage the risk? — Clear ownership of cyber risk, with Board level expertise. IT function reports into Chief Innovation & Digital Officer. — Development of digital framework, including digital growth and cyber risks. — Minimum required IT controls defined. All companies certify compliance every six months. Any gaps are tracked until addressed. 2. Organic Growth Gross risk level High Change No change Risk appetite Open Growth Enablers Risk and impact Failing to deliver desired organic growth, resulting in missed expected strategic growth targets and erosion of shareholder value. How do we manage the risk? — Clear Group strategy to achieve organic growth targets, supported by detailed company strategies and seven Halma Growth Enablers with Executive Board owners. — Sector management ensure that the Group strategy is fulfilled through ongoing review and chairing of companies. — Continued investment in R&D and innovation with KPIs monitored at Board level. Risk Owner: Inken Braunschmidt — Monthly cyber KRI/KPI reporting in place across the Group. — Regular online IT awareness training for all employees using computers. — Disaster recovery and back-up plans in place, required to be tested regularly. — Regular reviews by Group IT and Internal Audit. Risk Owner: Andrew Williams — Regional hubs, for example in China and India, support local growth strategic initiatives for all companies. — Agile business model and culture of innovation to take advantage of new growth opportunities as they arise. — Regular monitoring of financial performance at all levels, including by the Board. — Remuneration of company executives and above is based on profit growth. Risk Owner: Andrew Williams 3. Making and Integrating Acquisitions Gross risk level High Change Increased Risk appetite Open Growth Enablers Risk and impact Missing our strategic growth target for acquisitions due to insufficient acquisitions being identified or poor due diligence or poor integration, resulting in erosion of shareholder value. The increase in this risk reflects the current competitive market and also the need to acquire more to achieve our target as Halma continues to grow. 4. Talent and Diversity Gross risk level Medium Change No change Risk appetite Open Growth Enablers Risk and impact Not having the right talent and diversity at all levels of the organisation to deliver our strategy, resulting in reduced financial performance. 56 How do we manage the risk? — Acquisition of companies in — Valuation model used for all existing or adjacent markets that are well known. acquisitions to ensure price paid is appropriate. — Dedicated M&A Directors with Group Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer and plc Board scrutiny and approval of all acquisitions. — Regular reporting of the acquisition pipeline to the Executive and plc Board. — Careful due diligence by experienced staff who bring in specialist expertise as required. How do we manage the risk? — Comprehensive recruitment processes to recruit the best and brightest talent. — Development of talent and diversity across companies, including through development programmes, to create competitive advantage and motivated leaders to deliver the strategy. — Succession planning process to identify and develop future leaders. — Integration checklist covering control and compliance areas used to ensure consistent high quality and efficient integration into Halma. — Clarity of strategy and agile business model to take advantage of new growth opportunities as they arise. Risk Owner: Jennifer Ward — Future leaders programme to develop graduates. — Ongoing focus to increase employee diversity at all levels worldwide. Diversity metrics are monitored by the Board. — Senior management reward structure is aligned with the strategic priorities of the companies, sectors and Group. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Link to Growth Enablers Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Strategic Engines Innovation Network Communications 5. Innovation Gross risk level High Change Increased Risk appetite Seeking Growth Enablers Risk and impact Failing to innovate to create new high-quality products to meet customer needs or failure to adequately protect intellectual property, resulting in a loss of market share and poor financial performance. The increasing speed of innovation and potential for disruption has increased this risk. 6. Competition Gross risk level Medium Change Increased Risk appetite Open Growth Enablers Risk and impact Failing to adapt to market and technological changes, either through organic or M&A activity, resulting in reduced financial performance. Just as our innovation risk has increased, the threat of disruption from competitors has increased. How do we manage the risk? — Product development is devolved to the companies who are closest to the customer, with support and guidance provided by sector management. — Chief Innovation & Digital Officer promotes and accelerates innovation by companies, with support from sector management. — Digital strategy in place relating to innovation, with a consistent language for growth and innovation. (Implementation is via four growth engines: 1. Growth sprints, 2. Convergence Accelerator, 3. Digital Edge Hub, 4. Innovation Hot Spots). How do we manage the risk? — Focus on niche markets with high barriers to entry and seek to achieve strong market positions. — Halma’s decentralised business model enables operational resources to be closer to customers, and companies are empowered to monitor, anticipate and respond to changing market needs. — Regular company and sector board meetings which review markets, competition and product innovation. Risk Owner: Inken Braunschmidt — Active collaboration of ideas and best practices between companies. — Head Office approval of all large R&D projects to ensure alignment with strategy. — Halma Innovation Awards reward and encourage innovation. — Companies are encouraged to develop and protect intellectual property. Risk Owner: Andrew Williams — Ongoing discussions with customers and monitoring of market and technological changes to identify new opportunities. — Halma Chief Innovation & Digital Officer provides leadership and oversight for digital innovation and arranges Innovation Hotspot visits for Halma leaders to see disruption examples in action. 7. Economic and Geopolitical Uncertainty Risk Owner: Andrew Williams Gross risk level High Change Increased Risk appetite Cautious Growth Enablers Risk and impact Risk of decline in financial performance due to recession or geopolitical changes and its potential impact on the carrying value of goodwill. The increase in risk reflects increased political uncertainty, including Brexit and USA/China trade relations. — Identification of any wider trends by the Halma Executive Board that require action. — Local companies have the autonomy to rapidly adjust to changing circumstances. — Annual assessment of the carrying value of goodwill. How do we manage the risk? — Diverse portfolio of companies across the four sectors, in multiple countries and in relatively non-cyclical specialised global niche markets helps to minimise the impact of any single event operating in one market. — Regular monitoring and assessment of potential risks and opportunities relating to geopolitical or economic uncertainties. A Brexit Committee is in place to monitor developments and support companies. 57 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Principal risks and uncertainties Continued 8. Natural Disasters Gross risk level Medium Change No change Risk appetite Cautious Growth Enablers Risk and impact Being unable to respond to large-scale events or natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods or fire, resulting in inability of one or more parts of our business to operate, therefore causing financial loss and reputational damage. How do we manage the risk? — All parts of the Group are required to have business continuity plans in place which are tailored to manage the specific risks they are most likely to face and these are required to be tested periodically. 9. Communications Gross risk level High Change No change Risk appetite Open Growth Enablers Risk and impact Missed opportunities for growth and attainment of our strategy should we not clearly articulate our value propositions to potential partners, customers, employees or acquisition targets. How do we manage the risk? — Halma plc Board members for Communications and Investor Relations. — Clear brand and communications strategy to enable clear understanding and alignment with Group strategy. — Proactive brand and communications approach to reach existing and potential audiences to attract and engage them to drive new growth opportunities. Risk Owner: Andrew Williams — The geographic diversity of companies limits the impact of any single event and Halma has manufacturing capability in multiple locations which provides flexibility. — Business interruption insurance is in place to limit any financial loss that may occur. Risk Owner: Jennifer Ward — Development of pitch books, purpose and strategy impact stories, product-solution case studies, and investment collateral that are delivered to the appropriate targets via direct, indirect, social media and investor channels. — Monitoring of external, social and investor media to gauge sentiment, brand health and protect reputation. — Periodic employee engagement survey to gain feedback on the effectiveness of internal communication. — Communication platform to enable rapid collaboration and information sharing. 10. Non-compliance with Laws and Regulations Risk Owner: Marc Ronchetti Gross risk level High Change No change Risk appetite Averse Growth Enablers Risk and impact Failing to comply with laws and regulations resulting in damage to reputation and/or fines/ penalties. How do we manage the risk? — High-quality management resources who implement controls to monitor and comply with legal requirements in all countries we operate. — Companies ensure high product quality and compliance with legal standards. — High ethical standards which are captured in Halma’s Code of Conduct. All employees are required to read and sign up to it. — Employees across the Group perform regular online compliance training. — A whistleblowing hotline is in place and available for use by all employees. — All parts of the Group complete six-monthly control self- certifications which include legal compliance. — Completion of a coordinated project to achieve compliance with GDPR. 58 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Link to Growth Enablers Mergers & Acquisitions International Expansion Talent & Culture Finance & Risk Digital Growth Strategic Engines Innovation Network Communications 11. Financial Controls Gross risk level Medium Change Decreased Risk appetite Averse Growth Enablers Risk and impact Failure in financial controls either on its own or via a fraud which takes advantage of a weakness, resulting in financial loss and/or misstated reported financial results. This risk has reduced following an update of the minimum expected controls for companies and a coordinated focus to address the most common financial control gaps identified. How do we manage the risk? — Local directors have legal, as well as operational, responsibility as they are statutory directors of their companies. This fits with Halma’s decentralised model to ensure an effective financial control environment is in place. — To mirror the decentralised model, Halma Group Finance prescribes the minimum expected financial controls to be in place and requires companies to certify every six months that these controls are operating effectively. These include segregation of duties, delegation of authorities and financial accounts preparation checks. Risk Owner: Marc Ronchetti — Six-monthly peer reviews of reported results for each company to provide independent challenge. Internal Audit also performs periodic risk-based reviews. — A whistleblowing hotline is in place and available for use by all employees. 12. Treasury Management Gross risk level Medium Change Increased Risk appetite Averse Growth Enablers 13. Product Failure Gross risk level Medium Change No change Risk appetite Averse Growth Enablers Risk and impact There is a risk that the Group’s cash resources are inadequate to support its activities. There is an inadvertent breach of funding terms/covenants or that there is volatility on the Group’s Sterling reported result due to unhedged exposure to foreign currency movements. Geopolitical uncertainty has increased the risk of foreign exchange fluctuations. How do we manage the risk? — A long-term Revolving Credit Facility is in place. — Sources of funding, headroom and liquidity forecasts are regularly assessed and monitored. — Funding terms are built into company policies and requirements. including export controls to sanctioned countries. Risk and impact A failure in one of our products results in serious injury, death or damage to property, including due to non- compliance with product regulations, resulting in financial loss and reputational damage. How do we manage the risk? — Companies have strict product development and testing procedures in place to ensure quality of products and compliance with appropriate regulations. — Rigorous testing of products during development and also during the manufacturing process. Risk Owner: Marc Ronchetti — A Group Treasury Policy includes hedging and there is regular monitoring of foreign currency exposure at local company and Group level. Risk Owner: Andrew Williams — Terms and conditions of sale limit liability as much as practically possible and liability insurance is in place. — Product compliance with regulations is checked as part of due diligence for any acquisition. 59 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Financial review Record results and growth in all four sectors “ We continued to execute well against our growth strategy and our key performance indicators, leveraging our sustainable financial model and organisational structure across our global niche markets.” Record results Halma made strong progress in the period, delivering record revenue and profit for the 16th consecutive year. We continued to execute well against our growth strategy and our key performance indicators, leveraging our sustainable financial model and organisational structure across our global niche markets. Revenue increased by 12.5% to £1,210.9m (2018: £1,076.2m) and adjusted1 profit was up by 15.0% to £245.7m (2018: £213.7m) while statutory profit before taxation increased by 20.2% to £206.7m (2018: £171.9m). Cash generation was strong, and our financial position remains robust, allowing us to continue to support investment in growth, both organically and by acquisition. The Board is proposing a further dividend increase of 7%, the 40th consecutive year of dividend per share growth of 5% or more. The revenue growth of 12.5% included a 10.0% increase in organic constant currency revenue. Acquisitions contributed 3.1% to growth (2.1% net of disposals). The adjusted profit increase of 15.0% included 11.1% organic constant currency profit growth. Both organic revenue and adjusted profit growth were substantially ahead of our KPI target of 5% growth or more, and more than compensated for the rate of growth from acquisitions, which, at 3.2% (3.6% net of disposals), was lower than our KPI of 5% growth or more. There was a small net currency translation impact on revenue and adjusted profit, with revenue benefiting by 0.4% and adjusted profit by 0.3%. Statutory profit before taxation of £206.7m is calculated after charging the amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £35.6m (2018: £34.7m), and other items of a net £3.4m (2018: £7.1m), which included a charge of £2.1m in relation to the equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the Group’s defined benefit pension plans (see “Pensions update” on page 65). Further detail on these items is given in note 1. Strong revenue and profit growth Revenue grew by 15.6% in the first half and 9.7% in the second half. There was a 1.8% negative effect from currency translation in the first half which reversed in the second half to give a small benefit of 0.4% for the year. Organic revenue growth at constant currency was an exceptionally strong 14.2% in the first half reflecting good performances across all four of our sectors as well as a benefit from the phasing of the delivery of some large orders received in the second half of the prior year. As expected, we also delivered good organic constant currency growth rate of 6.3% in the second half to give an impressive 10.0% growth rate for the year as whole. Adjusted profit growth was 19.4% in the first half and 11.5% in the second half. As with revenue, the negative effect from currency translation in the first half reversed in the second half, giving a small benefit of 0.3% for the year. Organic profit growth at constant currency was again Revenue and profit growth Revenue Adjusted1 profit before taxation Statutory profit before taxation 2019 £m 2018 £m Increase £m 1,210.9 1,076.2 245.7 206.7 213.7 171.9 134.7 32.0 34.8 Total 12.5% 15.0% 20.2% Percentage growth Organic growth2 10.4% 11.4% – Organic growth2 at constant currency 10.0% 11.1% – 1 In addition to those figures reported under IFRS Halma uses alternative performance measures as key performance indicators, as management believe these measures enable them to better assess the underlying trading performance of the business by removing non-trading items that are not closely related to the Group’s trading or operating cash flows. Adjusted profit excludes the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations; and the effect of equalisation of benefits for men and women in the defined benefit pension plans. All of these are included in the statutory figures. Note 3 to the Accounts gives further details with the calculation and reconciliation of adjusted figures. 2 See highlights. 60 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019exceptionally strong at 16.1% in the first half and, at 7.2% in the second half, was slightly ahead of our expectations at the half year. The first half/second half split of adjusted profit was 46%/54%, compared to our typical 45%/55% pattern, reflecting the strong first half performance and a better risk profile for the year. Growth in all four sectors All four sectors delivered revenue and profit growth, both on a reported and organic constant currency basis. All sectors grew revenue on an organic constant currency basis in both the first and the second half. We delivered double-digit organic constant currency profit growth in three of our four sectors. Infrastructure Safety was the strongest performer, with profit growth accelerating in the second half. Environmental & Analysis and Medical delivered strong growth, which comprised a slower second half following an exceptionally good first half. Process Safety achieved mid-single-digit growth, which included reorganisation costs of £1.5m to improve its competitive position and performance in the future. Central and Growth Enabler costs increased, as expected, to £22.0m (2018: £15.3m) excluding the one-off charge of £2.1m for equalising pension benefits between men and women. This principally reflected increased investment to support our companies’ growth over the medium-term, mainly in the digital transformation and innovation Growth Enablers, as well as in governance and compliance. We expect a further increase, albeit at a lower rate, in 2020, principally in Growth Enabler costs, and in the medium-term, these costs are expected to grow no faster than revenue. Growth in our major regions All major regions reported revenue growth, with the USA, Mainland Europe and the UK, performing strongly, with double-digit percentage increases. Following strong performances in 2018, growth in Asia Pacific and Africa, Near and Middle East slowed, with Other regions showing a small decline. All sectors performed well, with Infrastructure Safety growing very strongly and Process Safety and Environmental & Analysis also delivering excellent growth. Mainland Europe revenue increased by 12.0%, driven by good performances in Infrastructure Safety and Environmental & Analysis. The UK also grew well with revenue increasing by 16.0% and all sectors except Medical, which accounts for only 7% of UK revenues, growing at a double-digit percentage rate. Asia Pacific grew 5.2%, with good growth in Process Safety, Infrastructure Safety and Medical, while Environmental & Analysis growth was slower following a strong performance last year. Our largest markets in the region grew well, with revenue in China increasing 8% against a tough comparative of 20% growth last year, and Australasia growing 16%. Performance in smaller markets was variable. The USA delivered very strong growth of 18.5%, and remains our largest revenue destination, accounting for 37% of Group revenue, an increase of two percentage points compared to the prior year. In the rest of the world, performance was mixed and revenue was broadly flat overall. In Africa, Near and Middle East, Infrastructure Safety grew strongly, but this was offset by declines in the other Revenue bridge (£m) £1,210.9m +12.5% Adjusted profit bridge (£m) Geographic revenue bridge (£m) £245.7m +15.0% £1,210.9m +12.5% 1,076.2 10.0% 3.1% (1.0)% 0.4% 1,210.9 213.7 11.1% 3.2% 0.4% 0.3% 245.7 1,076.2 18.5% 12.0% 16.0% 5.2% 0.2% 1,210.9 1,250 1,200 1,150 1,100 1,050 1,000 250 240 230 220 210 200 1,250 1,200 1,150 1,100 1,050 1,000 0 1 8 2 a O r g n i c c A q s n u isiti o p D is a ls s o y c n u rr e C 9 1 0 2 0 1 8 2 a O r g n i c c A q s n u isiti o p D is a ls s o y c n u rr e C 9 1 0 2 e p u r o d E 0 1 8 2 A n S U a i n l a M * s n g i o 9 1 0 2 K si a P U A c e r r e c i fi h a t O * Comprises Africa, Near and Middle East & other countries. Geographic revenue growth United States of America Mainland Europe United Kingdom Asia Pacific Africa, Near and Middle East Other countries £m 443.2 266.3 200.9 184.0 70.8 45.7 2019 % of total 37% 22% 16% 15% 6% 4% £m 374.0 237.7 173.3 174.9 69.7 46.6 2018 % of total 35% 22% 16% 16% 7% 4% 1,210.9 100% 1,076.2 100% Change £m 69.2 28.6 27.6 9.1 1.1 (0.9) 134.7 % organic growth at constant currency 18.3% 6.5% 11.5% 4.5% (0.6)% (6.1)% 10.0% % growth 18.5% 12.0% 16.0% 5.2% 1.5% (2.1)% 12.5% 61 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial review Continued three sectors, notably in Environmental & Analysis. Other regions saw challenging conditions for the Safety sectors, but growth in Environmental & Analysis and Medical. Of the larger markets in the rest of the world, Brazil delivered good growth. Revenue from territories outside the UK/ Mainland Europe/the USA grew by 3.2%, below our 10% KPI growth target. Delivering more consistent growth in these regions will be a key focus in 2020, even though we achieved 16.0% growth in revenue in the UK/Mainland Europe/the USA to deliver a strong overall result. On an organic constant currency basis, the USA was the fastest growing region, with 18.3% revenue growth with all sectors delivering double-digit organic revenue growth. Mainland Europe grew revenue by 6.5%. The UK grew 11.5%, with all sectors except Medical growing by more than 10%. Asia Pacific growth was 4.5%, while Africa, Near and Middle East and Other regions had a challenging second half across the sectors resulting in flat revenue and a decline, respectively, for the full year. Increased returns Halma’s Return on Sales has exceeded 16% for 34 consecutive years. Our KPI target is to deliver Return on Sales in the range of 18–22%. This year Return on Sales increased to 20.3% (2018: 19.9%), with an improvement in all sectors except Process Safety, where Return on Sales remained strong at 23.0%, even though there was a decline of 0.5% due to reorganisation costs. We successfully achieved our objective of continuing to invest in our businesses while delivering growth. This enables us to maintain a high level of Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC), the post-tax return on the Group’s total assets including all historical goodwill. ROTIC improved to 16.1% (2018: 15.2%), once again well ahead of our KPI target of 12% and substantially in excess of Halma’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC), estimated to be 7.9% (2018: 7.7%). Currency impacts well managed Halma reports its results in Sterling. Our other key trading currencies are the US Dollar, Euro and to a lesser extent the Swiss Franc and Chinese Renminbi. Over 45% of Group revenue is denominated in US Dollars and approximately 13% in Euros. The Group has both translational and transactional currency exposure. Translational exposures are not hedged, while, for transactional exposures, after matching currency of revenue with currency costs wherever practical, forward exchange contracts are used to hedge a proportion (up to 75%) of the remaining forecast net transaction flows where there is a reasonable certainty of an exposure. We hedge up to 12 months and, in certain specific circumstances, up to 24 months forward. At 31 March 2019 approximately 68% of our next 12 months’ currency trading transactions were hedged. There is a good degree of natural hedging within the Group in US Dollars but we spend less in Euros than we sell and this year had a net exposure of approximately €35m. We saw continued volatility in currencies throughout the year although by year end this had a relatively limited impact on the Consolidated Income Statement. Sterling strengthened on average in the first half of the year, giving rise to a negative currency translation impact of 1.8% on revenue and 2.2% on profit. However Sterling was weaker on average in the second half of the year, and for the year as a whole, currency translation had a small positive effect of 0.4% on revenue and 0.3% on adjusted profit. Based on the current mix of currency denominated revenue and profit, a 1% movement in the US Dollar relative to Sterling changes revenue by £5.5m and profit by £1.1m. Similarly, a 1% movement in the Euro changes revenue by £1.5m and profit by £0.3m. If currency rates through the 2020 year were US Dollar 1.30/Euro 1.16 relative to Sterling, and assuming a constant mix of currency results, we would expect no material effect on revenue and profit in 2020 compared with 2019. On this basis there would be a positive effect in the first half of the year, which would broadly reverse in the second half. Increased financing cost The net financing cost in the Income Statement of £10.0m was slightly above the prior year (2018: £9.7m). Average net borrowings were marginally lower this year, despite acquisition expenditure, but the average cost of financing was higher due to the currency mix of debt and higher US dollar interest rates (see the ‘Average debt and interest rates’ table on page 66 for more information). Interest cover (EBITDA as a multiple of net interest expense as defined by our Revolving Credit Facility) was 33 times (2018: 32 times) which was well in excess of the four times minimum required in our banking covenants. The net pension financing charge under IAS 19 is included within the net financing cost. This year the cost decreased to £1.2m (2018: £1.7m), reflecting the reduction in the deficit on our defined benefit plans. Group tax rate The Group has major operating subsidiaries in 10 countries and the Group’s effective tax rate is a blend of these national tax rates applied to locally generated profits. A significant proportion (approximately one fifth) of Group profit is generated and taxed in the UK. The Group’s effective tax rate on adjusted profit was lower than the prior year at 18.6% (2018: 19.7%) mainly due to the decrease in the US federal tax rate in addition to some one-off credits in the year. US$ Euro 62 Weighted average rates used in the Income Statement Exchange rates used to translate the Balance Sheet 2019 Full year 2018 Full year 2019 Year end 2018 Year end 1.31 1.14 1.33 1.13 1.30 1.16 1.41 1.14 First half 1.33 1.13 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019For the year to 31 March 2020 we currently anticipate (based on the forecast mix of adjusted profits) a Group effective tax rate on adjusted profits of approximately 20%, with the increase compared to this financial year mainly driven by the mix of adjusted profits, including the full year effect of prior year acquisitions, and lower interest deductibility relative to profits. On 2 April 2019, the European Commission published its final decision that the UK controlled Finance Company Partial Exemption (FCPE) constituted State Aid. In common with a number of other UK companies, Halma has benefited from the FCPE, and the total benefit in 2019 and prior periods is approximately £15.4m in respect of tax and approximately £0.6m in respect of interest. We are currently evaluating whether to appeal the European Commission’s decision and the UK Government may also appeal, and therefore at present we believe that no provision is required in respect of this issue, although a cash payment of some, or all of, the amount due may be required in the next year which we would expect to be refundable in the event of a successful appeal. Strong cash generation Cash generation is an important component of the Halma model, underpinning further investment in our businesses, supporting value-enhancing acquisitions and funding an increasing dividend. Our cash conversion in 2019 was strong. Cash generated from operations was £259.6m (2018: £214.4m) and adjusted operating cash flow was £225.2m (2018: £190.4m) which represented 88% (2018: 85%) of adjusted operating profit, ahead of our cash conversion KPI target of 85%. A summary of the year’s cash flow is shown in the table below and on page 66. The largest outflows in the year were in relation to acquisitions, dividends and taxation paid. Working capital outflow, comprising changes in inventory, receivables and creditors, totalled £16.3m (2018: £24.4m) and debtor days have reduced year-on-year, reflecting our continuing focus on cash management. Dividends totalling £57.2m (2018: £53.4m) were paid to shareholders in the year. Taxation paid was £40.6m (2018: £41.1m). In the 2020 financial year, an acceleration of the payment timetable for UK Corporation Tax payments for larger companies will result in a one-off increase in cash taxation payable of approximately £5m. Capital allocation and funding Halma aims to deliver high returns, measured by ROTIC, well in excess of our cost of capital. We invest to deliver the future earnings growth and strong cash returns which underpin this ambition, and our capital allocation priorities are as follows: Investment for organic growth Organic growth is our first priority and is driven by investment in our existing businesses, including through capital expenditure, innovation for digital growth and in new products, international expansion and the development of our people. Value-enhancing acquisitions We supplement organic growth with acquisitions in current and adjacent market niches. This brings new technology, intellectual property and talent into the Group and expands our market reach, keeping Halma well-positioned in growing markets over the long-term. Regular and increasing returns to shareholders We have maintained a progressive dividend policy for over 40 years and this is our preferred route for delivering regular cash returns to shareholders. Increased investment for organic growth All sectors continue to innovate and invest in new products, with R&D spend determined by each individual Halma company. This year R&D expenditure grew by 11.2%, a similar rate to revenue growth. R&D expenditure as a percentage of revenue was 5.2% (2018: 5.2%), well in excess of our KPI target of 4% or more. In the medium term we expect R&D expenditure to continue to increase broadly in line with revenue growth. Under IFRS accounting rules we are required to capitalise certain development projects and amortise the cost over an appropriate period, which we determine as three years. In 2019 we capitalised and acquired £11.6m (2018: £9.7m), impaired £0.7m (2018: £0.7m) and amortised £8.5m (2018: £6.9m). This results in an asset carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, after a £0.6m gain (2018: £1.0m loss) relating to foreign exchange, of £33.1m (2018: £30.0m). All R&D projects and particularly those requiring capitalisation, are subject to rigorous review and approval processes. Capital expenditure on property, plant, equipment, computer software and other intangible assets was £31.3m (2018: £22.1m) or £29.1m excluding the Awarepoint and Elpas asset purchases made in the year. The expenditure on fixed assets was spread across all four sectors, supporting our operating capability, capacity and growth including investment in IT and systems upgrades. Operating cash flow summary Operating profit Net acquisition costs and contingent consideration fair value adjustments Defined benefit pension charge Amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related acquired intangible assets Adjusted operating profit Depreciation and other amortisation Working capital movements Capital expenditure net of disposal proceeds Additional payments to pension plans Other adjustments Adjusted operating cash flow Cash conversion % 2019 £m 217.8 0.3 2.1 35.6 255.8 31.3 (16.3) (29.7) (11.4) (4.5) 225.2 88% 2018 £m 181.2 7.7 – 34.7 223.6 28.4 (24.4) (20.5) (10.8) (5.9) 190.4 85% 63 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationReturn on Sales2 20.3% Return on Total Invested Capital2 16.1% Financial review Continued There was increased spend in three of our sectors with reduced spend only in Environmental & Analysis which had the highest spend in the prior year. In addition, we expanded our head office space this year to accommodate the increased investment in Growth Enablers. We anticipate capital expenditure of £35m in the coming year, reflecting significant new operating site, plant and equipment and IT investment in Infrastructure Safety and new operating capability in Environmental & Analysis. There was one disposal in the period. In June 2018, the Medical sector sold the Accudynamics Fluid Technology business for US$5.4m (£4.2m), resulting in a small loss on disposal of US$1.2m (£1.0m). The original US$31.8m consideration on acquisition in December 2010 primarily related to goodwill and customer intangibles, which have now been successfully retained within the Group to strengthen the product offering and market positions of other Halma Diagnostic device businesses. Value-enhancing acquisitions Acquisitions and disposals are an important part of our growth strategy, as they keep our portfolio focused on growing markets over the medium and long-term. In the year we spent £64.5m on four acquisitions (net of cash acquired of £5.3m including acquisition costs). In addition, we paid £3.6m in contingent consideration for acquisitions made in prior years, giving a total spend of £68.1m. We made one disposal, realising £3.1m, net of transaction costs. In addition to the four business acquisitions, our Medical division acquired various assets from Awarepoint and Elpas for total consideration of £2.6m to expand CenTrak’s technology and market reach. In our half year results, we reported on three acquisitions in the Infrastructure Safety sector: LAN Control Systems Limited, a relatively small technologically- driven bolt-on for an initial cash consideration of £1.0m; Limotec bvba for a cash consideration of €9.3m (£8.2m), on a cash and debt-free basis; and Navtech Radar Limited for an initial cash consideration of £21m on a cash and debt-free basis, with further earn-out considerations, capped at a total of £18m in cash, payable dependent on profit growth in each of the three financial years to the end of March 2021. In January 2019, we acquired Business Marketers Group Inc., trading as Rath Communications, a provider of emergency communication systems for areas of refuge in the USA, for a cash consideration of US$42.4m (£32.8m), on a cash- and debt-free basis. The acquisitions completed in the current and prior year contributed to revenue in 2019 in line with expectations. We expect a good performance from these acquisitions in the coming year and in the long term. Regular and increasing returns for shareholders Adjusted earnings per share increased by 16.5% to 52.74p (2018: 45.26p). Statutory earnings per share increased by 10% to 44.78p (2018: 40.69p), lower than the increase in Adjusted earnings per share largely as a result of the one-off credit last year arising from revisions to US taxation rates. The Board is recommending a 7.0% increase in the final dividend to 9.60p per share (2018: 8.97p per share), which together with the 6.11p per share interim dividend gives a total dividend per share of 15.71p (2018: 14.68p), up 7.0% in total. Dividend cover (the ratio of adjusted profit after tax to dividends paid and proposed) is 3.36 times (2018: 3.08 times). The final dividend for 2019 is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM on 25 July 2019 and will be paid on 14 August 2019 to shareholders on the register at 12 July 2019. We aim to increase the per share dividend amount each year, while maintaining a prudent level of dividend cover, with approximately 35–40% of the anticipated total dividend being declared as an interim dividend. The Board’s determination of recommended annual dividend increases takes into account the medium-term rate of organic constant currency growth and the financial resources required in executing our strategy, including organic investment needs and acquisition opportunities, whilst maintaining moderate debt levels. 64 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Adjusted1 Earnings per share +16.5% Acquisition spend £64.5m Funding capacity extended Halma operations are cash generative and the Group has access to competitively priced debt finance providing good liquidity for the Group. Group treasury policy remains conservative and no speculative transactions are undertaken. Plan liabilities increased to £331.4m (2018: £325.6m) due to the impact of equalisation of guaranteed minimum pension contributions for men and women and an increase in the inflation rate, partly offset by updated member experience data. In October 2018 we extended the £550m Revolving Credit Facility, put in place in November 2016, by a further year to 2023. The combination of good cash generation, a healthy balance sheet and committed external financial resources provides us with the capacity we need to invest in organic growth and acquisitions to meet our growth objectives as well as to sustain our progressive dividend policy. The plans’ actuarial valuation reviews, rather than the accounting basis, determine any cash deficit payments by Halma. In 2019 these contributions amounted to £11.7m following a triennial actuarial valuation of the two UK pension plans, cash contributions increasing at 7% per annum aimed at eliminating the deficit were agreed with the trustees, consistent with our expectations. At the year end, net debt was £181.7m (2018: £220.3m), a combination of £262.9m of debt and £81.2m of cash held around the world to finance local operations. The gearing ratio at year end (net debt to EBITDA) was 0.63 times (2018: 0.87 times). Although we are comfortable operating at this level of gearing, we would increase to two times gearing if the timing of acquisitions required it. Net debt represented 3% (2018: 5%) of the Group’s year-end market capitalisation. The Group continues to operate well within its banking covenants with significant headroom under each financial ratio. Pensions update We closed the two UK defined benefit (DB) plans to new members in 2002. In December 2014 we ceased future accrual within these plans with future pension benefits earned within the Group’s Defined Contribution (DC) pension arrangements. The Group accounts for post-retirement benefits in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits. The Consolidated Balance Sheet reflects the net deficit on our pension plans at 31 March 2019 based on the market value of assets at that date and the valuation of liabilities using year end AA corporate bond yields. On an IAS 19 basis the deficit on the Group’s DB plans at the 2019 year end had decreased to £39.2m (2018: £53.9m) before the related deferred tax asset. The value of plan assets increased to £292.2m (2018: £271.7m). In total, over 55% of plan assets are invested in return seeking assets providing a higher expected level of return over the longer term. On 26 October 2018, the High Court reached a judgment in relation to Lloyds Banking Group’s defined benefit pension schemes which concluded that the schemes should equalise pension benefits for men and women as regards Guaranteed Minimum Pension benefits. The judgement has resulted in a one-off charge of £2.1m to the Income Statement which has been treated as an exceptional item and so excluded from adjusted profit. New accounting standards The Group adopted a number of new accounting standards and interpretations with effect from 1 April 2018, including IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ and IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. There has been no material effect on the Group’s accounts from these changes. Further new standards and interpretations will be adopted for the Group’s financial year commencing 1 April 2019. We do not expect their adoption to have any material impact on the Group’s financial statements, with the exception of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the most significant effect of which will be to bring the Group’s land and building leases on to the balance sheet. IFRS 16 is expected to result in a small reduction in net assets of approximately £4m, comprising an increase in assets of approximately £45m, and an increase in liabilities (from the lease liability) of approximately £49m. Due to the varying time left to run-off the leases, we expect the net effect on the Group’s profit and loss account to be immaterial, and there will be no impact on the Group’s cash flow. Further details of these new accounting standards and their application to the Group’s accounts can be found in the notes to the financial statements. 65 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial review Continued Non-operating cash flow and reconciliation to net debt Adjusted operating cash flow Tax paid Acquisition of businesses including cash/debt acquired and fees Disposal of businesses Net movement in loan notes Net finance costs and arrangement fees Dividends paid Own shares purchased Adjustment for cash outflow on share awards not settled by own shares Effects of foreign exchange Movement in net debt Opening net debt Closing net debt Net debt to EBITDA Adjusted operating profit Depreciation and amortisation (excluding acquired intangible assets) EBITDA Net debt to EBITDA Average debt and interest rates Average gross debt (£m) Weighted average interest rate on gross debt Average cash balances (£m) Weighted average interest rate on cash Average net debt (£m) Weighted average interest rate on net debt Update on Brexit and USA/China tariff increases We continue to closely monitor and assess any potential effects from the UK’s exit from the European Union, and from tariff increases on certain goods by the USA and China. In 2019, approximately 9% of Group revenue came from direct sales between the UK and Mainland Europe, and approximately 4% between the USA and China. We have not seen any material effects to date, and consider that our decentralised model, with businesses in diverse markets and locations, enables our companies to adapt quickly to changing trading conditions. We expect that our companies’ agility, and the support we are providing from the centre to help 66 2019 £m 225.2 (40.6) (68.1) 3.1 0.1 (8.3) (57.2) (3.8) (4.9) (6.9) 38.6 (220.3) (181.7) 2019 £m 225.8 31.3 287.2 0.63 2019 282.6 2.47% 80.4 0.50% 202.2 3.26% 2018 £m 190.4 (41.1) (117.6) – 0.2 (7.3) (53.4) (2.6) (3.3) 10.8 (23.9) (196.4) (220.3) 2018 £m 223.7 28.4 252.1 0.87 2018 284.5 2.16% 76.5 0.33% 208.0 2.83% them prepare for these changes, will help them to mitigate any potential effects, as well as enabling them to take advantage of opportunities that arise. Finance and Risk as a Growth Enabler We have delivered a strong financial performance this year, and in my first year as Chief Financial Officer, I am also pleased with the further development of the Finance and Risk function within Halma. We will achieve this through having the best talent, providing insightful and actionable data, maintaining appropriate risk frameworks and controls, supporting M&A activity, and ensuring we maximise the benefits from our external advisors and the use of new technology. I would like to thank all my colleagues in Finance and Risk for their hard work which has contributed to another successful year for Halma. During the year, we reset our expectations, to be a team which not only ensures excellent financial controls and risk management but also truly enables the Halma 4.0 growth strategy. Marc Ronchetti Chief Financial Officer Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Non-financial information statement We aim to comply with the Non-Financial Reporting requirements contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The table set out below, and the information it refers to, is intended to help stakeholders understand our position on key non-financial matters. This builds on existing reporting that we already undertake by participating in the following frameworks: CDP, the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance on the Strategic Report and UN Sustainable Development Goals. Reporting requirement Policies and standards which govern our approach Additional information Environmental matters Environmental policy Employees Code of Conduct Whistleblowing policy Health and Safety policy Diversity and Inclusion policy Human rights Modern Slavery Act statement Sustainability review, page 50 Sustainability review, page 52 Sustainability review, page 53 Sustainability review, page 52 Our People, page 44 and Sustainability review, page 52 Sustainability review, page 53 Human Rights and Labour Conditions policy Sustainability review, page 53 Social matters Equal Opportunities statement Our role in society statement Gift of Sight campaign Suppliers statement Sustainability review, page 52 Sustainability review, page 52 Sustainability review, page 51 Sustainability review, page 53 Anti-corruption and anti-bribery Description of principal risks and impact of business activity Description of the business model Non-financial performance indicators Stakeholder engagement Outcome of non-financial policies and standards Due diligence processes implemented in pursuance of promoting non-financial policies and standards Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption policy Sustainability review, page 53 – – – – Carbon emissions reporting Employee engagement survey results Gender diversity reporting Health and safety reporting Pages 56-59 Pages 4-9 Page 43 Pages 46-47 Page 50 Page 43 Page 45 Page 52 Carbon emissions reporting and monitoring Monitoring employee engagement surveys All employees required to read and sign up to the Code of Conduct Whistleblowing reports reviewed by the Board Health and safety reporting and monitoring Modern slavery training and risk assessments Anti-corruption and anti-bribery training and monitoring The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 11 June 2019 and signed on its behalf by: Andrew Williams Group Chief Executive Marc Ronchetti Chief Financial Officer Cautionary note: this Strategic Report has been prepared solely to assist shareholders to assess the Board’s strategies and their potential to succeed. It should not be relied on by any other party, for other purposes. Forward looking statements have been made by the Directors in good faith using information available up until the date that they approved the Report. Forward looking statements should be regarded with caution because of the inherent uncertainties in economic trends and business risks. 67 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Introduction to governance I am pleased to present Halma’s Corporate Governance Report for 2019 in what has been another strong year for the Group. This report aims to provide stakeholders with an understanding of the governance framework within which Halma and its companies operate. In last year’s report, I outlined four key Board priorities: — Focusing on talent and culture to support Halma’s growth strategy. — Communicating and executing the Halma 4.0 growth strategy – delivering strong organic and acquisition growth and developing our thinking in the areas of Convergence and Edge. — Supporting our senior management by providing them with tools and insight to drive innovation and collaboration to monetise our technology and knowhow in the digital ‘big data’ space. — Seeking new acquisition and partnering opportunities. Progress in 2019 During the year, the Board successfully delivered against our priorities, details of which are set out in the Strategic Report. I am very proud of Halma’s continued success and sustained growth which is underpinned by a culture of openness, transparency and collaboration throughout the organisation. Effective succession During the year, Marc Ronchetti joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer. Marc has already made a significant contribution and has brought a wealth of operational, technical and financial experience. Board priorities for 2020 Looking forward to next year, the Board will continue to focus on the Group’s talent and culture along with the following priorities: — Leveraging Halma’s Brand and launching a new global website. — Furthering the Group’s capabilities and pipeline of acquisition and partnering opportunities. — Promoting gender diversity across all organisational levels and driving improvement in ethnic and international diversity across Halma. — Monitoring the regulatory and commercial implications of the UK’s exit from the EU and overseeing planning and preparation activities. — Advancing the Group’s international expansion initiatives. Purpose and culture The Board assesses and monitors the Group’s culture and ensures its alignment with our purpose and strategy. Our strategy is powered by Halma’s purpose of growing a safer, cleaner, healthier future for everyone, every day. The Group’s culture is an essential component of our strategy as demonstrated by the Talent & Culture Growth Enabler. Our culture promotes autonomous and agile decision- making, constructive challenge, innovative diversity of thought, and a sense of shared purpose and open collaboration. It is essential that the Board and executive management act in a constructive and respectful manner, exhibiting the tone that we expect across our companies. Based on my interactions with the workforce, I am pleased to report that this is the case at all levels within Halma. We also recognise the importance of aligning employees’ interests with those of our shareholders. During the year, 91% of our UK employees participated in our all-employee share plan. Across the Group, over 30% of employees have received share incentives. Employees are also eligible to participate in cash based profit-share and bonus schemes. UK Corporate Governance Code In July 2018, the Financial Reporting Council published the revised UK Corporate Governance Code (the New Code). The Board has reviewed the changes brought about by the New Code, particularly its increased emphasis on company culture, values and workforce engagement. In response, the Board considered its approach to workforce engagement and monitoring of culture as further described on pages 78 and 79 of this report. In addition, the Board has updated the matters reserved for its decision and will be approving changes to the terms of reference of its committees in accordance with the New Code Principles and Provisions. The Company will report on its application of the Principles of the New Code in the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts. The Board recognises the importance of good governance and, throughout the year ended 31 March 2019, we have complied with the Provisions set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 (the Code). This report, along with the Committee reports, describes how the Board has applied Principles of the Code. I trust that you will find it useful in understanding Halma’s governance structure which is the foundation of our growth strategy and our purpose. Paul Walker Chairman 11 June 2019 68 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019How the Board supported strategy Halma’s clear and focused strategy over many years has led to a strong financial performance and consistent dividend growth. The Board has supported the evolution of Halma’s growth strategy and ensures that sufficient human and capital resources are available to enable our companies to deliver sustainable growth. Strategic Growth Enablers Mergers & Acquisitions The Board’s governance role The Board has set a clear strategy which includes a significant growth element being delivered through M&A. Key resources, both in terms of people and finances, are made available to ensure that we can deliver this strategy. The M&A pipeline is regularly reviewed and discussed by the Board and all material acquisitions are subject to its approval. Post-acquisition value creation strategies are under regular review. International Expansion The Board’s governance role The Board has formally adopted matters reserved for its decision and a schedule of matters that it delegates to executive management. This governance structure ensures that major changes, financial commitments or new business developments are considered by the Board, while permitting local and sector autonomy to operate and grow our companies. Talent & Culture The Board’s governance role The Board recognises the importance of talent and culture in driving not only Halma’s growth, but also the behaviour that we expect from our people across the Group. In September 2016, the Board recognised the importance of leading talent from the top and promoted Jennifer Ward to the Board. Talent discussions are a key feature at each Nomination Committee meeting. Finance & Risk The Board’s governance role The Board has established a clear and robust framework to control financial investment, oversee financial performance and to manage risks and opportunities. Digital Growth Engines The Board’s governance role The Board are aware of the changing landscape and the risks and opportunities that will arise as the digital revolution, and inherent data-related responsibilities, continue to proliferate. Strategic Communications The Board’s governance role The Board recognised the need for our companies to be more strategic in their communications with stakeholders. A key focus has been on adequately resourcing our central team to support our businesses in developing market-leading positions by connecting with customers through their brand, marketing, product positioning and the effective use of all media channels. Board Composition and Diversity The Board recognises the benefits of a diverse leadership team. The charts below illustrate the diversity and composition of the Board. Composition Executive Non-executive Gender Female Male Age 40-49 50-59 60-69 Nationality UK US The Americas 1  Tenure 0-3 years 3-6 years 6-9 years 9+ years 4  4  2  2  2  3  6  6  4  4  6  3  3  69 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBoard of Directors We have a team of ambitious leaders who are driven by our purpose and focused on growing the business. Committee Membership A Audit Committee N Nomination Committee R Remuneration Committee Chair of Committee Member of Committee Paul Walker Chairman Appointed: April 2013 (July 2013 as Chairman) Career and experience: Paul gained extensive management, operational, financial and technology sector experience in his executive career as Chief Executive Officer of The Sage Group plc from 1994 to 2010, having previously been its Finance Director and Chief Financial Controller. In addition to the appointments listed below, he has held several board positions including as non-executive Director at Diageo plc and Mytravel Group plc. Paul provides strong leadership to the Board and is committed to robust corporate governance and stakeholder engagement. Paul qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Ernst & Young. Current appointments: Ashtead Group plc, non-executive Chairman Sophos Group plc, non-executive Director Experian plc, non-executive Director (Paul will retire as a Director of Experian plc on 24 July 2019) N R Andrew Williams Group Chief Executive Appointed: July 2004 (February 2005 as Group Chief Executive) Career and experience: Andrew joined Halma in 1994 as Manufacturing Director of an operating company, becoming its Managing Director in 1997. He joined Halma’s Executive Board in 2002 and was appointed as Group Chief Executive in 2005. Andrew has proven his ability to grow and acquire companies globally while evolving the Group portfolio for sustainable growth and high returns. He brings clear strategic leadership to the Board and has a deep understanding of the operating companies and the Group’s stakeholders. He is a Chartered Engineer. Current appointments: Capita plc, non-executive Director N Adam Meyers Sector Chief Executive, Medical & Environmental Jennifer Ward Group Talent and Communications Director Marc Ronchetti Chief Financial Officer Appointed: July 2018 Appointed: April 2008 Appointed: September 2016 Career and experience: Adam became a member of the Halma Executive Board in 2003, as a Divisional Chief Executive, having joined Halma in 1996 as President of Bio-Chem Valve. Adam has significant knowledge and experience within the medical and environmental sectors and an understanding of these highly regulated markets. He has led the acquisition of several companies in the Medical & Environmental sector. Adam is a Systems Engineering graduate of the University of Pennsylvania. Career and experience: Jennifer joined the Halma Executive Board in March 2014 and has global responsibility for talent and culture as well as internal and external communications and brand across Halma. Prior to joining Halma as Group Talent Director, Jennifer spent over 15 years leading Human Resources, Talent and Organisational Development for divisions of PayPal, Bank of America and Honeywell. Jennifer brings a wealth of experience to the Board to ensure we secure and develop talent ahead of our growth needs and build a sustainable culture of high performance. Career and experience: Marc joined Halma in 2016 as Group Financial Controller. He was previously Finance Director of the UK operations of Wolseley plc (now Ferguson plc) and prior to that held various group and divisional roles at Inchcape plc. Marc has gained commercial and financial experience across a range of senior finance roles focused on driving operational performance through financial insights. Marc qualified as a Chartered Accountant with PricewaterhouseCoopers. 70 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Daniela Barone Soares Independent non-executive Director Tony Rice Senior Independent Director Appointed: November 2011 Career and experience: Daniela began her career in the private equity and investment banking sectors working at BancBoston Capital, Goldman Sachs and Citibank. Daniela was CEO of venture philanthropy organisation Impetus – The Private Equity Foundation and held senior roles at Save the Children UK. Daniela has considerable global knowledge of capital markets and sustainability, and has successfully led ventures with government institutions. Current appointments: Gove Digital, Chair Evora S.A, non-executive Director Trustee, The Haddad Foundation A N R Appointed: August 2014 (July 2015 as Senior Independent Director) Career and experience: Tony has held senior management positions at a number of UK listed companies, spanning a range of sectors, and has extensive board level experience in companies operating internationally and in regulated industries. He was Chief Executive Officer at Cable & Wireless Communications plc and Tunstall plc and held a number of senior roles at BAE Systems plc. Tony has served as a non-executive Director of Spirit Pub Company plc, where he was Senior Independent Director and Remuneration Committee Chairman. Tony brings a wealth of UK listed company experience to his role as Senior Independent Director. Current appointments: Dechra Pharmaceuticals plc, Chair Ultra Electronics Holdings plc, Chair Whittington Hospital Trust, non-executive Director A N R Jo Harlow Independent non-executive Director Appointed: October 2016 Career and experience: Jo has significant international experience, gained most recently as Corporate Vice President of the Phones Business Unit at Microsoft. She previously worked at Nokia as Executive Vice President of Smart Devices. Before her move into consumer electronics, Jo worked in strategic marketing at Reebok and Procter & Gamble. Jo brings a wealth of expertise to the Board in digital, technology, sales and marketing. Current appointments: InterContinental Hotels Group plc, non-executive Director J Sainsbury plc, non-executive Director Ceconomy AG, Member of the Supervisory Board A N R Roy Twite Independent non-executive Director Carole Cran Independent non-executive Director Appointed: July 2014 Appointed: January 2016 Career and experience: Roy is Chief Executive of IMI plc, having been appointed to the IMI Board in February 2007. During his career with IMI, Roy has held several senior management roles including Managing Director of IMI Norgren UK (2001), President of IMI Hydronic Engineering (2004), President of Retail Dispense (2007) and President of IMI Precision Engineering (2009) and Divisional Managing Director of IMI Critical Engineering (2011). Roy brings wide-ranging knowledge of the engineering sector along with extensive management and operational experience. Current appointments: IMI plc, Chief Executive A N R Career and experience: Carole was Chief Financial Officer of Aggreko plc until December 2017, prior to which she held a number of senior finance roles within that group. Previously, she worked at BAE Systems plc in a range of senior financial positions, which included four years in Australia. Carole commenced her career in the audit division of KPMG where she qualified as a Chartered Accountant. Carole has extensive financial experience and has a strong focus on governance and risk. Current appointments: Forth Ports Ltd, Chief Financial Officer A N R 71 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Executive Board The Executive Board is a management committee chaired by the Group Chief Executive, which primarily develops strategy, reviews operational matters and monitors business performance. Andrew Williams Group Chief Executive Jennifer Ward Group Talent and Communications Director Marc Ronchetti Chief Financial Officer Adam Meyers Sector Chief Executive, Medical & Environmental Paul Simmons Sector Chief Executive, Safety Inken Braunschmidt Chief Innovation and Digital Officer Paul was appointed to the Executive Board in July 2016. He joined Halma in May 2010 and was Managing Director of two businesses: Avire, based in China from 2013 to 2014, and Apollo, before becoming Sector Vice President in 2014. Prior to joining Halma, he spent 9 years at 3M leading businesses in the UK and USA. He is responsible for acquiring new businesses and the organic growth of all the operating companies within Halma’s Process Safety and Infrastructure Safety sectors. Paul holds a degree in Production Engineering. Inken joined Halma and was appointed to the Executive Board in July 2017 and is responsible for driving Halma’s Digital and Innovation Strategy. Prior to joining Halma, Inken was the Chief Innovation Officer of innogy SE, a renewables energy company based in Germany and a subsidiary of RWE. Previously, Inken was MD of RWE’s Strategy and Management Consultancy practice. Inken studied Business Administration and Innovation & Technology Management at Kiel University and has a PhD in Technology Management. Current appointments: James Fisher and Sons plc, non-executive Director 72 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Leadership Role of the Board and Principal Committees The role of the Board is to provide entrepreneurial leadership, within a framework of prudent and effective controls, that promotes the interests of Halma over the long-term for the benefit of stakeholders. The Board sets the Group’s strategic goals and has ultimate responsibility for its management, direction and performance. The Company’s Articles of Association set out the Board’s powers. The Board has adopted a formal schedule of matters reserved solely for its decision (a summary of which is set out on page 76) and certain decision-making and monitoring activities have been delegated to Board Committees or management, through a clearly defined delegated authority matrix. The Board has established three principal Committees – the Nomination, Audit and Remuneration Committees – which review and monitor key areas on behalf of the Board and make recommendations for its approval. Each Board Committee operates under written terms of reference which are approved by the Board and made available at www.halma.com. The Chair of each Committee reports to the Board on their activities after each meeting and minutes are circulated to all Board members once they have been approved by the Committee. Further information on the activities and composition of each Committee is detailed within the Committee reports. Board meeting attendance During the year attendance by Directors at Board meetings was as follows: Board attendance Paul Walker Andrew Williams Kevin Thompson1 Marc Ronchetti1 Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Daniela Barone Soares2 Jo Harlow Roy Twite Tony Rice Carole Cran Eligible Attended 7 7 3 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 5 7 7 5 7 7 7 7 1 To ensure an orderly transition from Kevin Thompson (who retired from the Board as Finance Director on 19 July 2018), Marc Ronchetti also attended two Board meetings prior to his appointment to the Board on 1 July 2018. 2 Daniela Barone Soares was unable to attend two Board meetings due to illness. 73 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationLeadership Continued Division of responsibilities The division of responsibilities between the Board members is set out below. A summary of the Board’s activities throughout the year is shown on page 76. Role Name Chairman’s responsibilities Group Chief Executive Executive Directors Governance — Promoting high standards of corporate governance. — Leading, chairing and managing the Board. — Ensuring all Board committees are properly structured and operate with appropriate terms of reference. — Regularly considering the composition and succession planning of the Board and its committees. — Ensuring that Board and committee performance is evaluated on a regular basis. — Ensuring adequate time is available for all agenda items and that the Board receives accurate, clear and timely information. — Ensuring that there is effective communication with shareholders. Strategy — Leading the Board in reviewing the strategy of the business and setting its objectives. — Promoting open and constructive debate in Board meetings. — Ensuring effective implementation of Board decisions with the support of the Group Chief Executive. — Ensuring that the Board manages risk effectively. — Consulting, where appropriate, with the Senior Independent Director on Board matters. People — Chairing the Nomination Committee. — Identifying and meeting the induction and development needs of the Board and its committees. — Developing a strong working relationship with the Group Chief Executive. — Ensuring a strong working relationship between executive and non-executive Directors. — Setting clear expectations concerning the Company’s culture, values and behaviours. — Ensuring effective relationships are maintained with all major stakeholders in the business. — Providing coherent leadership and management of the Company with the Chairman. — Developing objectives, strategy and performance standards to be agreed by the Board. — Providing input to the Board’s agenda. — Providing effective leadership of the Executive Board to achieve the agreed strategies and objectives. — Securing an Executive Board of the right calibre, with specific responsibility for its composition, and ensuring that its succession plan is reviewed annually with the Chairman and the non-executive Directors. — Monitoring, reviewing and managing key risks and strategies with the Board. — Ensuring that the assets of the Group are adequately safeguarded and maintained. — Building and maintaining the Company’s communications and standing with shareholders, financial institutions and the public and effectively communicating the Halma investment proposition to all stakeholders. — Ensuring the Board is aware of the view of employees on issues of relevance to Halma. — Implementing and delivering the strategy and operational decisions agreed by the Board. — Making operational and financial decisions required in the day-to-day management of the Company. — Providing executive leadership to senior management across the business. — Championing the Group’s values and reinforcing the governance and control procedures. — Promoting talent management, encouraging diversity and inclusion. — Ensuring the Board is aware of the view of employees on issues of relevance to Halma. Senior Independent Director — Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman. — Serving as a trusted intermediary for the other Directors. — Providing an alternative channel for shareholders and employees to raise concerns, independent of executive management and the Chairman. Independent non- executive Directors — Contributing independent thinking and judgement, and providing external experience and knowledge, to the Board agenda. — Scrutinising the performance of management in delivering the Company’s strategy and objectives. — Providing constructive challenge to the executive Directors. — Monitoring the reporting of performance and ensuring that the Company is operating within the governance and risk framework approved by the Board. Company Secretary — Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman and other Directors. — Ensuring clear and timely information flow to the Board and its committees. — Providing advice and support to the Board and its committees on matters of corporate governance. 74 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Corporate governance framework As a decentralised organisation, it is critical that Halma’s governance and control structure is robust, clearly communicated and operates effectively. A summary of the structure and responsibilities of each Board Committee and the Executive Board is set out below. In addition to the principal Board Committees, the Board has established three topic-specific Committees to which it has delegated certain powers to negotiate, review and administer matters: the Share Plans Committee; Bank Guarantees and Facilities Committee; and Acquisitions and Disposals Committee. The Executive Board is a management committee, chaired by the Group Chief Executive, which primarily develops strategy, monitors progress against the Group’s strategic objectives (including talent and innovation) and reviews operational and business performance. Our businesses benefit from an autonomous operational structure. In order to maintain oversight and control from a Group perspective and obtain assurance over the compliance and control environment, businesses must comply with Halma’s suite of financial and non-financial policies and procedures. Board Governance Structure A delegated authority matrix sets out the authority limits which have been delegated from the Group Chief Executive and Sector Chief Executives (SCEs) to the Divisional Chief Executives (DCEs) and business managing directors. This matrix ensures that businesses have a clear framework within which they can operate, balancing autonomy with the need for oversight and controls, and providing clarity as to whether financial commitments are approved at sector, Group or Board level. The link between the operating companies and the Board governance structure is described below and illustrated in the Risk Governance Framework set out on page 54 in respect of the Group’s approach to risk management. Each operating company in the Group has its own board of directors which meets regularly to fulfil its legal duties and to maintain operational and financial control of the company’s affairs. The DCE is a member of, and chairs, each of their operating company boards and will meet with the Executive Board at least three times per year. The Group’s policies and procedures set out the Group’s requirements in the areas of financial reporting, health & safety, ethics, human resources, IT, legal compliance and administration. These procedures are made available to all employees via the Group’s communications platform, HalmaHub. Each SCE holds regular sector board meetings, attended by relevant managing directors and sector employees, to review financial and business performance and areas such as talent and M&A. The sector board also provides a valuable forum for businesses to share and collaborate. Each SCE prepares a report for the Executive Board, covering business performance, talent and culture and other matters discussed at, or arising from, their company and sector board meetings. Board meetings The Board has six scheduled meetings per year but will meet separately, as required, to discuss urgent matters or to approve event-driven items such as M&A transactions or trading updates. All Directors are issued with an agenda and meeting papers in the week prior to the Board meeting; papers are delivered via an electronic board portal for security and efficiency. The Board and each Director has access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary and each can obtain independent professional advice at the Company’s expense. Board Provides strategic leadership to the Group within a framework of robust corporate governance and internal control, monitoring the culture, values and standards that are embedded throughout our business to deliver long-term sustainable growth for the benefit of our shareholders and other stakeholders. Nomination Committee — Reviews the composition of the Board. — Oversees the Board’s succession planning. — Keeps under review the leadership needs of, and succession planning for, the Company. Audit Committee — Monitors the integrity of financial statements. — Oversees risk management and control. — Monitors the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function. — Reviews external Auditor independence and performance. — Leads the audit tender process. Remuneration Committee — Keeps under review the framework and policy on executive Director and senior management remuneration (including pension arrangements). — Approves the design, targets and framework for share plan awards. Executive Board — A management committee chaired by the Group Chief Executive, which develops strategy, reviews operational matters and business performance. — Reinforces the operational and governance structures in place across the Group. — Acts as a forum for management decisions. Read more page 80 Read more page 84 Read more page 89 Share Plans Committee Responsible for the administration arrangements relating to employee share-based incentives (following approval of the award by the Remuneration Committee or the Board). Bank Guarantees and Facilities Committee Agrees and approves arrangements for issuing guarantees, indemnities or other support for bank loans and other financing facilities. Acquisitions and Disposals Committee Reviews and approves the terms and structure of acquisitions or disposals which have been agreed in principle by the Board. 75 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationLeadership Continued The Board’s year Activities Strategy, Investor Relations & Communications Financial & Operational Governance, Compliance & Ethics Talent & Culture Mergers & Acquisitions — Two-day strategy meeting. — New product development. — Strategic growth opportunities. — Investor relations and Environmental, Social & Governance strategy. — Talent and communications. — Presentations from operating companies. — Halma brand. — Budget for 2020. — Half Year results, Full Year results and Trading updates. — Final and interim dividend. — Sector updates and DCE presentations. — Group Tax Strategy. — Employee Benefit Trust share purchases. — Share Incentive Plan allocation. — Internal Board and Committee evaluations. — Chairman and non-executive Director fees. — AGM business. — 2019 Annual Report. — Compliance updates. — Cyber security updates. — Pensions update. — Modern Slavery Act Statement. — Reviewing Code of Conduct and key policies. — 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. — Succession planning and talent development. — Engagement survey results. — Acquisitions (LAN Control Systems, Limotec, Navtech Radar and Rath Communications). — M&A pipeline. — Digital growth opportunities. Standing Board agenda items In addition to the Board matters considered above over the past year, at each meeting there are standing items, which include: — Review and approval of the previous minutes. — Status update on any matters outstanding from previous meetings. — Updates from each Board Committee on the activities since the last Board meeting. — Report from the Group Chief Executive. — Report from the Chief Financial Officer. — Investor Relations report. — M&A update. — Health & Safety review. — Risk review. — Legal and governance update. — Setting the Group’s long-term objectives and commercial strategy. — Approving annual operating and capital expenditure budgets. — Ceasing all or a material part of the Group’s business. — Significantly extending the Group’s activities into new business or geographic areas. — Changing the share capital or corporate structure of the Company. — Changing the Group’s management and control structure. — Approving half year and full year results and reports. — Approving dividend policy and the declaration of dividends. — Approving significant changes to accounting policies. — Approving key policies. — Approving risk management procedures and policies, including anti-bribery and corruption. — Approving major investments, disposals, capital projects or contracts (including bank borrowings and debt facilities). — Approving guarantees and material indemnities (not otherwise delegated to the Bank Guarantees and Facilities Committee). — Approving resolutions to be put to the AGM and documents or circulars to be sent to shareholders. — Approving changes to the Board structure, size or its composition (following the recommendation of the Nomination Committee). — Assessing and monitoring the Group’s culture and alignment with its purpose, values and strategy. Matters reserved for decision by the Board 76 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Effectiveness Composition of the Board The Board is comprised of ten directors, who bring a wide variety of skills and experience to the Boardroom. With four executive Directors and six non-executive Directors (including the Chairman), there is a strong independent element to Halma’s Board which encourages constructive challenge and ensures that the balance of power rests with the non-executive members of the Board. The Chairman considers the current Board structure to be appropriate both in terms of size and the balance of skills around the table. This was echoed by the Directors in the recent internal Board evaluation questionnaire. The biographies of each Director, including an overview of their skills and experience, are set out on pages 70 and 71. The Board has established a formal process for the search and appointment of new directors, details of which are set out in the Nomination Committee report on page 80. Independence The Board has reviewed the independence of each non-executive Director and, following an assessment of any relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect a Director’s judgement, consider each to be independent of management. The Board believes that any shares in the Company held by the Chairman and non-executive Directors serve to align their interests with those of shareholders. Tony Rice was appointed Senior Independent Director in July 2015 and is available as an alternative channel of communication for shareholders, independent from executive management and the Chairman. Time commitment The Board benefits from the variety of skills, experience and knowledge of each Director. Director availability and commitment of sufficient time to the Company is essential. Accordingly, the number of external directorships that a non-executive Director holds is an important consideration when recruiting and when annually evaluating the contribution and effectiveness of each non-executive Director. Executive Directors are permitted to accept one external appointment following the prior approval of the Board provided that the appointment is beneficial to the development of the individual and the Company and does not present a conflict of interest with the Group’s activities or require undue time commitment. In addition to the scheduled Board meetings, non-executive Directors are expected to attend the Annual General Meeting, the annual strategy meeting and other key events, including operating company visits throughout the year. A time commitment of around 20 days per annum is the anticipated requirement for each non-executive Director. Prior to their appointment, confirmation is obtained from each non-executive Director that they can allocate sufficient time to the role. Details of Board attendance during the year is set out on page 73 and attendance for each Committee is in the relevant Committee reports on pages 80, 84 and 89. Induction and development Newly appointed non-executive Directors follow a tailored induction programme, which includes dedicated time with Group executives and visits to companies within each of the sectors. Thereafter, non- executive Directors arrange site visits throughout the year, often around their other business travel commitments. The Chairman reviews the training and development needs of the Board, and each individual Director, at least annually. While most Directors undertake their own programme of continuing professional development, briefings and presentations from subject experts are available to all Directors throughout the year. New or specialist topics may also be covered within the Board meeting agenda or as part of the annual leadership conference, which this year promoted our innovation activities. Board evaluation The Board undertakes a formal evaluation of its performance, and of each Director, on an annual basis. The principal Committees of the Board undertake a separate annual evaluation of their effectiveness, in accordance with their terms of reference. For 2019, the Board undertook an internal evaluation led by the Chairman. This process involved a questionnaire being completed by each Director in advance of individual meetings with the Chairman. The key themes arising from the evaluation were reviewed and discussed by the Board. The outcome of the evaluation confirmed that the Board and its Committees continue to function effectively. The following observations were noted: the Board structure was considered to be appropriate but gaps were identified in the ethnic and international diversity of the Board; and the Board should allocate additional time to discuss the Company’s strategic objectives. The Chairman and non-executive Directors meet without executive Directors present, to ensure that there is an opportunity to discuss potentially sensitive matters. At least annually, the Senior Independent Director meets with the non-executive Directors, excluding the Chairman, to evaluate the Chairman’s performance. The executive Directors are also given the opportunity to meet with the Chairman and/or the Senior Independent Director separately. The outcome of these meetings is fed back to individuals by the Chairman, Senior Independent Director or Group Chief Executive, as appropriate. Re-election All of the current Directors will stand for re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Following the annual evaluation of the Board and its Committees, it is considered that all Directors standing for re-election continue to be effective, hold recent and relevant experience and demonstrate commitment to their role. Biographical details of each Director standing for re-election are set out on pages 70 and 71 and in the Notice of Meeting, along with the rationale for recommending their re-election. Liability insurance and indemnities Each Director is covered by appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, at the Company’s expense. In addition, there are Deeds of Indemnity in place, which provide an indemnity from the Company to each individual Director in respect of any proceedings brought against them personally by a third party, in their capacity as Director of the Company. The indemnity does not extend to certain areas, including: any liability to pay a fine imposed in criminal proceedings; defending criminal proceedings where the Director is convicted and such conviction is final; defending any civil proceedings brought by the Company or an associated company; or in any proceedings for disqualification of the Director. 77 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBoard engagement and monitoring culture Workforce engagement New Code In anticipation of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (New Code) coming into effect, the Board has reviewed the mechanisms that it uses to engage with its workforce. Halma has not chosen one of the prescribed methods set out in the New Code, as it has alternative arrangements in place which it considers to be effective. Workforce engagement mechanisms The Board recognises the importance of engagement with all stakeholder groups and more information on this is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 46 and 47. The Board has considered the three mechanisms set out in the New Code and determined that they would not be the most effective mechanism for engagement with Halma’s workforce due to the decentralised operating model and geographic spread of Halma’s companies. Each operating company has its own legally constituted board which meets on a regular basis. One third are UK companies which are also subject to the duty to promote the success of the company under section 172 of the Companies Act and requires them to have regard to employee interests and the impact of board decision making on their stakeholders. The Chair of each of our 40+ companies meets with the Executive Board at least three times per year and with Halma plc Board at least annually, facilitating regular dialogue on workforce- related matters. Recent improvements to our workforce engagement During the year, a review was conducted by the Board to establish the channels that were already in place for the Executive and non-executive Directors to engage directly or indirectly with our 6,000+ international workforce. This review highlighted that there was Board engagement across all employee groups, with most activity concentrated at the senior management tier of approximately 325 employees. As a result of this review, the Board agreed a number of actions to increase the direct and indirect engagement that they have with the wider workforce: — A clear reporting mechanism has been established to ensure that workforce concerns and issues can be communicated by the Chair of each operating company directly to the executive Directors, Chairman and Company Secretary. — A more structured approach to company visits by Directors has been adopted, allowing for time to be spent with employees and for feedback from Director visits to be shared with the Board. — The role of the Senior Independent Director has been expanded to be an alternative channel for employees to raise concerns. — More structured interaction between the non-executive Directors and employees at company events and conferences has been put in place. — Clear communication on HalmaHub provides visibility of the Board and a summary of the contribution that each individual Director brings and how employees can engage with them directly. 78 We consider that engagement by the local company board with their own workforce, as well as the engagement by the Halma Board with the Group’s global workforce, provides an effective platform for compliance with the Code, provided that there are clear and open communication channels. To support this, work has been undertaken to put in place reporting mechanisms such that concerns and feedback raised at the operating company level is fed back into the Halma plc Board via each company Chair. There are four executives with operational responsibility for all of our 40+ companies who regularly interact with the Halma plc Board, which ensures that there continues to be close interaction with our businesses. There are also frequent opportunities for the employee voice to be relayed and reported to the Halma plc Board via company management and operating company Chair reports and presentations. The Board level position of Group Talent & Communications Director shows the importance that Halma places on developing, and communicating with, our workforce and the drive to improve engagement. The results of the annual employee engagement survey are included on page 43. Monitoring culture The Board assesses and sets the desired culture for the Group and has a responsibility to monitor that the corporate culture is embedded throughout the organisation. We consider that this culture promotes good governance across the Group and empowers our people to make decisions. It also encourages constructive challenge, innovation, diversity of thought and collaboration – which are critical factors in driving our strategy. Each year, the Board holds a strategy meeting at which the Talent & Communications Director provides detailed insight and feedback on the talent pool and corporate culture across Halma. In addition, the Board review whistleblowing reports submitted by the Company Secretary. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019How the Board engages with our workforce The Board strongly believes that our mechanisms for engaging with our workforce are appropriate for our organisational structure and, most importantly, are an effective means of bilateral engagement. The graphic below gives a summary of the mechanisms now in place to facilitate effective engagement with the various groups across our workforce: Workforce groups included Central Functions and Wider Workforce Operating Company Boards Sector Board Executive Board Board engagement mechanisms HalmaHub Workforce engagement survey Company & other site visits Senior Independent Director available Accelerate CEO & Accelerate Halma Operating Company Chair reports Halma plc Board, Committee and strategy meetings Accelerate CFO Sector Board meetings Executive Board meetings & reports Development, Digital Accelerator and Graduate programmes HalmaHub HalmaHub is a mobile-first, social and collaborative platform, which has helped accelerate the pace of innovation across the Group and enhanced our culture of collaboration. Recognising the opportunity to amplify the ambition and impact of Halma’s diverse and geographically dispersed businesses, HalmaHub connects more than 3,000 employees across 20 countries to share knowledge, skills and ideas every day. This has accelerated the pace of change across the Group and led to the creation of entirely new business models and product collaborations. In November, HalmaHub was awarded ‘Best use of social and collaborative learning technologies’ at the 2018 Learning Technologies Awards. 3,317 Employees wledge o n K I d e a s HalmaHub 20 Countries Skill s 40+ Businesses 79 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNomination Committee report Committee composition and attendance Eligible Attended Paul Walker1 Carole Cran Daniela Barone Soares2 Jo Harlow Tony Rice Roy Twite Andrew Williams 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 Chair. 2 Daniela was unable to attend one Committee meeting due to illness. Last year, I reported on the process that that Committee had undertaken to identify and appoint a suitable successor for Kevin Thompson, who retired as Group Finance Director in July 2018. I am pleased to report that the appointment of Marc Ronchetti as Chief Financial Officer from 1 July 2018 has been an excellent decision and the significant period of handover from Kevin has ensured a very smooth transition. The analyst and investor commentary on Marc at the Half Year was very positive and his work in developing Halma Finance 4.0 and ensuring that the Finance function is established as a Growth Enabler to support Halma’s digital growth strategy is testimony to the strengths that Marc brings to the role. The Committee has had the benefit of using the Group Finance Director/CFO succession to test its approach to succession planning and it continues to review and monitor succession potential for the Group Chief Executive and other key roles. During the year, the Committee focused on talent at and below Executive Board level with a view that high potential colleagues within the senior management tier could be developed into a potential successor for Executive Board level members. The monitoring and assessment of such talent over the next couple of years should lead to a clearer view on potential internal candidates who could succeed the Group Chief Executive in the future. Following the change in organisational structure from four Sector Chief Executives to two and the upgrade in role from Sector Vice President to Divisional Chief Executive (DCE), the Committee has received positive updates on the improvements in reporting and clarity that this has brought. The strength of the DCE in driving M&A and in recruiting and developing talent within their sector are key leadership qualities that the Committee will be looking for, along with strategic foresight and the ability to think digitally, in reviewing potential successors. Following a robust review, the Committee were pleased to offer Carole Cran a further three-year term as non-executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee. I trust that you will find this report useful in understanding the activities of the Committee during the year. Paul Walker Chair For and on behalf of the Committee 11 June 2019 80 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019As part of the review, the Chairman met separately with Carole to evaluate her performance and confirm her willingness to continue as a non-executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee. The Committee held an open discussion, without Carole present, to consider her contribution and performance in both roles. It was recognised that Carole contributed effectively to the Board and that her financial skills and experience were most valuable in her role as Audit Committee Chair, which had clearly been demonstrated by the efficient and productive audit tender process which concluded in 2018 and her supervision of the subsequent auditor transition to PwC. Following this review, the Committee approved the extension of Carole’s term of office for a further three years. Committee composition and induction The Committee comprises, and has comprised of throughout the year, the Chairman, the Group Chief Executive and the five Independent non-executive Directors. The Committee is chaired by Paul Walker but he would not chair a meeting which was dealing with the appointment of his successor. The Committee is appointed by the Board and operates under written terms of reference, which are available at www.halma.com. Only Committee members are entitled to attend meetings with the exception of the Group Talent and Communications Director. Principal role and responsibilities The primary duties of the Committee are: — Reviewing the size, balance and composition (evaluating the skills, knowledge and experience) of the Board and its Committees, ensuring that they remain appropriate and to make recommendations to the Board on any changes. — Leading the process for new Board appointments. — Overseeing the succession planning requirements for the Board and other senior executives, including the identification and assessment of potential candidates and making recommendations to the Board for its approval. — Keeping under review the leadership needs of the Group, for both executive Directors and other senior executives, including any recommendations made by the Group Chief Executive for changes to the executive membership of the Board. Activities during 2019 Following a busy year in 2018 which included the search and successful appointment of the CFO, the Committee’s focus during 2019 has been the ongoing review and monitoring of succession planning for Executive Board members, in particular the CEO. In January 2019, the Committee had an open discussion, facilitated by Jennifer Ward, on succession planning for Executive positions and reviewed the capabilities and potential of the Executive Board members, the DCEs and other senior management. The Committee also considered the performance of Carole Cran whose first three-year tenure was due to expire. American and one Brazilian. On the Executive Board, there are two women (33%) and four men (66%), with a spread of nationalities comprising three British, two Americans and one German. Board appointment process The Board has an established approach for seeking and evaluating candidates for Board positions, which was applied for the appointment of the CFO last year. In summary, prior to the Committee making a recommendation to the Board for an appointment, it would undertake the following process: — Identifying the skills, experience and knowledge required for and complementary to the role. — Agreeing the role specification and capabilities required. — Selecting a global executive search firm. Lygon Group (which has no connection with the Company) were the firm appointed for the CFO recruitment last year. — Reviewing candidate profiles and preparing a shortlist of diverse candidates for interview. — Making an in-depth assessment of a candidate’s suitability for the role, based on an interview, psychometric testing and references by members of the Committee. — Recommending the preferred candidate to the Board. Diversity Halma has a group-wide diversity and inclusion policy which sets out our commitment that candidates at all levels are fairly considered and paid regardless of their gender, race, age, sexual orientation, professional or academic background. Appointments are not made simply to maintain, or improve on, one element of diversity, but recruitment is based on merit, taking account of an individual’s relevant skills and experience for the role, whilst recognising the benefits of building a diverse team. We request that recruiters collate a diverse range of candidates before we consider the merits of each applicant, to ensure that we get the opportunity to improve diversity. The work that Halma is doing to improve diversity across the Group, along with our open and inclusive culture ensures that candidates are fairly considered. While further aims or targets may be set in the future relating to diversity, we are mindful that maintaining a flexible approach is favourable as it enables steps to be taken to achieve a genuinely diverse and talented Board and senior management team. Board Diversity Policy The Directors recognise the benefits of a diverse board and embrace diversity and inclusion in the widest sense. The Board has adopted a Board Diversity Policy, to complement the group-wide diversity and inclusion policy. This Policy confirms our commitment to ensure that candidates are fairly considered and paid regardless of their gender, race, age, sexual orientation, professional or academic background. While we have achieved good progress on gender diversity at Board and Executive Board level, and our CEO’s membership of the ‘30% club’ shows our long-term commitment, we will continue to focus our efforts on driving gender diversity at senior levels throughout our business. The Board supports the recommendation of the Hampton Alexander Review on gender diversity to have at least one third of the Board comprised of women. At the year end and at the date of this Report, the Board comprised 10 Directors, including four women (40% of the Board). The spread of nationalities is six British, three 81 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRelations with shareholders and other stakeholders The Board oversees the Company’s dialogue with shareholders. The Group Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer have regular contact with investors and analysts. Reports prepared by the Head of Investor Relations are reviewed by the Board regarding the Company’s dialogue with investors and analysts on financial, operational, environmental, social and governance matters. The Chairman is available to meet with shareholders throughout the year and the Senior Independent Director provides an alternative channel for shareholders to raise concerns, independent of the executive management and the Chairman. The Board attends the AGM which gives individual shareholders the opportunity to engage directly with the Directors and raise questions about the Company both formally and informally. The Board’s engagement with other stakeholders is described on page 79. Accountability Internal control effectiveness The Board has overall responsibility to the shareholders for the Group’s system of internal control and risk management and the review of the system’s effectiveness is carried out with the assistance of the Audit Committee. While not providing absolute assurance against material misstatements or loss, this system is designed to identify and manage those risks that could adversely impact the achievement of the Group’s objectives. The Group’s risk management structure and process is detailed on pages 54 and 55. The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties are detailed on pages 56 to 59. The Board confirms that there is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group and for determining the nature and extent of the significant risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives. The Board, advised by the Audit Committee, regularly reviews this process, which has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts. This risk framework is in accordance with the Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting. The Board has continued to improve and embed controls throughout the Group and will continue to keep the systems under review to ensure that the internal control and risk management framework remains fit for purpose. The Board’s regular review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems (including financial, operational and compliance controls) is principally based on reports from management. These reports consider whether significant risks have been identified, evaluated, managed and controlled. The Group’s external Auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, has audited the financial statements and has reviewed the financial control framework to the extent considered necessary to support the audit report. Going concern The Group’s business activities, together with the main trends and factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, and the financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities, are set out in the Strategic Report. In addition, note 27 to the financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, its financial risk management objectives, details of its financial instruments and hedging activities, and its exposure to currency and liquidity risks. The Directors believe the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to operate within the level of its current committed facilities, which includes a £550m Revolving Credit Facility running until November 2023 of which £476m remains undrawn at the date of this report. The Group contracts with a diverse range of customers and suppliers across different geographic areas and industries and no one customer accounts for more than 3% of Group turnover. With the factors above in mind, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual financial statements. Longer term viability In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board has considered the Company’s longer term viability and sets out its Viability Statement opposite. 82 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Viability statement During the year, the Board carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks affecting the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The principal risks and uncertainties, including an analysis of the potential impact and mitigating actions, are set out on pages 56 to 59 of the Strategic Report. The Board has assessed the viability of the Company over a three-year period, taking into account the Group’s current position and the potential impact of the principal risks and uncertainties. Whilst the Board has no reason to believe that the Group will not be viable over a longer period, it has determined that three years is an appropriate period. In drawing its conclusion, the Board has aligned the period of viability assessment with the Group’s strategic planning process (a three-year period). The Board believes that this approach provides greater certainty over forecasting and, therefore, increases reliability in the modelling and stress testing of the Company’s viability. In addition, a three-year horizon is typically the period over which we review our external bank facilities and is also the performance period over which awards granted under Halma’s share-based incentive plan are measured. In reviewing the Company’s viability, the Board has identified the following factors which they believe support their assessment: 1 The Group operates in diverse and relatively non-cyclical markets. 2 There is considerable financial capacity under current facilities and the ability to raise further funds if required. 3 The decentralised nature of our Group ensures that risk is spread across our businesses and sectors, with limited exposure to any particular industry, market, geography, customer or supplier. 4 There is a strong culture of local responsibility and accountability within a robust governance and control framework. 5 An ethical approach to business is set from the top and flows throughout our business. In making their assessment, the Board carried out a comprehensive exercise of financial modelling and stress-tested the model with various scenarios based on the principal risks identified in the Group’s annual risk assessment process. Scenarios modelled included increases and decreases in the level of acquisitions, major events such as litigation or product failure and a significant increase in pension deficit payments. Combinations of the above scenarios were also modelled. In each scenario, the effect on the Group’s KPls and borrowing covenants was considered, along with any mitigating factors. Based on this assessment, the Board confirms that they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period to 31 March 2022. 83 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report Committee composition and attendance Carole Cran1 Daniela Barone Soares2 Jo Harlow Tony Rice Roy Twite Eligible Attended 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 Chair. 2 Daniela was unable to attend two Committee meetings due to illness. I am pleased to present my third report as Chair of the Audit Committee, which builds on the significant work carried out over the last two years to review and improve the internal controls of the Group and the broader assurance framework. The focused efforts of management over this period have led to further clarity and strengthening of the internal control and risk management processes, to support the growth of the business. The Committee recognises that it has a particular role in acting independently from the executive management to ensure that the interests of shareholders are properly protected in relation to financial reporting and internal control. Under my leadership, the Committee regularly reviews, monitors and assesses management’s processes and judgements in relation to financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements, and evaluates the findings and observations made by the Company’s Auditor, PwC. The aim of this report is to provide shareholders with an overview of the Committee’s role, its structure and governance procedures in place and outline the areas of focus for the Committee during the year and up to the date of this Report. The key activities of the Committee during 2019 can be summarised as follows: — Reviewed on behalf of the Board the Half Year Report and Annual Report and Accounts and considered the key accounting judgements and estimates that affect the application of the policies and reported values. — Reviewed the Half-Year and Year-End process for risk and assurance, which utilised new software to capture compliance and assurance information across the businesses. — Reviewed the data & IT insights obtained from PwC’s external audit cycle. — Reviewed and received commentary from PwC on the FRC’s Audit Quality Review Report on the firm. — Reviewed the Group’s whistleblowing and compliance procedures and improved the reporting to the Committee. — Received an update on IT and cyber risk controls. — Received an update on controls and compliance from each of the Sector CFOs and the Head of Tax. — Approved the Tax Strategy and recommended its approval to the Board. — Approved the updated Group Treasury Policy. The Committee has noted the recommendations made by the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) in its final report to the UK Government which are expected to form part of the wider reform of the audit market following an assessment of the findings from the Kingman Review and Brydon Review (on which I am a panel member). The audit market is likely to change in the coming years and the Committee will continue to monitor developments and respond accordingly. I do hope that you find this report useful in understanding the operation and activities undertaken by the Committee over the year. Carole Cran Chair For and on behalf of the Committee 11 June 2019 84 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Governance The Committee acts under written terms of reference which are approved by the Board and reviewed at least annually. The primary duties of the Committee as set out in the terms of reference are summarised below. The Committee has three scheduled meetings per year, to coincide with the key events in the corporate reporting calendar and audit cycle. Meeting attendance is set out on page 84. Both the Committee and the Committee Chair meet regularly with the Director of Risk & Internal Audit and separately with the external Auditor, without any executive Directors present. The Chair maintains regular contact with management, particularly the Chief Financial Officer, Director of Group Finance, Director of Risk & Internal Audit and the Company Secretary. All members of the Committee further their internal network and knowledge of the businesses through company visits, corporate events and Halma’s annual leadership conference. The Chair sets the forward agenda for the year but allows for flexibility in the timing and the schedule to ensure that new or unforeseen areas can be appropriately reviewed. The agenda and meeting papers are circulated in a timely manner, in accordance with the terms of reference. The Chair reports to the Board on the key matters discussed and Committee minutes are subsequently circulated to all Board members and the external Auditor. Internal Audit reports that identify any significant control weakness, a compliance weakness or other risk that requires immediate management attention, are circulated to the Committee via the Company Secretary as soon as the report is issued. Whistleblowing During the year, the Committee had responsibility for reviewing the adequacy and security of the Group’s arrangements for employees and contractors to raise concerns about possible improprieties in financial reporting or other matters. Halma has appointed an external third-party provider, Expolink, to operate a confidential, multilingual, telephone and web reporting service, 24/7, through which concerns can be raised. Further details are set out in the Sustainability section on page 53. All reports are provided to the Company Secretary for review and to ensure that they are appropriately investigated. For any reports relating to fraud or financial matters, the Company Secretary has access to the services of Internal Audit. In line with other companies, most matters reported through Expolink relate to personnel/HR matters and, while these are not areas for review by the Committee, such matters are duly investigated in the same manner. During the year, the Committee undertook a review of the adequacy of the arrangements in place for individuals to raise concerns and it was satisfied that they remain appropriate and effective. For the financial year commencing on 1 April 2019, from which the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 will apply, the responsibility for oversight and review of the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements will move to the Board. External auditor The external auditor is engaged to express an opinion on the Group and Company financial statements. The audit includes the review and testing of the data contained in the financial statements to the extent, and materiality level, necessary for expressing an audit opinion as to whether they present a true and fair view of the state of the Group and parent company affairs as at 31 March 2019. PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) were appointed Auditor to the Company, following a tender process, at the Annual General Meeting in 2017 – at which point, Deloitte ceased to be the Company’s Auditor. The Senior Statutory Auditor is Owen Mackney. Committee composition The Committee comprises, and has comprised of throughout the year, the Board’s five independent non-executive Directors: — Carole Cran (Chair) — Daniela Barone Soares — Jo Harlow — Tony Rice — Roy Twite Carole Cran is Chair of the Committee and continues to have recent and relevant financial experience, and competence in accounting. She qualified as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG and has worked in senior financial positions at FTSE listed companies, and is currently Chief Financial Officer at Forth Ports Ltd. In February 2019, Carole was confirmed as a business representative on the review panel being led by Sir Donald Brydon to look at the quality standards delivered by UK auditors. Appointments to the Committee are made by the Board. The remuneration of the Chair reflects the additional responsibilities and time demand of the role over the other members of the Committee. As part of the induction that all new non -executive Directors receive, members of the Committee will meet separately with key individuals, including the Chair, the Chief Financial Officer, the Director of Risk & Internal Audit and the external Auditor. While each non-executive Director will largely manage their own continuing development, the Committee receives written technical, legal and risk updates throughout the year and may request additional information on new or technical areas. The Committee receives updates from the Auditor and other professional advisers, where appropriate, on matters relevant to financial reporting, internal control, audit and risk. The Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the Company’s sector, with each member bringing valuable experience, diversity of thought and independent judgement. Biographies for each member of the Committee are set out on pages 70 and 71. While only Committee members are entitled to attend meetings, the Chair invites the Chairman, executive Directors, Company Secretary, Director of Group Finance, Director of Risk & Internal Audit and representatives from the external Auditor to regularly attend meetings. Subject matter experts, such as IT and sector finance personnel, are invited to attend part of the relevant meeting to present updates to the Committee. 85 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report Continued Audit tendering The Committee has primary responsibility for recommending to the Board the appointment or re-appointment of the external auditor before it is put to shareholders at the AGM. The Committee will, at the appropriate time, lead the audit tender process. This process will be carried out at least every 10 years and, unless it is undertaken earlier, it is the Committee’s policy to consider whether a tender is appropriate every five years, to coincide with the change in Senior Statutory Auditor. Accordingly, it is anticipated that the Committee will review the position in 2023 and should a tender not be considered appropriate at that time, the rationale will be stated within the Committee’s Report. Statement of compliance The Company confirms that it complied throughout the year with the provisions of the Competition and Markets Authority’s Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014. Auditor objectivity and independence (including non-audit fees) The Group has adopted a policy on ‘Auditor Independence and Services provided by the External Auditor’ which sets out the limited services that the external Auditor can provide to Group companies. which do not conflict with the Auditor’s independence. A summary of the Policy is set out on page 88. This Policy goes further than the restrictions in the FRC’s revised Ethical Standard as it applies the restrictions worldwide (not simply to the Group’s EU subsidiaries) with any exceptions requiring the approval of the Committee or, for amounts up to £15,000, the approval of the Committee Chair. The Committee believes that this additional restriction safeguards auditor independence and objectivity, as permitted exceptions require the Committee/Committee Chair to be satisfied that: the services are not prohibited non-audit services; the Auditor is the most suitable supplier for the services; and the independence of the Auditor would not be compromised. During the year only two such items have been approved. In addition to Halma’s Policy, the Auditor runs its own independence and compliance checks, prior to accepting any engagement, to ensure that all non-audit work is compliant with the revised Ethical Standard and that there is no conflict of interest. The audit fees payable to PwC for the year ended 31 March 2019 were £1.3m (2018: £1.2m) and non-audit service fees in line with the policy on auditor independence and services, were £0.1m (2018: £0.2m). Financial statements and significant accounting matters During the year and prior to the publication of the Group’s results for the half year ended 30 September 2018 and the full year ended 31 March 2019, the Committee considered the significant risks and material issues and judgements made in relation to the Group’s financial statements, comprising: — the value of goodwill, due to the significance of the amounts recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the judgements and estimates involved in assessing goodwill for impairment. — the risk that acquisitions are not accounted for correctly in line with IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ including the recording of fair value adjustments and the identification and valuation of acquired intangible assets. — the valuation of any contingent consideration arising on acquisitions in current and prior periods. — the judgements and estimates involved in valuing defined benefit pension plans including the discount rate, the mortality assumption and the inflation rate. — compliance risks with existing and evolving tax legislation. — the carrying value of Capitalised Development Costs (CDCs). — adoption of new accounting standards. These issues were discussed with management at various stages during the year and during the preparation and finalisation of the financial statements. After reviewing the presentations and reports from management, the Committee is satisfied that the financial statements appropriately address the critical judgements and key estimates, both in respect of the amounts reported Principal Role and Responsibilities The Committee’s primary duties, as set out in its terms of reference (available at www.halma.com) are: Compliance, fraud and whistleblowing — Monitoring compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Financial reporting — Reviewing significant financial reporting judgements and the application of accounting policies, including compliance with accounting standards; ensuring the integrity of the financial statements and compliance with UK company law and regulation. — Ensuring the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable; monitoring the integrity of announcements containing financial information. Internal control — Monitoring the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal financial controls and processes. Risk management — Reviewing and providing oversight of the processes by which risks are managed; reviewing the process undertaken, and the stress-testing performed, to support the Group’s Viability Statement and Going Concern Statement. — Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s compliance functions; monitoring the processes in place to prevent and detect fraud and receiving reports on fraud attempts or incidents; reviewing the adequacy of arrangements in place to enable employees to raise concerns in confidence. Internal audit — Reviewing and approving the audit work plan and charter. — Reviewing reports from audits and monitoring the status of remedial actions; monitoring the structure, composition and resourcing of the function. — Reviewing the role and effectiveness of the function. — Considering whether an independent third-party review of internal audit effectiveness and processes is appropriate. 86 External audit — Managing the relationship with the Auditor. — Monitoring and reviewing the independence and performance of the Auditor and formally evaluating their effectiveness. — Reviewing the policy on non-audit services carried out by the Auditor; negotiating and approving the Auditor’s fee, the scope of the audit and the terms of their engagement. — Leading the audit tender process at least every 10 years. — Making recommendations to the Board for the appointment or reappointment of the Auditor. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 — A risk comparison review which assesses the consistency of the presentation of risks and significant judgements throughout the main areas of risk disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts. — A formal review of all Board and Committee meeting minutes by the Company Secretary to ensure that all significant issues are appropriately reflected and given due prominence in narrative reporting. — Preparation and issue to the Audit Committee of the key working papers and results for each of the significant issues and judgements considered by the Audit Committee in the period. The Directors’ statement on a fair, balanced and understandable Annual Report and Accounts is set out on page 111. Internal Audit The Internal Audit function comprises the Director of Risk & Internal Audit and four audit managers, two based in the UK, one in the USA and one in China, to provide coverage across the Group’s global operations. The risk-based audit work plan is agreed by the Committee annually and takes account of the rotational visits undertaken by the external Auditor under their audit programme. Progress against the work plan is reviewed at each Committee meeting, in order that any changes in priorities or resourcing can be discussed and agreed. Internal Audit reports are routinely issued to management and the external Auditor, and where there are any higher priority findings which require immediate management action, the report is circulated to the Committee with commentary from the Chief Financial Officer on the underlying issue(s) and remedial action(s) taken. and the disclosures made. The Committee is also satisfied that the significant assumptions used for determining the value of assets and liabilities have been appropriately scrutinised, challenged and are sufficiently robust. The Committee has discussed these issues with the Auditor during the audit planning process and at the finalisation of the year-end audit and is satisfied that its conclusions are in line with those drawn by the Auditor in relation to these issues. The Committee’s process for challenging the assumptions of management and addressing the risks identified includes the following activities: — Assessing treatments of contingent consideration payment arrangements against the requirements of IFRS 3 and IFRS 13. — Focusing on, monitoring regularly and constructively challenging, the reasonableness of the assumptions used in impairment calculations by management. — Challenging the appropriateness of judgements and forecasts used including discount rates, growth rates, the level of aggregation of individual cash generating units and methodology applied, and any other associated disclosures in note 11 to the Accounts. — Assessing capitalisation of development costs in line with the accounting policy and standards. — Assessing the assumptions in determining the pension obligations, particularly given market volatility and determining whether the key assumptions were reasonable. — Considering the appropriateness and reasonableness of stated judgements and conclusions and that reporting was accurate. As part of the above process the Committee specifically considered the following: — The treatment and valuation of the contingent consideration payable in relation to CasMed, Cardios, Mini-Cam, FluxData, Visiometrics, LAN Controls and Navtech Radar. — The fair value of acquired intangible assets and carrying values. — The evidence supporting the going concern basis of accounts preparation, the Viability Statement and the risk management and internal control disclosure requirements. — Accounting assumptions and disclosures of the defined benefit pension plans, including the impact of the High Court decision in the Lloyds Bank case on Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) equalisation. — The judgements around the carrying value of tax provisions and uncertainties, in particular, the potential impact on the Group of the European Commission’s decision against the UK Government relating to the UK Controlled Foreign Company partial exemption being illegal State Aid. — The tax financing restructure following US and UK legislation changes and the potential for the UK to leave the European Union. — The treatment and valuation of the disposal of Accudynamics. — The process followed and expected impact of adopting IFRS 16. — The recommendations made for the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 by the Financial Reporting Conduct Authority, following a routine review of our 2018 Annual Report and Accounts. Risk management and internal controls The Committee maintains oversight of the risk management and internal control framework and monitors its effectiveness. During 2019, the risk management and internal control process was reviewed and, with the assistance of the Director of Risk & Internal Audit, both areas were refined to ensure that they remain robust and effective while complementing Halma’s decentralised, autonomous, organisational structure which is integral to Halma’s growth strategy. No significant failings or weaknesses were identified in the review process. Full details of the internal control framework and approach to risk management are set out on pages 54 and 55. Fair, balanced and understandable To ensure that the report and accounts are fair, balanced and understandable, the Committee considers the output from a series of focused exercises that take place during the Annual Report and Accounts production process. These focused exercises can be summarised as follows: — A qualitative review, performed by the Group’s finance and secretarial functions of disclosures and a review of internal consistency throughout the Annual Report and Accounts. This review assesses the Annual Report and Accounts against objective criteria drawn up for each component of the requirement (individual criteria that indicate ‘fairness’, ‘balance’ and ‘understandability’ as well as criteria that overlap two or more components). 87 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report Continued Auditor effectiveness The Committee reviews annually the effectiveness of both the Internal Audit function and the External Auditor. The process for each review is conducted primarily by way of a tailored questionnaire. Internal audit process Bespoke questionnaire prepared covering — Internal audit scope. — Audit approach. — Quality of the team. — Reliability and quality of reporting. — Use of technology and communication. Questionnaire completed by Results of the questionnaire Assessment — Board members. — Executive Board members. — Sector CFOs. — Director of Group Finance. — Company Secretary. — PwC Audit Partner. — Divisional Chief Executives — IT Services Managing Director Results of the questionnaire are collated centrally and a summary of the findings is provided to the Committee to consider the overall effectiveness of the function and any action required. Following a review by the Committee of the output from the questionnaires and direct feedback from the Chief Financial Officer, the Director of Group Finance and the Chair, the Committee concluded that the Internal Audit function is effective. External audit process Bespoke questionnaire prepared covering — External audit partner time commitment. — Quality of the team. — Accounting, technical and governance insight. — Policies for compliance with the revised Ethical Standards. — Quality of reporting and communication. — FRC Audit Quality Review Report on PwC summarised for the Committee. Questionnaire completed by Results of the questionnaire Assessment — Committee members. — Group Chief Executive. — Chief Financial Officer. — Director of Risk & Internal Audit. — Company Secretary. — Company CFOs. — Sector CFOs. Results of the questionnaire are collated centrally by the Director of Group Finance and a summary of the findings, along with the FRC’s AQR Report on PwC are provided for the Committee to consider the overall effectiveness of the function and any action required. The output from the effectiveness questionnaire was shared with the Committee and PwC. Following the Committee’s review of the output and the AQR Report findings, the Committee confirmed that PwC is effective as External Auditor to the Company and recommended to the Board their re-appointment as Auditor be proposed to shareholders at the 2019 AGM. Policy on auditor independence and services Permitted audit-related services Audit-related services are non-audit services, as specified in the revised Ethical Standard, that are largely provided by the external auditor and where the work is closely related to the work performed in the audit and where threats to auditor independence are clearly insignificant and safeguards need not be applied. These audit-related services include: — Reporting required by law or regulation to be provided by the auditor. — Reviews of interim financial information; reporting on regulatory returns. — Reporting to a regulator on client assets; reporting on government grants. — Reporting on internal financial controls when required by law or regulation. — Extended audit work that is performed on financial information and/or financial controls where this work is integrated with the audit work and is carried out on the same principal terms and conditions. Non-audit services (other than audit-related services) The general policy is that the external auditor must not carry out any non-audit services (other than audit related services) for the Company. In exceptional circumstances, the Committee (or the Chair of the Committee for amounts up to £15,000) may approve the engagement but only where the services are not prohibited, the auditor is considered to be the most suitable supplier of the services and the external auditor’s independence would not be compromised. Prohibited non-audit services Under this policy, the external auditor must not provide non-audit services to Halma, or any of its global subsidiaries, which fall within the general categories of services listed under the policy (including taxation, bookkeeping, payroll, design or implementation of risk management procedures, valuation services, legal services, internal audit services, services relating to financing/capital structure/investment/ promotion or dealing in shares, HR services, organisational design or cost control) or any of the specific services as set out in the revised Ethical Standard and Staff Guidance Note 05/2016. Fee cap for audit-related services The external auditor can be engaged to perform audit-related services without the requirement for a separate tender process unless the anticipated fees exceed £150,000. If the anticipated fees are above £150,000, the Committee must approve the decision to engage the external auditor in advance, and always subject to the overall fee cap. The total fees for audit-related and non-audit services paid to the external auditor in any year cannot exceed 70% of the average fees for audit services charged over a three-year period. The Committee will be notified of all projects with the external auditor with estimated fees between £75,000 and £150,000 and, at each meeting, the Committee will receive a summary of all fees, audit and non-audit, payable to the external auditor. Auditor effectiveness The Committee reviews annually the effectiveness of both the Internal Audit function and the External Auditor. The process for each review is conducted primarily by way of tailored questionnaire. 88 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Remuneration Committee report Committee composition and attendance Eligible Attended Tony Rice1 Paul Walker Daniela Barone Soares2 Roy Twite Carole Cran Jo Harlow 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 1 Chair. 2 Daniela was unable to attend two Committee meetings due to illness. On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present my report as Chair of the Remuneration Committee for the year ended 31 March 2019. The Committee undertook a significant review of the remuneration policy last year, which was put to shareholders at the 2018 AGM. I was gratified to note the strong support received from our shareholders – with over 97% voting in favour of our Policy. Changes implemented under the new Policy will see our Executive share awards that are granted in July 2019 being subject to a two-year holding period from vesting. The option of including stretching non-financial performance targets into the annual incentive structure is a helpful tool to drive the work to support our growth but we have yet to formulate the design of such targets and these would likely be tested at an operating company level before we recommended their adoption in the executive Director plan. While this remains a viable option, we do not envisage any non-financial elements being implemented before 2020 and for the executive bonus plan before 2021. The Committee has noted recent changes in the UK Corporate Governance Code and investor guidelines on executive remuneration. Our focus for the coming year will be reviewing how these changes are best implemented for Halma, taking into account the Company’s specific circumstances as well as the emerging market and best practice. This review will consider the pension contribution levels for executive Directors (both incumbents and new hires), the structure of the annual incentive (particularly the appropriate pay-out for target performance) and length/quantum of post-employment shareholding guidelines – all of which we know are important topics for shareholders. Following Halma’s entry into the FTSE 100 in December 2017, the continued strong performance has seen the Company move further up the index. The Committee has to be aware that in continuing to attract and retain the talent required to deliver the sustainable growth that we have become accustomed, we will have to consider benchmarking with FTSE 100 peers. While we are mindful that benchmarks can drive an upward trend for pay without sufficient justification, we have to keep in our sight any significant gaps between our Director salaries and the market median. With this in mind, the Committee agreed a modest 2.5% increase for the executive Directors with the exception of Jennifer Ward, whose pay increased just over 6% to reflect not only her significant contribution over the year around talent, diversity, brand development and succession planning but also to adjust for the fact that her base pay has not kept pace with her expanded role, and relative to other senior management talent in the Group. We also reviewed the Chairman’s fee which fell below the comparator median when adjusted last year and is now significantly behind the FTSE 51-100 median of £327,000 per annum. Paul Walker’s strategic direction and leadership has been instrumental to Halma’s growth in recent years and the Committee was unanimous in approving an increase of £30,000 to £280,000 per annum. Remuneration outcomes for 2019 Once again, Halma has delivered a strong set of results and a solid performance against our KPIs. Revenue grew by 13%, adjusted EPS grew by 17% and the Board has proposed an increase in the dividend per share by 7%. The Group’s Economic Value Added performance metric generated total annual bonus payments for the executive Directors of 150% of base salary, with one third deferred into shares that become available after two years. The Total Shareholder Return for Halma is strong over a 10 year, 5 year and 3 year horizon. The three-year performance for average ROTIC and Adjusted Earnings Per Share has been robust and is reflected in the 90.83% vesting percentage for the Executive Share Plan awards. The Committee is satisfied that there is a strong and direct link between Company performance, on a number of metrics, and the rewards to senior management. Shareholder voting at the 2019 AGM I have written to our major shareholders to explain the rationale for the Committee’s decisions on salary and fees as set out above and welcome their continuing engagement on remuneration matters. My colleagues on the Committee hope that all shareholders will find this Report useful in understanding the reward structure that we have in place to motivate and recognise our talent and ensure that they can continue to deliver strong and sustainable results. We hope that we will have your support when voting on the Remuneration Report resolution at the AGM. If you require clarification or wish to discuss any of the issues contained in the Report, please contact us and we will be happy to meet and discuss them with you. Tony Rice Chair For and on behalf of the Committee 11 June 2019 89 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration at a glance Aligning awards to performance How did we perform in the year? Financial performance Long-term incentive plan – outcome against targets: 90% Organic revenue growth1 10% Adjusted organic profit growth1 11% Dividends to shareholders £60m 1 See note 3 to the Accounts. Adjusted earnings per share (p) Return on total invested capital (%) 52.74p +16.5% 16.1% +0.9% 31.17 34.26 40.21 45.26 52.74 p 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 16.3 15.6 15.3 15.2 16.1 % 20 15 10 5 0 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 50% of PSP awards vest on achievement of three-year average EPS growth in excess of 12.5% (actual: 15.5 average growth = 50% vesting) 50% of PSP awards vest on achievement of three-year average ROTIC in excess of 11% with full vesting at 17% (actual: 15.5% average = 40.8% vesting) Total Shareholder Return (five years) Graph as rebased to 100 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 31 March 2014 31 March 2015 31 March 2016 31 March 2017 31 March 2018 31 March 2019 Halma FTSE 100 FTSE 250 90 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019How was performance reflected in remuneration? Outcomes against metrics for the year: £000s Salary Benefits Pension Annual bonus Share-based incentives Share incentive plan Value on award (2016) Share price increase to 31 March 2019 Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward 653 33 170 980 3 1,109 500 277 11 52 530 3 114 59 401 19 43 600 – 433 196 320 22 60 480 3 242 109 Annual bonus plan Economic Value Added Group target: £203m Group actual: £236m +16% Total 3,448 1,046 1,692 1,236 Ensuring shareholder alignment Proportion of variable awards received in shares: 33.3% of annual bonus incentives Shares subject to mandatory two-year holding period: 100% of vesting shares arising from performance share awards granted since the 2018 AGM Proportion of variable awards received in shares: Shareholding guideline: 100% of long-term share incentives (excluding dividend equivalents) 200% of salary for all executive Directors Arrangements for the coming year Policy element 2020 approach Salaries absent a material change in responsibilities, executive Directors receive inflationary adjustments in line with all employees No change with the exception of Jennifer Ward who receives a 6.2% increase to reflect her significant contribution during the year, to realign her base salary relative to other senior management. Pension supplements up to 26% of base salary for former active members of the defined benefit pension plan and up to 20% of base salary for other executive Directors No change Annual bonus maximum 150% of salary satisfied 66.7% cash and 33.3% deferred into Company shares for two years No change Performance share awards granted at a maximum of 200% of salary; 2-year post-vesting holding period for awards granted since July 2018 No change Clawback/malus applied to variable incentive awards No change 91 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Remuneration Policy Compliance statement This report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) and Regulation 11 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2008 (as amended). The report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and describes how the Board has applied the principles relating to directors’ remuneration in the UK Corporate Governance Code. No changes to the Remuneration Policy, which was approved by shareholders at the 2018 AGM, are proposed but in accordance with the Act, the Annual Report on Remuneration will be proposed at the 2019 AGM of the Company at which the financial statements will be received. In line with the Regulations, the following parts of the Annual Report on Remuneration are audited: the single figure for total remuneration for each Director, including annual bonus and performance share plan outcomes for the financial year ending 31 March 2019; plan interests awarded during the year; pension entitlements; payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office; and Directors’ shareholdings and share interests. All other parts of the Annual Report on Remuneration are unaudited. Element and objective Executive Directors Salary A fair, fixed remuneration reflecting the size and scope of the executive’s responsibilities which attracts and retains high calibre talent necessary for the delivery of the Group’s strategy. Operation and process Opportunity Performance measures Reviewed annually or following a material change in responsibilities. Salary is benchmarked to market median levels periodically against appropriate comparators of a similar size and operating in a similar sector, and is linked to individual performance and contribution. Base salary increases will be applied in line with the outcome of annual reviews (normally with Not applicable effect from 1 April). Salaries for the financial year under review (and the following year) are disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration. Salary is the only element of remuneration that is pensionable. Benefits To provide benefits that are competitive within the relevant market. Benefits are appropriate to the location of the executive and typically comprise (but are not limited to) a company car, life insurance, permanent disability insurance, private medical insurance, relocation and tax advice for international assignments. Benefits may vary by role, and the level is determined to be appropriate for the role and Not applicable circumstances of each individual executive Director. The maximum value will equate to the reasonable market cost of such benefits. Salary increases for executive Directors will not normally exceed the average of the wider employee population other than in exceptional circumstances. Where increases are awarded in excess of the wider employee population, for example where there is a material change in the responsibility, size or complexity of the role, the Committee will provide the rationale in the relevant year’s Annual Report on Remuneration. It is not anticipated that the current cost of benefits (as set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration) would increase materially over the period for which this policy applies. The Committee retains the discretion to approve a higher cost in exceptional circumstances (e.g. relocation expenses or an expatriation allowance on recruitment, etc.) or in circumstances where factors outside the Company’s control have changed materially (e.g. market increases in insurance costs). The rationale behind the exercise of such discretion will be provided in the relevant year’s Annual Report on Remuneration. Pension To provide competitive post-retirement benefits, or the cash allowance equivalent, to provide the opportunity for executives to save for their retirement. Executive Directors participate in either a Group Defined Contribution pension plan or the US 401k money purchase arrangement. Cash supplements in lieu of Company pension contributions may be made to some individuals at a level dependent upon seniority and length of service. Cash supplements may be reduced to reflect the additional employer social costs thereon. Defined Contribution: maximum contribution of 20% of pensionable salary. Not applicable Cash supplement: Halma contributes up to 26% of full salary if the executive Director is a former active member of the defined benefit pension plan. Defined Contribution/Money Purchase members whose contributions exceed the local tax allowance are paid the excess contributions, on pensionable salary, as a cash supplement, net of employer social costs. To the extent the pension contributions exceed the local tax allowance, the contributions may be paid to the executive, subject to taxes and social charges. Defined benefit: now closed to future accrual, but provides a maximum pension equivalent to two thirds of final pensionable salary, up to a CPI-indexed cap; £157,083 for 2018 and £161,795 Annual Incentive To incentivise and focus management on the achievement of an objective annual target which is set to support the short- to medium-term strategy of the Group. Some executives are deferred members of the Group defined benefit pension plan which closed to future accrual in December 2014. The structure of the Annual Incentive is reviewed at the start of the year to ensure that the performance measures and their weightings remain appropriately aligned with the Group’s strategy and are sufficiently challenging. Performance targets are calibrated and set at the start of the year, with reference to a range of relevant reference points including the annual budget agreed by the Board. At the end of the year, the Committee determines the extent to which these targets have been achieved. Payment of one third of any bonus is in the form of an award of shares that is deferred for two years, with vesting normally subject to continued service. Dividend equivalents accrue over the vesting period. Dividend equivalents are paid in cash or shares at the end of the vesting period. Deferral into shares provides a link to the long-term strategy of the Group and enhances the retentiveness of the policy. A recovery and withholding provision enables the Company to recoup overpayments in the event of misstatement, error or misconduct, either through withholding future remuneration or requiring the executive to repay the requisite amount. for 2019. Maximum opportunity: 150% of base salary for all executive Directors. Target opportunity: 60% of maximum. Bonus payable at threshold: 0% of salary. In exceptional circumstances, the Committee has the ability to exercise discretion to override the formulaic bonus outcome within the limits of the scheme where it believes the outcome is not truly reflective of performance and to ensure fairness to both shareholders and participants. The bonus is based on the achievement of financial performance targets, principally EVA. Other financial measures may supplement EVA at the discretion of the Committee. Such financial measures must comprise at least 80% of the overall bonus opportunity. The balance of 20% may be utilised, at the Committee’s discretion, to support non-financial, but measurable, strategic growth priorities. 92 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Compliance statement This report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) and Regulation 11 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2008 (as amended). The report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and describes how the Board has applied the principles relating to directors’ remuneration in the UK Corporate Governance Code. No changes to the Remuneration Policy, which was approved by shareholders at the 2018 AGM, are proposed but in accordance with the Act, the Annual Report on Remuneration will be proposed at the 2019 AGM of the Company at which the financial statements will be received. In line with the Regulations, the following parts of the Annual Report on Remuneration are audited: the single figure for total remuneration for each Director, including annual bonus and performance share plan outcomes for the financial year ending 31 March 2019; plan interests awarded during the year; pension entitlements; payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office; and Directors’ shareholdings and share interests. All other parts of the Annual Report on Remuneration are unaudited. Element and objective Executive Directors Salary A fair, fixed remuneration reflecting the size and scope of the executive’s responsibilities which attracts and retains high calibre talent necessary for the delivery of the Group’s strategy. Salary is the only element of remuneration that is pensionable. Remuneration Policy This section of the report provides an overview of the Remuneration Policy for Executive and non-executive Directors which shareholders approved at the 2018 Annual General Meeting. The Policy came into effect on 19 July 2018 and is unchanged. A full copy of the Policy is available in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts available on our website, www.halma.com. The Policy is designed to promote the long-term interests of the Company by securing the high calibre executives needed to manage the Group successfully, and to align their interests with those of our shareholders by rewarding them for enhancing shareholder value. The Policy also seeks to reward achievement of stretching performance targets without driving unacceptable behaviours or encouraging excessive risk-taking. There are six elements of the Policy for executive Directors, which are summarised in the table below. Operation and process Opportunity Performance measures Reviewed annually or following a material change in responsibilities. Salary is benchmarked to market median levels periodically against appropriate comparators of a similar size and operating in a similar sector, and is linked to individual performance and contribution. Base salary increases will be applied in line with the outcome of annual reviews (normally with effect from 1 April). Salaries for the financial year under review (and the following year) are disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration. Not applicable Salary increases for executive Directors will not normally exceed the average of the wider employee population other than in exceptional circumstances. Where increases are awarded in excess of the wider employee population, for example where there is a material change in the responsibility, size or complexity of the role, the Committee will provide the rationale in the relevant year’s Annual Report on Remuneration. Benefits Benefits are appropriate to the location of the executive and typically comprise (but are not To provide benefits that are competitive limited to) a company car, life insurance, permanent disability insurance, private medical within the relevant market. insurance, relocation and tax advice for international assignments. Benefits may vary by role, and the level is determined to be appropriate for the role and circumstances of each individual executive Director. The maximum value will equate to the reasonable market cost of such benefits. Not applicable Pension Executive Directors participate in either a Group Defined Contribution pension plan or the Defined Contribution: maximum contribution of 20% of pensionable salary. Not applicable It is not anticipated that the current cost of benefits (as set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration) would increase materially over the period for which this policy applies. The Committee retains the discretion to approve a higher cost in exceptional circumstances (e.g. relocation expenses or an expatriation allowance on recruitment, etc.) or in circumstances where factors outside the Company’s control have changed materially (e.g. market increases in insurance costs). The rationale behind the exercise of such discretion will be provided in the relevant year’s Annual Report on Remuneration. To provide competitive post-retirement US 401k money purchase arrangement. benefits, or the cash allowance equivalent, to provide the opportunity for executives to save for their retirement. Cash supplements in lieu of Company pension contributions may be made to some individuals at a level dependent upon seniority and length of service. Cash supplements may be reduced to reflect the additional employer social costs thereon. To the extent the pension contributions exceed the local tax allowance, the contributions may be paid to the executive, subject to taxes and social charges. Some executives are deferred members of the Group defined benefit pension plan which closed to future accrual in December 2014. Annual Incentive The structure of the Annual Incentive is reviewed at the start of the year to ensure that the To incentivise and focus management performance measures and their weightings remain appropriately aligned with the Group’s on the achievement of an objective annual strategy and are sufficiently challenging. target which is set to support the short- to medium-term strategy of the Group. Performance targets are calibrated and set at the start of the year, with reference to a range of relevant reference points including the annual budget agreed by the Board. At the end of the year, the Committee determines the extent to which these targets have been achieved. Payment of one third of any bonus is in the form of an award of shares that is deferred for two years, with vesting normally subject to continued service. Dividend equivalents accrue over the vesting period. Dividend equivalents are paid in cash or shares at the end of the vesting period. Deferral into shares provides a link to the long-term strategy of the Group and enhances the retentiveness of the policy. A recovery and withholding provision enables the Company to recoup overpayments in the event of misstatement, error or misconduct, either through withholding future remuneration or requiring the executive to repay the requisite amount. Cash supplement: Halma contributes up to 26% of full salary if the executive Director is a former active member of the defined benefit pension plan. Defined Contribution/Money Purchase members whose contributions exceed the local tax allowance are paid the excess contributions, on pensionable salary, as a cash supplement, net of employer social costs. Defined benefit: now closed to future accrual, but provides a maximum pension equivalent to two thirds of final pensionable salary, up to a CPI-indexed cap; £157,083 for 2018 and £161,795 for 2019. Maximum opportunity: 150% of base salary for all executive Directors. Target opportunity: 60% of maximum. Bonus payable at threshold: 0% of salary. In exceptional circumstances, the Committee has the ability to exercise discretion to override the formulaic bonus outcome within the limits of the scheme where it believes the outcome is not truly reflective of performance and to ensure fairness to both shareholders and participants. The bonus is based on the achievement of financial performance targets, principally EVA. Other financial measures may supplement EVA at the discretion of the Committee. Such financial measures must comprise at least 80% of the overall bonus opportunity. The balance of 20% may be utilised, at the Committee’s discretion, to support non-financial, but measurable, strategic growth priorities. 93 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration Policy Continued Element and objective Executive Directors Executive Share Plan (ESP) To incentivise executives to achieve superior returns to shareholders over a three-year period rewarding them for sustained performance against challenging long-term targets; to retain key individuals and align interests with shareholders, reflecting the sustainability of the business model over the long term and the creation of shareholder value. Share Incentive Plan (SIP) To encourage share ownership across all UK-based employees using HMRC-approved schemes. Chairman and non-executive Director fees To attract individuals with the requisite skills, experience and knowledge to contribute to the Board. Operation and process Opportunity Performance measures Executive Directors are granted annual awards over Halma plc shares or a cash equivalent where required by regulations as determined by the Committee; awards vest after a period of at least three years based on Group performance. Dividend equivalents accrue over the vesting period. Dividend equivalents are paid in cash or shares at the end of the vesting period, and only on those shares which vest. A recovery and withholding provision enables the Company to recoup overpayments in the event of misstatement, error or misconduct, either through withholding future remuneration or requiring the executive to repay the requisite amount. A mandatory two-year holding period for vested awards relating to awards granted after the 2018 AGM also aids recovery of overpayments as referenced above. The SIP is an HMRC-approved arrangement. It entitles all eligible UK-based employees to receive Halma shares in a potentially tax-advantageous manner. Maximum opportunity: Up to 200% of salary. In exceptional circumstances, such as to facilitate the recruitment of an external candidate, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, exceed this maximum annual opportunity, subject to a limit of 250% of salary. Threshold performance will result in the vesting of 25% of the maximum award. Vesting of performance share awards is subject to continued employment and the Company’s performance over a three-year performance period. To the extent performance conditions are not met, awards will lapse. Participation limits are in line with those set by HMRC from time to time. Not applicable Non-executive Director (NED) fees are determined by the Board and may comprise a base fee, committee chairmanship fee and Senior Independent Director fee. effective from 1 April. Fees are normally reviewed annually in April, but typically only reset triennially. Increases are Not applicable The Chairman’s fee is determined by the Committee. The fee paid to the Chairman is determined by the Committee, and fees to NEDs are determined by the Board. The fees are calculated by reference to market levels and take account of the time commitment and the responsibilities of the NEDs. Notes to the Policy Table Payments from Existing Awards The Committee will honour any commitment entered into, and executive Directors will be eligible to receive payment from any award made, prior to the approval and implementation of the Remuneration Policy on 19 July 2018. Details of these awards are disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration. Selection of Performance Measures The performance measures used in Halma’s executive incentives have been selected to ensure incentives are challenging and reinforce the Group’s strategy and align executive interests closely with those of our shareholders. In the annual bonus, the use of EVA, in summary, profit less a charge for capital employed (definition is provided on page 98) reinforces the Group’s business objective to double every five years through a mix of acquisitions and organic growth. Profit is a function of the extent to which the Company has achieved both its organic growth target and its success in identifying appropriate acquisition targets in current and past years. Ensuring that the cost of funding acquisitions is reflected in the bonus model means that executives share the benefit of an acquisition that outperforms expectations, but equally bear the cost of overpaying for an acquisition. Good or poor management of working capital is also reflected in the calculation of EVA. In the ESP, EPS provides a disciplined focus on increasing profitability and thereby provides close shareholder alignment through incentivising shareholder value creation, and ROTIC reinforces the focus on capital efficiency and delivery of strong returns, thereby further strengthening the alignment of remuneration with the Group strategy. Performance targets are set to be stretching yet achievable, taking into account the Company’s strategic priorities and the economic environment in which it operates. Targets are calibrated taking into account a range of reference points, but are based primarily on the Group’s strategic plan. 94 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019To incentivise executives to achieve superior required by regulations as determined by the Committee; awards vest after a period of at least returns to shareholders over a three-year three years based on Group performance. period rewarding them for sustained performance against challenging long-term targets; to retain key individuals and align interests with shareholders, reflecting the sustainability of the business model over the long term and the creation of shareholder value. Dividend equivalents accrue over the vesting period. Dividend equivalents are paid in cash or shares at the end of the vesting period, and only on those shares which vest. A recovery and withholding provision enables the Company to recoup overpayments in the event of misstatement, error or misconduct, either through withholding future remuneration or requiring the executive to repay the requisite amount. A mandatory two-year holding period for vested awards relating to awards granted after the 2018 AGM also aids recovery of overpayments as referenced above. To encourage share ownership across all Halma shares in a potentially tax-advantageous manner. UK-based employees using HMRC-approved schemes. experience and knowledge to contribute to the Board. The Chairman’s fee is determined by the Committee. Element and objective Executive Directors Operation and process Opportunity Performance measures Executive Share Plan (ESP) Executive Directors are granted annual awards over Halma plc shares or a cash equivalent where Maximum opportunity: Up to 200% of salary. In exceptional circumstances, such as to facilitate the recruitment of an external candidate, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, exceed this maximum annual opportunity, subject to a limit of 250% of salary. Threshold performance will result in the vesting of 25% of the maximum award. Vesting of performance share awards is subject to continued employment and the Company’s performance over a three-year performance period. To the extent performance conditions are not met, awards will lapse. Share Incentive Plan (SIP) The SIP is an HMRC-approved arrangement. It entitles all eligible UK-based employees to receive Participation limits are in line with those set by HMRC from time to time. Not applicable Chairman and non-executive Director fees Non-executive Director (NED) fees are determined by the Board and may comprise a base fee, To attract individuals with the requisite skills, committee chairmanship fee and Senior Independent Director fee. Fees are normally reviewed annually in April, but typically only reset triennially. Increases are effective from 1 April. Not applicable The fee paid to the Chairman is determined by the Committee, and fees to NEDs are determined by the Board. The fees are calculated by reference to market levels and take account of the time commitment and the responsibilities of the NEDs. External appointments In the case of appointing a new executive Director, the Committee may make use of any of the existing elements of remuneration, as follows: Component Approach Salary The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to relevant market data, experience and skills of the individual, internal relativities and the current salary of any incumbent in the same role. Where a new appointee has an initial base salary set below market, the Committee may make phased increases over a period of several years to achieve the desired position, subject to the individual’s development and performance in the role. Benefits Pension New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits in line with the current Policy, as well as expatriation allowances and any necessary expenses relating to an executive’s relocation on appointment. New appointees will be eligible to participate in the Company’s defined contribution/money purchase arrangements, receive a cash supplement or local equivalent. Annual bonus The scheme as described in the Policy Table will apply to new appointees with the relevant maximum being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the year employed. ESP SIP New appointees will be granted performance awards under the ESP on the same terms as other executives, as described in the Policy Table. New appointees in the UK will be eligible to participate on identical terms to other employees. In addition to the elements of remuneration set out in the Policy Table, in exceptional circumstances the Committee may consider it appropriate to grant an incentive award under a different structure in order to facilitate the recruitment of an individual or to replace incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In making such awards, the Committee will look to replicate the arrangements being forfeited as closely as possible and in doing so consider relevant factors including any performance conditions attached to these awards, the payment mechanism, expected value and the remaining vesting period of these awards. Internal Appointments Remuneration for new executive Directors appointed by way of internal promotion will similarly be determined in line with the policy for external appointees, as detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their promotion to the Board, the Company will continue to honour those commitments. Incentive opportunities for employees below Board level are generally no higher than for executive Directors, and incentive measures vary to ensure they are appropriate. Share Ownership Guidelines To ensure alignment between the interests of executive Directors and those of shareholders, the Company requires executive Directors to progressively build up and maintain a beneficial holding of Halma plc shares equivalent to a minimum of 200% of salary. Until such time as this threshold is achieved, executive Directors are required to retain no less than 50% of the net of tax value of any vested performance share award or deferred bonus share award. 95 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual Remuneration report The following section provides details of how Halma’s remuneration policy was implemented during the financial year ended 31 March 2019, and how it will be implemented in 2020. Committee Composition As at 31 March 2019, and throughout the year, the Committee comprised the following non-executive Directors: — Tony Rice (Chairman) — Paul Walker — Daniela Barone Soares — Roy Twite — Carole Cran — Jo Harlow All members of the Committee are considered independent within the definition set out in the Code. No member of the Committee has any personal financial interest in Halma (other than as shareholders), conflicts of interests arising from cross directorships or day-to-day involvement in running the business. During the year the Committee met formally five times. Attendance by individual members of the Committee is disclosed on page 89. Only members of the Committee have the right to attend Committee meetings. The Group Chief Executive, the Group Talent and Communications Director and the Company Secretary attend Committee meetings by invitation, but are not present when their own remuneration is discussed. The Committee also takes independent professional advice as required. Principal Role and Responsibilities The primary responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are to: — Make recommendations to the Board on the framework for executive Director and senior executive remuneration based on proposals formulated by the Group Chief Executive. — Determine and agree with the Board the policy and framework for the remuneration of the Chairman, Group Chief Executive, other executive Directors, the Company Secretary and members of the Executive Board. — Have oversight of the remuneration arrangements of the management tier below Executive Board level. — Approve the design of, and determine targets for, any performance-related pay plans operated by the Company and agree the total annual payments made under such plans. — Review the design of all share incentive plans for approval by the Board and shareholders, and determine, each year, whether awards will be made, and if so, the overall amount of such awards, the individual awards to executive Directors and other senior executives and the performance targets to be set. — Determine the policy for, and scope of, pension arrangements for each executive Director and other senior executives. The Committee is appointed by the Board and operates under written terms of reference, which are available at www.halma.com. External advisers Mercer Kepler (Mercer) has acted as the independent remuneration adviser to the Committee, having done so since November 2017. At the invitation of the Committee Chair, Halma’s advisory Partner attends meetings to provide advice on remuneration for executives, analysis on elements of the remuneration policy and provide regular market and best practice updates. New Bridge Street were advisers to the Committee up until November 2017. Mercer reports directly to the Committee Chair and is a signatory to the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants of UK-listed companies (which can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com). Mercer provides no other services to the Company, and is therefore considered independent. Mercer’s fees for the year were £33,410 (2018: £22,500) and NBS’s fees for the year were £nil (2018: £6,000). Shareholder vote at 2018 Annual General Meeting The following table shows the results of the voting at the 2018 annual general meeting on the Remuneration Policy and the Remuneration Report. Remuneration Policy (2018) Number of votes cast % of votes cast Directors’ Remuneration Report (2018) Total number of votes % of votes cast 96 For Against Total Withheld 274,561,279 6,136,623 280,697,902 2,510,606 97.81% 2.19% 100% 273,854,564 9,239,496 283,094,060 116,154 96.7% 3.3% 100% Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Single figure of total remuneration for Directors The tables below set out the single figure of total remuneration received by Directors for the year to 31 March 2019 and the prior year. Salary £000 Benefits1 £000 Annual bonus2 £000 ESP3 £000 SIP4 £000 Pension5 £000 Total remuneration £000 2019 Executive Directors Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti6 Kevin Thompson6 Adam Meyers7 Jennifer Ward Non-executive Directors Paul Walker Daniela Barone Soares Roy Twite Tony Rice Carole Cran Jo Harlow Total Executive Directors Andrew Williams Kevin Thompson6 Adam Meyers7 Jennifer Ward Non-executive Directors Paul Walker Daniela Barone Soares Roy Twite Tony Rice Carole Cran Jo Harlow 653 277 133 401 320 250 57 57 77 72 57 33 11 5 19 22 – – – – – – Salary £000 Benefits1 £000 625 390 369 306 210 52 52 68 62 52 33 15 13 16 – – – – – – 980 530 – 600 480 – – – – – – Annual bonus2 £000 835 521 164 341 – – – – – – 1,609 173 – 629 351 – – – – – – 3 3 – – 3 – – – – – – 170 52 35 43 60 – – – – – – 3,448 1,046 173 1,692 1,236 250 57 57 77 72 57 8,165 2018 ESP3 £000 SIP4 £000 Pension5 £000 Total remuneration £000 2,028 1,106 742 401 – – – – – – 3 3 – 3 – – – – – – 163 102 10 30 – – – – – – 3,687 2,137 1,298 1,097 210 52 52 68 62 52 8,715 1 Benefits: mainly comprises company car and private medical insurance. 2 Annual bonus: payment for performance during the year; two thirds is payable in cash and one third is payable in shares which vest two years from award. Table shows total bonus including amounts to be deferred. 3 ESP: the value of awards vesting on performance during the years ending 31 March 2019 (estimated three-month average price at year end of 1507p) and 31 March 2018 (actual based on price at vesting of 1407p). Marc Ronchetti’s award vests in November 2019 based on the same EPS/ROTIC performance conditions measured at 31 March 2019. 4 SIP: value based on the face value of shares at grant. 5 Pension: value based on the Company’s pension contribution, or cash supplement in lieu of pension, during the year. 6 Marc Ronchetti was appointed as a Director on 1 July 2018. The amounts in the table for Marc show the pay and benefits received since 1 July 2018, including bonus and ESP for the full year to 31 March 2019. Kevin Thompson resigned as a director on 19 July 2018. The amounts in the table for Kevin show the pay and benefits received up to 19 July 2018. 7 Remunerated in US dollars and translated at the average exchange rate for the year (2019: US$1.313, 2018: US$1.327). Other payments No payments were made to past Directors, nor were any payments made on cessation during the year under review, except for Kevin Thompson who received salary and benefits for the period from his resignation as a Director on 19 July 2018 and his retirement from the Company on 31 July 2018. His awards granted under the ESP in 2015 vested in 2018 and are shown in the table for 2018 above. In line with other participants, dividend equivalents are paid on vesting. His PSP awards for 2016 and 2017 have been time pro-rated and will vest, subject to performance conditions, respectively in 2019 and 2020. His DSA awards for 2017 and 2018 will vest in full in 2019 and 2020 respectively. No payments were made for loss of office during the year. 97 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual Remuneration report Continued Incentive outcomes for 2019 Annual bonus in respect of 2019 In 2019, the maximum bonus opportunity for executive Directors was 150% of salary, solely linked to performance as measured by an Economic Value Added (EVA) calculation. Bonuses for the executive Directors (excluding Adam Meyers) are calculated based on Group profit exceeding a target calculated from the profits for the three preceding financial years after charging cost of capital, including the cost of acquisitions. As the EVA for each year is utilised for a further three years in the comparator calculations, executives must consider the medium-term interests of the Group otherwise there is the potential for an adverse impact on their capacity to earn a bonus. EVA calculation: Profit for each year Minus a charge on cost of acquisitions Minus a charge on working capital Plus / minus unrealised profit in inventory Minus the resultant bonus itself (to make it self-financing) Equals the EVA for each year In the case of Adam Meyers, as a Sector Chief Executive,a bonus is earned if the profit of their sector exceeds a target calculated from the profits of the three preceding financial years. The profits calculated for this purpose regard each sector as a stand-alone group of companies charging it with the cost of capital it utilises including the cost of acquisitions. Subsidiary executives participate in bonus arrangements similar to those established for senior executives. Further details of the bonuses payable (cash and deferred share awards) and performance against targets are provided in the tables below. Executive Director Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward EVA threshold 000 EVA actual 000 Overall bonus outcome (% of salary) EVA maximum 000 £203,327 £236,817 150% £233,253 £203,327 £236,817 112.5% £233,253 US$162,062 US$195,750 150% US$189,803 £203,327 £236,817 150% £233,253 No discretion was applied by the Committee in determining the annual bonus outcome calculation for 2019. The EVA maximum column represents the EVA performance at which the maximum bonus is payable for each individual. Executive Share Plan (ESP): 2016 Awards (vesting during the year to 31 March 2019) In July 2016, the executive Directors received awards of performance shares under the ESP. The performance targets for ESP awards granted since 2015 are set out below. The vesting criteria are 50% EPS-related and 50% ROTIC-related. Performance conditions for all performance awards since July 2015 are as follows: EPS1 ROTIC2 (post-tax) EPS ROTIC Total Performance levels < 5% 5% < 11.0% 11.0% 12% or more 17.0% or more 1 Adjusted earnings per share growth over the three-year performance period. 2 Average ROTIC over the performance period. 3 There is straight line vesting in between threshold and maximum vesting. 0.0% 12.5% 50% 0.0% 12.5% 50% % of award vesting3 0.0% 25% 100% 98 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019The three-year period over which these two independent performance metrics is measured ended on 31 March 2019. ROTIC was 15.5% (the average ROTIC for financial years 2017, 2018 and 2019) and average EPS growth of 15.5% for the same period, results in vesting of 90.83% of the maximum award. The estimated vesting value included in the single figure of Total Remuneration for Directors for 2019 is detailed in the table below: Executive Director Andrew Williams Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Marc Ronchetti Interest held 117,527 45,918 25,665 12,668 Face value at grant £000 1,220 477 266 126 Vesting % 90.83% Interest vesting 106,749 41,707 23,311 11,506 Three-month average price at year end 1507p Vesting value £000 1,609 629 351 173 Vested awards are net settled, with the appropriate reduction in shares made to cover the employee tax and social security liability at vesting. Awards lapse if they do not vest on the third anniversary of their award. Executive Share Plan: Performance Share Awards (granted during the year to 31 March 2019) On 2 July 2018, the executive Directors were granted performance share awards under the ESP. Executive Director Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Awards made during the year Five-day average market price at award date Face value at award date £000 95,121 52,786 43,342 34,797 1369.2p 1,302 723 593 476 UK executive Directors had part of their award delivered by the Share Incentive Plan. The three-year performance period over which ROTIC and EPS performance will be measured is 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2021. The ROTIC element will be based on the average ROTIC for 2019, 2020 and 2021. The EPS element will be based on EPS growth from 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2021. The award is eligible to vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant (2 July 2021), subject to 50% on ROTIC performance and 50% on EPS performance. Executive Share Plan: Deferred Share Awards (granted during the year to 31 March 2019) On 2 July 2018, the executive Directors were granted merit deferred share awards under the ESP in respect of one third of the bonus earned for the financial year ended 31 March 2018. Executive Director Andrew Williams Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Marc Ronchetti Kevin Thompson Awards made during the year Five-day average market price at award date Face value at award date £000 Bonus to 31 March 2018 £000 Amount awarded in shares 20,339 3,997 8,295 4,796 12,691 1369.2p 278 55 114 66 174 835 164 341 197 521 33.3% 33.3% 33.3% 33.3% 33.3% Awards are not subject to performance conditions as they are deferred awards relating to bonus earned for the year ended 31 March 2018. Awards vest in full on the second anniversary of the date of grant (2 July 2020). 99 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual Remuneration report Continued Implementation of remuneration policy for the year to 31 March 2020 Salary The Committee approved the following salary increases with effect from 1 April 2019. The guidance salary increase for the UK businesses and sector personnel was 3% and the average globally was 3.8%. Executive Director Andrew Williams Kevin Thompson (to 19 July 2018) Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Marc Ronchetti (from 1 July 2018) Salary from 1 April 2019 Salary from 1 April 2018 £669,325 £653,000 – £398,000 US$538,000 US$525,000 £340,000 £320,000 £425,000 £415,000 % change 2.5% – 2.5% 6.2% 2.4% Pension and benefits No changes to the current executive Directors’ current pension and benefits arrangements is planned for 2020. Pension arrangements for any new executive Directors will take into account the provisions in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. Annual bonus The maximum annual bonus opportunity for 2020 will remain at 150% of salary for the executive Directors with one third of the bonus earned being deferred into a share award which vests in full after two years. Bonuses for 2020 will continue to be based on EVA performance against a weighted average target of EVA for the past three years as described above. Bonus payments will be subject to recovery and withholding provisions during a period of three years from the date of payment. ESP Under the ESP, performance share awards and deferred bonus awards will be made in July 2019. The number of shares over which awards will be made is determined by the average share price for the five trading days prior to date of award. The value of each performance share award, relative to salary has been fixed as follows: Executive Director Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Salary for 2020 Performance share award Value of award £669,325 £425,000 200% £1,338,650 175% £743,750 US$538,000 150% US$807,000 £340,000 150% £510,000 The performance share awards to be granted in July 2019 will be subject to an earnings per share performance target for 50% of the award and a ROTIC target for 50% of the award measured over the three financial years 2019, 2020 and 2021. The full performance conditions are set out in detail above, in relation to the 2016 awards which vest in 2019. The deferred bonus awards are derived as one third of the bonus earned for the 2019 year. The number of shares over which awards will be made is determined by the share price for the five trading days prior to the date of award, but the value of each award, relative to the bonus has been fixed as follows: Bonus for 2019 Cash-settled Value of 2019 deferred bonus award £979,500 £653,000 £326,500 £530,319 £353,546 £176,773 US$787,500 US$525,000 US$262,500 £480,000 £320,000 £160,000 Executive Director Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward 100 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Chairman and non-executive Director fees The Chairman’s and the NEDs’ fees, as detailed below, were last increased by the Board in April 2016. Fees are subject to an annual review each April, but resetting is normally expected to be triennial. The most recent resetting was aligned with the 2018 executive review. Fees Chairman Base fee Senior Independent Director Audit Committee Chairman Remuneration Committee Chairman Committee Member Fees from 1 April 2019 Fees from 1 April 2018 £280,000 £250,000 £58,500 £10,000 £15,000 £10,000 £nil £57,000 £10,000 £15,000 £10,000 £nil Percentage change in CEO remuneration The table below shows the percentage change in the CEO’s remuneration from the prior year compared to the average percentage change in remuneration for other employees. To provide a meaningful comparison, the analysis includes only salaried management employees and is based on a consistent set of employees. Salary Taxable benefits Annual bonus 2019 CEO £000 653 33 980 2018 CEO £000 625 33 835 CEO % change 4.5% 0.0% 17.4% Other employees % change 4.6% – 26.9% Relative importance of spend on pay The table below shows the percentage change in total employee pay expenditure and shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends and share buybacks) from the financial year ended 31 March 2018 to the financial year ended 31 March 2019. Distribution to shareholders Employee remuneration (gross) Employee remuneration (pro-rated) 2019 £m 60 347 305 2018 £m 56 304 287 % change 7.1 14.1 6.3 The Directors are proposing a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019 of 9.60p per share (2018: 8.97p). Pro-rated employee remuneration represents a restatement of the prior year gross employee remuneration for the current year number of employees. 101 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual Remuneration report Continued Pay-for-performance The ten-year graph below shows the Company’s TSR performance over the ten years to 31 March 2019 as compared to the FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 indices. Over the period indicated, the Company’s TSR was 1141% compared to 170% for the FTSE 100 and 294% for the FTSE 250. The FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 have been selected as broad market comparators, because the Company believes that the constituent companies of this index are the most appropriate for this comparison as they are affected by similar commercial and economic factors to Halma. Halma was a constituent on the FTSE 250 until December 2017 when it became a constituent of the FTSE 100. The table below the chart details the CEO’s single figure remuneration and actual variable pay outcomes over the same period. Total Shareholder Return (ten years) Graph as rebased to 100 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 600 400 200 % increase 1,141% 294% 170% 31 March 2009 31 March 2010 31 March 2011 31 March 2012 31 March 2013 31 March 2014 31 March 2015 31 March 2016 31 March 2017 31 March 2018 31 March 2019 Halma FTSE 100 FTSE 250 CEO single figure remuneration (£000) Annual bonus outcome (% of maximum) PSP vesting outcome (% of maximum) 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 £1,472 £1,999 £1,715 £1,958 £1,543 £2,006 £2,423 £2,337 £3,429 £3,448 19% 100% 40% 48% 37% 53% 53% 34% 89% 100% 96% 100% 100% 98% 74% 78% 95% 92% 90% 90% Directors’ interests in Halma shares The interests of the Directors in office at 31 March 2019 (and their connected family members) in the ordinary shares of the Company at the following dates were as follows: Paul Walker Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Kevin Thompson Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Daniela Barone Soares Roy Twite Tony Rice Carole Cran Jo Harlow * As at 19 July 2018. 102 31 March 2019 31 March 2018 30,000 30,000 608,885 565,473 553 314 389,273* 389,273 343,480 338,480 23,988 2,473 4,000 16,939 2,000 2,000 15,058 2,473 4,000 16,939 2,000 2,000 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019The executive Directors, excluding Jennifer Ward and Marc Ronchetti, each meet the guideline of holding Company shares to the value of at least two times salary. Jennifer and Marc will progressively build up their shareholding through annual share vestings. There are no other non-beneficial interests of Directors. There were no changes in Directors’ interests from 1 April 2019 to 11 June 2019. Details of Directors’ interests in shares and options under Halma’s long-term incentives are set out in the sections below. Directors’ interests in Halma share plans Details of Directors’ outstanding performance shares and deferred shares under the ESP and free shares under the SIP are outlined in the tables below. Executive and Performance Share Plans Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Kevin Thompson Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Date of grant As at 1 April 2018 Granted/ (vested) in the year 31 July 15 160,547 (144,155) 26 July 16 26 July 16 3 July 17 3 July 17 2 July 18 2 July 18 23 Nov 16 3 July 17 3 July 17 23 Nov 17 2 July 18 2 July 18 31 July 15 26 July 16 26 July 16 3 July 17 3 July 17 2 July 18 31 July 15 26 July 16 26 July 16 3 July 17 3 July 17 2 July 18 2 July 18 31 July 15 26 July 16 26 July 16 23 Nov 16 3 July 17 3 July 17 2 July 18 2 July 18 117,527 15,422 111,484 9,159 12,668 11,511 2,236 20,720 87,580 64,200 9,870 60,724 5,730 58,761 45,918 10,600 50,300 7,135 31,757 25,665 4,283 18,097 40,733 3,280 (15,422) 95,121 20,339 52,786 4,796 (77,776) (9,870) 12,691 (52,761) (10,600) 43,342 3,997 (28,514) (4,283) 34,797 8,295 PSP PSP DSA PSP DSA PSP DSA PSP PSP DSA PSP PSP DSA PSP PSP DSA PSP DSA DSA PSP PSP DSA PSP DSA PSP DSA PSP PSP DSA PSP PSP DSA PSP DSA Five-day average share price on grant (p) 745.2 1038.4 1038.4 1118.0 1118.0 1369.2 1369.2 994.6 1118.0 1118.0 1293.4 1369.2 1369.2 745.2 1038.4 1038.4 1118.0 1118.0 1369.2 745.2 1038.4 1038.4 1118.0 1118.0 1369.2 1369.2 745.2 1038.4 1038.4 994.6 1118.0 1118.0 1369.2 1369.2 As at 31 March 2019 – 117,527 – 111,484 9,159 95,121 20,339 12,668 11,511 2,236 20,720 52,786 4,796 – 42,389 – 21,109 5,730 12,691 – 45,918 – 50,300 7,135 43,342 3,997 – 25,665 – 18,097 40,733 3,280 34,797 8,295 The balance of PSP awards that did not vest during the year have lapsed. The performance conditions attached to these awards described earlier in this report. 103 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Annual Remuneration report Continued Share Incentive Plan Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Kevin Thompson Jennifer Ward Date of grant As at 1 April 2018 Granted/ (withdrawn) in the year Share price on award (p) As at 31 March 2019 >3 years 1 Oct 16 1 Oct 17 1 Oct 18 >3 years 1 Oct 17 1 Oct 18 >3 years 1 Oct 16 1 Oct 17 >3 years 1 Oct 16 1 Oct 17 1 Oct 18 4,098 343 322 314 4,151 343 1,041 317 318 459.46 1049.00 1115.81 239 1504.00 1115.81 239 1504.00 322 458.00 1049.00 1115.81 656.57 1049.00 1115.81 239 1504.00 4,098 343 322 239 – 314 239 4,151 343 322 1,041 317 318 239 The SIP shares are held in trust and become the employee’s, subject to the rules of the plan, after three years. There are tax benefits for retaining the shares in the trust for at least five years from award date. Adam Meyers does not participate in the SIP as he is not UK-based. There have been no variations to the terms and conditions for share awards during the financial year. Directors’ pensions Andrew Williams is the only UK executive Director who is an in-service deferred member of the Halma Group Pension Plan (Plan). Kevin Thompson was also a deferred member of the Plan. This benefit is a funded final salary occupational pension plan registered with HMRC, providing a maximum pension of two thirds of final pensionable salary after 25 or more years’ service at normal pension age (60). Up to 5 April 2006, final pensionable salary was the greatest salary of the last three complete tax years immediately before retirement or leaving service. From 6 April 2011, final pensionable salary was capped at £139,185 and is increased annually thereafter by CPI (£161,795 for 2019). Bonuses and other fluctuating emoluments and benefits-in-kind are not pensionable nor subject to any pension supplement. The Plan also provides pensions in the event of early retirement through ill-health and dependants’ pensions of one-half of the member’s prospective pension. Where an executive has a form of pension protection, life cover is provided by a separate trust. Early retirement pensions, currently possible from age 55 with the consent of the Company and the trustees of the Plan, are subject to actuarial reduction. Pensions in payment increase by 3% per annum for service up to 5 April 1997, by price inflation (subject to a maximum of 5%) through to 31 March 2007 and 3% thereafter. The Company closed the Defined Benefit section to future accrual with effect from 1 December 2014 and, following a period of consultation, members were offered compensating benefits above those available to Defined Contribution members who had not been in the Defined Benefit section. In April 2014, Andrew Williams chose to cease future service accrual in the Plan in return for a pension supplement on his base salary. This supplement is equivalent to a 20% employer contribution plus an additional 6% compensatory payment, in line with the offer made to other members in that Defined Benefit section. Marc Ronchetti and Jennifer Ward were not members of the Defined Benefit section but are entitled to join the Defined Contribution section of the plan. Due to annual allowance and lifetime allowance restrictions, both Jennifer and Marc have opted to receive a pension supplement of 18.7% of salary, in lieu of the 20% employer contribution that the Company would otherwise pay into their pension. Two Directors accrued benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plan during the year as follows. Years of pensionable service at 31 March 2019 Increase in accrued benefits £000 Increase in accrued benefits net of inflation £000 Accrued benefits at 31 March 2019 £000 20 18 2 2 – – 65 134 Age at 31 March 2019 51 59 Executive Director Andrew Williams Kevin Thompson 104 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Executive Director service contracts and exit payment policies It is the Company’s policy that executive Directors should have contracts with an indefinite term providing for a maximum of one year’s notice. The details of the Directors’ contracts are summarised in the table below. Contracts will be available for inspection at the AGM and throughout the year at the Company’s registered office. Executive Director Andrew Williams Marc Ronchetti Kevin Thompson Adam Meyers Jennifer Ward Date of service contract April 2003 July 2018 April 2003 July 2008 January 2014 Notice period One year One year One year* One year One year * Kevin Thompson resigned as a Director with effect from 19 July 2018, and retired from the Company on 31 July 2018. The Company’s policy is to limit payments on cessation to pre-established contractual arrangements. In the event that the employment of an executive Director is terminated, any amount payable will be determined in accordance with the terms of the service contract between the Company and the employee, as well as the rules of any incentive plans. No predetermined amount is provided for in the Directors’ contracts. The UK executive Director contracts enable the Company to pay up to one year’s salary in lieu of notice, with no contractual entitlement to any other benefits, and, under the rules, the Remuneration Committee may determine the individual’s leaving status for share plan vesting purposes. If the financial year end has passed, any bonus earned is payable to the individual. Adam Meyers’ service contract permits him to remain an employee for the entire period of notice enjoying any benefits related to employment. The share plan and bonus provisions are identical to the UK. Both contracts contain appropriate non-compete restrictions for a suitable period post-employment. When considering termination payments under incentive schemes, the Committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both shareholders and participants. The table below summarises how the awards under the annual bonus and share plans are treated in specific circumstances under the rules of the relevant plan and the extent to which the Committee has discretion: Reason for leaving Timing of payment/vesting Calculation of payment/vesting Annual bonus Death, injury or disability, redundancy, retirement, or any other reasons the Committee may determine After the end of the financial year, although the Committee has discretion to accelerate (e.g. in relation to death) Performance against targets will be assessed at the end of the year in the normal way and any resulting bonus normally will be pro-rated for time served during the year All other reasons No bonus is payable – Deferred bonus Death, injury or disability, redundancy, retirement, or any other reasons the Committee may determine On the second anniversary of the award All other reasons Share Plans Injury or disability, redundancy, or any other reason the Committee may, at its discretion, determine On the second anniversary of the award (unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise) On the third anniversary of the award Awards vest in full Awards vest in full Awards will normally be pro-rated for time to the date of cessation of employment and performance metrics assessed as at the third anniversary Death Immediately (unless otherwise determined by the Committee at its discretion) Any outstanding awards normally will be pro-rated for time and performance up to the point of death All other reasons Awards lapse — 105 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual Remuneration report Continued Pay-for-performance The following charts provide an estimate of the potential future rewards for executive Directors, and the potential split between different elements of pay, under three different performance scenarios: ‘Fixed’, ‘On-target’ and ‘Maximum’. Potential reward opportunities are based on Halma’s remuneration policy, applied to salaries as at 1 April 2019. The projected values exclude the impact of any share price movements and dividend equivalents. The ‘Fixed’ scenario shows base salary, pension and benefits only. The ‘On-target’ scenario shows fixed remuneration as above, plus a target level of 60% of the maximum under the annual bonus and vesting of 50% of a single year’s award under the ESP. The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus maximum level of annual bonus and ESP awards. Andrew Williams, Group Chief Executive Percentages/amounts £000 Marc Ronchetti, Chief Financial Officer Percentages/amounts £000 3,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 876 2,148 3,219 521 1,275 31% 28% 41% 100% 42% 31% 27% 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 29% 30% 41% 100% 1,902 39% 34% 27% Fixed On-target Maximum Fixed On-target Maximum Adam Meyers, Sector Chief Executive – Medical & Environmental Percentages/amounts US$000 Jennifer Ward, Group Talent and Communications Director Percentages/amounts £000 655 1,543 2,269 426 987 26% 31% 43% 100% 36% 36% 28% 1,500 1,000 500 100% 0 26% 31% 43% 1,446 35% 36% 29% Fixed On-target Maximum Fixed On-target Maximum Salary, pension and benefits Bonus Long term incentive 106 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Non-executive Directors Unless otherwise indicated, all NEDs have a specific three-year term of engagement, subject to annual re-election at the AGM, which may be renewed for up to two further three-year terms if both the Director and the Board agree. The remuneration of the Chairman and the NEDs is determined by the Committee and the Board respectively, in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders. The contract in respect of the Chairman’s services provides for termination, by either party, by giving not less than six months’ notice. The non-executive Directors have contracts in respect of their services, which can be terminated without compensation, by either party, by giving not less than three months’ notice. Contracts are available for inspection at the AGM and throughout the year at the Company’s registered office. Summary details of terms and notice periods for NEDs are included below. Non-executive Director Date of appointment Notice period Paul Walker Daniela Barone Soares Roy Twite Tony Rice Carole Cran Jo Harlow April 2013 November 2011 July 2014 August 2014 January 2016 October 2016 6 months 3 months 3 months 3 months 3 months 3 months NEDs do not receive benefits from the Company and they are not eligible to join the Company’s pension plan or participate in any incentive schemes. Any reasonable expenses that they incur in performing their duties are reimbursed by the Company. Paul Walker’s personal assistant is an employee of the Company. Details of the policy on NED fees are set out in the table on pages 94 and 95. NED recruitment In recruiting a new Chairman or NED, the Committee will use the policy as set out in the table on pages 94 and 95. Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Group The Committee considers the remuneration and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group when determining remuneration for executive Directors. However, the Committee does not currently consult specifically with employees on the executive remuneration policy. Consideration of shareholder views When determining remuneration, the Committee takes into account the views of our shareholders and ‘best practice’ guidelines set by shareholder representative bodies. As part of their consideration of the revised remuneration policy in 2018, the Committee consulted widely with the Company’s major institutional shareholders and their representative bodies. The Committee always welcomes feedback from shareholders on the Company’s remuneration policy. Detail on the votes received on the Remuneration Policy and Remuneration Report at the 2018 annual general meeting is provided on page 96. External directorships The Committee acknowledges that executive Directors may be invited to become independent non-executive Directors of other listed companies which have no business relationship with the Company and that these roles can broaden their experience and knowledge to Halma’s benefit. Executive Directors are permitted to accept one such appointment with the prior approval of the Chairman. Approval will only be given where the appointment does not present a conflict of interest with the Group’s activities and the wider exposure gained will be beneficial to the development of the individual. Where fees are payable in respect of such appointments, these are retained by the executive Director. Andrew Williams is a non-executive Director of Capita plc. Fees paid to him during the year to 31 March 2019 were £64,500 (2018: £64,500). Kevin Thompson is a non-executive Director of RPC Group. Fees paid to him during the year prior to his resignation as a Director of Halma on 19 July 2018 were £15,000 (2018: £32,000). 107 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ report The Directors present their report on the affairs of the Company, together with the audited financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report, for the year ended 31 March 2019. Activities The Company’s principal activity is to act as a holding company. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. A list of its subsidiary companies is set out on pages 188 to 192. Subsidiaries of the Company have established branches in a number of different countries in which they operate. The information set out below, which forms part of this Directors’ Report and is incorporated by reference, can be located in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 67: — Future developments in the Group’s business. — Activities of the Group in the field of research and development. — Environmental matters, including greenhouse gas emissions (included in the Sustainability review on pages 48 to 53). Dividends The Directors recommend a final dividend of 9.60p per share and, if approved, this dividend will be paid on 14 August 2019 to ordinary shareholders on the register at the close of business on 12 July 2019. Together with the interim dividend of 6.11p per share already paid, this will make a total dividend of 15.71p (2018: 14.68p) per share for the financial year. Political donations The Group did not make any political donations or incur any political expenditure during the year. Directors and directors’ interests The directors of the Company as at the date of this report, together with their biographical details, are shown on pages 70 and 71. During the year, Kevin Thompson retired as a Director on 19 July 2018. The Remuneration Report on pages 89 to 107 provides details of the interests of each director in the shares of the Company. Indemnities The Company has agreed to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each of the Company’s Directors against any liability incurred in respect of acts or omissions arising in the course of their office. Financial risk management objectives and policies Disclosures relating to financial risk management objectives and policies are set out in note 27 to the financial statements and along with exposures relating to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk. Share capital and capital structure Details of the share capital, together with details of the movements in the share capital during the year, are shown in note 23 to the accounts. The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. Each share carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Company. There are no other classes of share capital. There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, with both governed by the general provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid. Rights and obligations of ordinary shares Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and to appoint one or more proxies or, if the holder of shares is a corporation, one or more corporate representatives. On a show of hands, each holder of ordinary shares who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a duly appointed corporate representative, not themselves being a member, shall have one vote, as shall proxies (unless they are appointed by more than one holder, in which case they may vote both for and against the resolution in accordance with the holders’ instructions). On a poll, every holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which they are the holder. Electronic and paper proxy appointments and voting instructions must be received not later than 48 hours before the meeting. A holder of ordinary shares can lose the entitlement to vote at general meetings where that holder has been served with a disclosure notice and has failed to provide the Company with information concerning interests held in those shares. Except as set out above and as permitted under applicable statutes, there are no limitations on voting rights of holders of a given percentage, number of votes or deadlines for exercising voting rights. The Company has established an Employee Benefit Trust and the trustee has waived its right to vote and its right to all dividends. Restrictions on transfer of shares The Directors may refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share that is not fully paid, provided that the refusal does not prevent dealings in shares in the Company from taking place on an open and proper basis or, where the Company has a lien over that share. The Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of transfer is: (i) lodged, duly stamped (if necessary), at the registered office of the Company or any other place as the Board may decide accompanied by the certificate for the share(s) to be transferred and/or such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) in respect of only one class of shares; (iii) in favour of a person who is not a minor, infant, bankrupt or a person of unsound mind; or (iv) in favour of not more than four persons jointly. Transfers of uncertificated shares must be carried out using CREST and the Directors can refuse to register a transfer of an uncertificated share in accordance with the regulations governing the operation of CREST. There are no other restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company except certain restrictions which may from time to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example insider trading laws); or where a shareholder with at least a 0.25% interest in the Company’s certificated shares has been served with a disclosure notice and has failed to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. 108 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Employees Details of employee involvement and engagement are included on pages 44 and 45. Aligning the interests of employees in the Company’s performance is achieved through a variety of share and bonus schemes. The Company gives full and fair consideration to applications of employment from disabled people. Training, career development and promotion opportunities are equally applied for all our employees, regardless of disability. In the event of an existing employee becoming disabled, every effort will be made to ensure that their employment with the Group continues and that appropriate support is provided. Appointment and replacement of directors With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Companies Act and related legislation. Directors can be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution at a general meeting or by the Board. If a Director is appointed by the Board, such a Director will hold office until the next Annual General Meeting (AGM) and shall then be eligible for election at that meeting. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code each of the Directors, being eligible, will offer themselves for election or re-election at this year’s AGM. The Company can remove a Director from office, including by passing a special resolution or by notice being given by all the other Directors. The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders. Powers of Directors The powers of Directors are set out in the Articles of Association and a description of the matters reserved for decision by the Board is summarised in the Corporate Governance Report on page 76. Contracts of significance and change of control There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company, principally bank loan agreements, private placement debt and employee share plans. There are two significant agreements, in terms of the likely impact on the business of the Group as a whole, containing such provisions: resolution will give the Directors flexibility to act in the best interests of shareholders, when opportunities arise, by issuing new shares. — The £550m syndicated Revolving Credit Facility which, if within 10 days of a change of control notice to the loan agent, can result in 30 days’ notice being given to the Company by any Lender, for all amounts outstanding to that Lender, to be immediately due and payable, at which time the commitment of that Lender will be cancelled. If all of the Lenders give this notice the whole facility would be cancelled. — The US$250m US Private Placement Note Purchase Agreement under which, in the event of a change of control, the Company is required to make an offer to the holders of the US Private Placement notes to prepay the principal amount of the notes together with interest accrued. The Group has contractual arrangements with a wide range of suppliers. The Group is not unduly dependent upon contractual arrangements with any particular customer. Whilst the loss or disruption to certain of these arrangements could temporarily affect the Group’s business, none is considered to be essential. The Company’s share plans contain provisions as a result of which awards may vest and become exercisable on a change of control of the Company in accordance with the rules of the plans. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between the Company, its Directors or employees that provide for compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid. Allotment authority Under the Companies Act 2006 the Directors may only allot shares if authorised by shareholders to do so. At the AGM an ordinary resolution will be proposed which, if passed, will authorise the Directors to allot and issue shares up to an aggregate nominal value of £9,400,000 (up to 94,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each), being just less than one quarter of the issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at 11 June 2019 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of the Notice of Meeting). In accordance with the Directors’ stated intention to seek annual renewal, the authority will expire at the earlier of the conclusion of the AGM of the Company in 2020 and 31 August 2020. Passing this As at 11 June 2019, the Company had 379,645,332 ordinary shares of 10p each in issue. The Companies Act 2006 also requires that, if the Company issues new shares for cash or sells any treasury shares, it must first offer them to existing shareholders in proportion to their current holdings. At the AGM a special resolution will be proposed which, if passed, will authorise the Directors to issue a limited number of shares for cash and/or sell treasury shares without offering them to shareholders first. The authority is for an aggregate nominal amount of up to 10% of the aggregate nominal value of the issued share capital of the Company as at 11 June 2019 of £3,780,000. The resolution will also modify statutory pre-emption rights to deal with legal, regulatory or practical problems that may arise on a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer or issue. The authority will expire at the same time as the resolution conferring authority on the Directors to allot shares. The Directors consider this authority necessary in order to give them flexibility to deal with opportunities as they arise, subject to the restrictions contained in the resolution. There are no present plans to issue shares, other than the release of treasury shares under share plans previously approved at general meeting. Purchase of the Company’s own shares The Company was authorised at the 2018 AGM to purchase up to 37,900,000 of its own 10p ordinary shares in the market. This authority expires at the conclusion of the 2019 AGM. The Company did not purchase any of its own shares under this authority during the year. In accordance with the Directors’ stated intention to seek annual renewal a special resolution will be proposed at the AGM to renew this authority until the earlier of the end of the Company’s 2020 AGM and 31 August 2020, in respect of up to 37,900,000 ordinary shares, which is approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at 11 June 2019. Annual General Meeting The Company’s AGM will be held on 25 July 2019. The Notice of Meeting, together with an explanation of the proposed resolutions, is enclosed with this Annual Report and Accounts and is also available on the Company’s website at www.halma.com. 109 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ report Continued Substantial shareholdings As at 31 March 2019, the Company had been notified, in accordance with DTR 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, of the following interests in voting rights in its shares. 31 March 2019 Percentage of voting rights and issued share capital No. of ordinary shares Nature of holdings The Capital Group Companies, Inc. 39,990,757 10.27 Indirect Massachusetts Financial Services Company Sprucegrove Investment Management Ltd Mawer Investment Management Ltd BlackRock, Inc. 37,848,103 18,776,510 18,462,298 14,646,007 9.98 4.96 4.86 3.87 Indirect Indirect Indirect Indirect During the period between 31 March 2019 and 11 June 2019 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of the Notice of Meeting) the Company received the following notifications under DTR 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. The Capital Group Companies, Inc BlackRock, Inc. Independent auditors Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report and Accounts confirms that: — So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware. — The Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) has expressed its willingness to continue in office as Independent Auditor and a resolution to appoint PwC will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. No. of ordinary shares Percentage of voting rights and issued share capital 41,981,754 23,932,882 11.06 6.30 Nature of holdings Indirect Indirect Disclosure required under the Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules For the purposes of compliance with DTR 4.1.5 R(2), the required content of the management report can be found in this Directors’ Report and the Strategic Report, including the sections of the Annual Report and Accounts incorporated by reference. Disclosures required by LR 9.8.4 R can be located as follows: Page Details of long-term incentives 161 to 162 Contracts of significance Shareholder waiver of dividends Shareholder waiver of future dividends 109 108 108 Corporate Governance Statement The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found in the Corporate Governance Report on page 68. The Corporate Governance Report forms part of this Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by cross-reference. On behalf of the Board Mark Jenkins Company Secretary 11 June 2019 110 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ Report is approved: — So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group and Company’s auditors are unaware. — They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group and Company’s auditors are aware of that information. On behalf of the Board Andrew Williams Group Chief Executive Marc Ronchetti Chief Financial Officer 11 June 2019 Directors’ responsibilities The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation. Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Company for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to: — Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently. — State whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Group financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements. — Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent. — Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue in business. The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. Directors’ confirmations The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy. Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 70 and 71 confirm that, to the best of their knowledge: — The Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company. — The Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group. — The Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 111 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Halma plc Report on the audit of the financial statements Opinion In our opinion: — Halma plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2019 and of the Group’s profit and cash flows for the year then ended; — the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union; — the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and — the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the consolidated and company balance sheets as at 31 March 2019; the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income and expenditure, the consolidated cash flow statement, and the consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity for the 12 month period then ended; the Statement of accounting policies and the notes to the financial statements. Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee. Basis for opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Independence We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Company. Other than those disclosed in note 6 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group or the Company in the period from 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2019. 112 112 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Our audit approach Overview — Overall Group materiality: £12.3 million (2018: £10.6 million), based on 5% of profit before tax before adjustments. — Overall Company materiality: £9.3 million (2018: £9.5 million), based on 1% of total assets. Materiality — There were no significant components within the Group. — We performed audit procedures over 50 reporting components in the Group. — This provided coverage of 69% revenue, 73% profit before tax, and 87% net assets. — Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles (Group). — Acquisition accounting (Group and Company). — Accounting for the liabilities associated with defined benefit pension schemes (Group and Company). Audit scope Key audit matters The scope of our audit As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to The Listing Rules and UK and US tax legislation, pensions legislation, employment regulation, health and safety regulation and equivalent local laws and regulations applicable to reporting component teams, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls),and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, and management bias in accounting estimates. The Group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement team and/or component auditors included: — Discussions with management, internal audit and the Group’s legal advisors, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud; — Review of reporting component auditors’ work; — Reading key correspondence from the Financial Reporting Council; — Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. In particular, in relation to impairment of intangible fixed assets, the valuation of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities and the valuation of acquisition intangibles and contingent consideration (see related key audit matters below); — Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations and crediting the Income Statement or those posted by unexpected users; and — Testing all material consolidation adjustments to ensure these were appropriate in nature and magnitude. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. Key audit matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 113 113 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Independent auditors’ report to the members of Halma plc Continued Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles (Group) The Group holds significant goodwill and other intangible assets balances of £694.0m (2018: £632.1m) and £245.2m (2018: £234.6m) respectively as at 31 March 2019. The valuation of these assets is judgmental and there is a risk they may be impaired. The increase in value during the year is primarily a result of four new acquisitions. Under IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’, goodwill must be tested for impairment at least annually. Management have performed an annual impairment review for each of the 11 CGU groups, which is the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored by the Group. The impairment reviews performed by management contain a number of significant judgements and estimates including the allocation of new acquisitions to existing or new CGU groupings, revenue growth rates and discount rates. A change in these assumptions could result in a material change in the valuation of the assets, and as a result there is a risk that goodwill and other intangible assets balances are no longer deemed to be recoverable and hence should be impaired. The assumptions used are more sensitive for the Sensor Technology CGU group which consists of one principal operating entity (CenTrak) where recoverability is more reliant on higher short-term growth rates as disclosed in note 11 to the accounts. Refer to Accounting Policies note and note 11 for management’s disclosures of the relevant judgements and estimates involved in assessing these assets for impairment. — We have assessed the methodology and approach applied by management in performing their impairment reviews, including the identification of CGU groups and the allocation of CGUs into the relevant groups, and ensured this is consistent with the requirements of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’. — We have obtained management’s annual impairment assessment for all 11 CGU groups and ensured the calculations were mathematically accurate and the methodology used was in line with the requirements of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’. — We have evaluated the year 1 cash flows and assessed the short- and long-term growth rates applied to them to determine value in use. In doing this, we compared the cash flow forecasts to the latest Board approved budgets and compared prior year budget to actual data, in order to assess the quality of the forecasting process. We have tested the growth rate assumptions by comparing them to management’s strategic plans, previous sector growth rates, and to available third party published economic data. — We have tested the discount rate applied by management by reviewing management’s methodology and by testing the data inputs and the rates used in management’s calculation back to source data. For the Sensor Technology CGU group which is more sensitive to the discount rates used, we have also independently recalculated the WACC rate. — We have recalculated management’s own sensitivity analysis of key assumptions and applied our own independent sensitivities by replacing key assumptions with alternative scenarios to ascertain the extent of change in those assumptions that, either individually or collectively, would be required for the assets to be impaired. Our sensitivity testing also included the application of reasonable alternative scenarios in order to assess for any potential material impairment under such conditions. — In respect of the Sensor Technology CGU group, we have performed a number of sensitivity assessments based on alternative, reasonably possible scenarios. These include reducing the budgeted revenues, reducing the growth rates, adjusting the discount rate and applying the terminal growth rate after year three rather than year five. Some of these changes would cause the CGU group’s carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount. Accordingly, additional disclosure has been provided in note 11. — We have reviewed the adequacy of disclosures made in the financial statements and assessed compliance with IAS 36. Based on our work summarised above, we have concluded that goodwill and other intangible assets balances are not impaired at 31 March 2019 and that appropriate disclosures have been made in the financial statements, including additional disclosures on the Sensor Technology CGU group to reflect that a reasonably possible change in a key assumption could lead to an impairment. 114 114 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter Acquisition accounting (Group) During the year ended 31 March 2019, the Group completed four business acquisitions with a combined total consideration of £71.7m net of cash acquired (including contingent consideration of £8.3m). There is a risk of material misstatement to the financial statements from the application of IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’, and the related valuation of the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and the consideration paid, including contingent consideration. Management engaged third party valuation experts to assist them in the valuation of acquired intangible assets. There is a risk the separate intangible assets acquired are not appropriately valued by management as a result of the methodology and assumptions used. There is further potential for material misstatement in the calculation of the fair value of contingent consideration on new and historical acquisitions. Judgement has been applied by management in establishing their best estimate of the liability in respect of each of these new and historical acquisitions based on risk weighted assessments of the forecast performance of each business. Refer to Accounting Policies note and notes 20, 25 and 27 for management’s disclosures of the relevant judgements and estimates. — We have obtained and read key documentation and agreements relating to the four business acquisitions in the period together with obtaining the acquisition models and the final purchase price allocations performed by management’s experts and agree with the identification of trade names, customer relationships and technology as separately identified intangible assets. — We performed detailed testing of the opening balance sheet and related fair value adjustments for each acquisition based on materiality. — With respect to the audit of the acquired intangible assets, we utilised our internal valuation experts to evaluate the methodology and assumptions used by management’s experts, including assessing discount rates, royalty rates and attrition rates. We challenged the key assumptions used in these areas and performed sensitivity analysis where rates differ from those we might typically use, noting no material differences. We also assessed the useful lives which have been assigned to the acquired intangible assets and consider these to be reasonable based on the nature of the assets and the period over which benefits are expected to flow to the Group. — Regarding contingent consideration on new acquisitions, we agreed the contract terms used in the deferred contingent consideration calculation for new acquisitions to the signed sale and purchase agreements. We assessed the methodology used by management to determine the estimate of future deferred contingent consideration and considered the underlying data used in each of these calculations, assessing this against post-acquisition results. These estimates can be materially impacted by the profit out-turn for the entities and the sensitivity of these estimates increases where significant profit multiples are agreed as part of the contingent consideration agreement. Management uses a methodology with weightings applied to different scenarios to estimate the potential consideration payable. Consequently, we performed sensitivity analysis to run additional weighting scenarios to conclude whether the contingent consideration recorded by management for each acquisition is materially appropriate in light of what are considered to be the most likely scenarios. — In relation to historical acquisitions with outstanding contingent consideration, we have reviewed management’s forecasts and the weightings applied to each scenario. We have also reviewed actual trading in the post-acquisition period and considered other relevant facts such as disputes with vendors. Given the sensitivity of these contingent consideration estimates to changes in assumptions we concur with the decision to include additional disclosures surrounding and the range of possible outcomes. — We have reviewed the disclosures included in note 25 of the Annual Report and agree that these are consistent with our audit work performed and the disclosure requirements of IFRS 3. Based on the work done, as summarised above, we have concluded the Group’s acquisition accounting is materially appropriate and the relevant judgements and estimates have been appropriately disclosed in the financial statements. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 115 115 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Independent auditors’ report to the members of Halma plc Continued Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter Accounting for the liabilities associated with defined benefit pension schemes (Group and Company) A defined benefit pension liability of £39.2m (2018: £53.9m) has been recorded on the balance sheet at 31 March 2019 in respect of Group schemes. As a result of the quantum of this liability and the level of judgement involved in calculating the closing liability, there is an increased risk of material misstatement. Whilst management utilises the service of third party actuarial advisors to determine their key assumptions, there is a risk that the discount rate, rate of inflation and mortality assumptions used in the calculation are inappropriate. Refer to Accounting Policies note and note 29 for management’s disclosures of the relevant judgements and estimates. — We obtained the IAS 19 actuarial valuations for each material pension scheme as prepared by management’s experts and agreed the project unit methodology used to be appropriate. — We used our internal actuarial experts to assess the appropriateness of the significant assumptions used in determining the defined benefit pension liabilities including the discount rate, RPI and CPI inflation assumptions and mortality assumptions. Specifically, we ensured these fell within an acceptable range on benchmarking these against our internally accepted actuarial assumptions and noted no outliers. — We assessed the appropriateness and adequacy of the disclosures in respect of the defined benefit pension liability in note 29 of the Annual Report and agree these to be satisfactory and aligned to the requirements of IAS 19. Based on the work done, as summarised above, we have concluded the Group’s defined benefit pension liability accounting is appropriate and the relevant judgements and estimates have been disclosed in the financial statements. How we tailored the audit scope We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate. The Group is split into four sectors being Process Safety, Infrastructure Safety, Environmental & Analysis and Medical. Each sector consists of a number of businesses spread globally across more than 20 countries. The businesses are further disaggregated into 203 reporting components within the consolidation. We did not identify any individually significant components within the Group, with no single component providing more than 10% of the Group’s external revenue or profit before taxation before adjustments. We determined the most effective approach to scoping was to perform full scope procedures over 34 reporting components where statutory audits are also required in UK, France, Germany, Belgium, Switzerland, China, Singapore, Spain and Italy, together with a further two reporting components in China and one in Spain. In addition, specified audit procedures were performed over all material balances for a further 11 components in the United States and one entity in Belgium. Additional audit procedures were performed in relation to the component relating to consolidation adjustments. This approach ensured that appropriate audit coverage has been obtained over all financial statement line items. Where work was performed by component auditors, we determined the appropriate level of involvement we needed to have in that audit work to ensure we could conclude that sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained for the Group financial statements as a whole. We issued written instructions to all component auditors and had regular communications with them throughout the audit cycle. This included a meeting with each component team and review of all significant matters reported. In addition, the Group engagement partner has visited a number of sites in China, the US and UK, including meeting with local audit teams and local management as part of these visits. Based on the detailed audit work performed across the Group, we have gained coverage of 69% of total revenue, 73% of profit before tax, and 87% of net assets. Materiality The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 116 116 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Group financial statements Company financial statements Overall materiality How we determined it Rationale for benchmark applied £12.3 million (2018: £10.6 million). 5% of profit before tax before adjustments. Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit before tax before adjustments is the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing the underlying performance of the Group. This benchmark will exclude the impact of adjustments in respect of amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, acquisition items, significant restructuring costs, profit or loss on disposal of operations and the effect of equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the defined benefit plans. £9.3 million (2018: £9.5 million). 1% of total assets. We believe that a total asset benchmark is appropriate given that the Company does not generate revenues of its own. For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £0.1 million and £2.6 million. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality. We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £610,000 (Group audit) (2018: £500,000) and £610,000 (Company audit) (2018: £500,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. Going concern In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows: Reporting obligation Outcome We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw attention to in respect of the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements and the Directors’ identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern over a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. We are required to report if the Directors’ statement relating to Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit. We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. For example, the terms on which the United Kingdom may withdraw from the European Union are not clear, and it is difficult to evaluate all of the potential implications on the Group’s trade, customers, suppliers and the wider economy. We have nothing to report. Reporting on other information The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities. With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included. Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs (UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated). i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 117 117 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Independent auditors’ report to the members of Halma plc continued Continued Strategic Report and Directors’ Report In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 March 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06) In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06) The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding: — The Directors’ confirmation on page 83 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. — The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated. — The Directors’ explanation on page 83 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. We have nothing to report having performed a review of the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules) Other Code Provisions We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: — The statement given by the Directors, on page 111, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Company obtained in the course of performing our audit. — The section of the Annual Report on pages 84 to 88 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee. — The Directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors. Directors’ Remuneration In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. (CA06) 118 118 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 111, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report. Use of this report This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. Other required reporting Companies Act 2006 exception reporting Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or — certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or — the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. Appointment Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 20 July 2017 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2018 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is two years, covering the years ended 31 March 2018 and 31 March 2019. Owen Mackney (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors St Albans 11 June 2019 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 119 119 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Consolidated Income Statement Year ended 31 March 2019 Year ended 31 March 2018 Before adjustments* £m Adjustments* (note 1) £m Notes Total £m Before adjustments* £m Adjustments* (note 1) £m Continuing operations Revenue Operating profit Share of results of associate (Loss)/profit on disposal of operations Finance income Finance expense Profit before taxation Taxation Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders Earnings per share From continuing operations Basic and diluted Dividends in respect of the year Paid and proposed (£m) Paid and proposed per share 1 14 30 4 5 6 9 1 2 10 1,210.9 255.8 (0.1) – 0.5 (10.5) 245.7 (45.7) – (38.0) – (1.0) – – (39.0) 8.8 1,210.9 217.8 (0.1) (1.0) 0.5 (10.5) 206.7 (36.9) 1,076.2 223.6 (0.2) – 0.3 (10.0) 213.7 (42.1) – (42.4) – 0.6 – – (41.8) 24.4 Total £m 1,076.2 181.2 (0.2) 0.6 0.3 (10.0) 171.9 (17.7) 200.0 (30.2) 169.8 171.6 (17.4) 154.2 52.74p 44.78p 45.26p 40.69p 59.6 15.71p 55.7 14.68p * Adjustments include the amortisation of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; significant restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations; the effect of equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the defined benefit plans; and the associated taxation thereon. Note 3 provides more information on alternative performance measures. 120 120 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Profit for the year Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to the Consolidated Income Statement: Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension plans Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the Consolidated Income Statement: Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges Exchange gains /(losses) on translation of foreign operations and net investment hedge Exchange gain on translation of foreign operations recycled on disposal Other comprehensive income /(expense) for the year Notes 29 9 27 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 169.8 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 154.2 6.5 (1.6) – 32.5 (0.3) 37.1 11.8 (2.4) (0.1) (62.9) – (53.6) Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders 206.9 100.6 The exchange gain of £32.5m (2018: loss of £62.9m) includes losses of £7.9m (2018: gains of £13.3m) which relate to net investment hedges as described in note 27. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 121 121 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Consolidated Balance Sheet Non-current assets Goodwill Other intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Interest in associate Deferred tax asset Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables Tax receivable Cash and bank balances Derivative financial instruments Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Borrowings Provisions Tax liabilities Derivative financial instruments Net current assets Non-current liabilities Borrowings Retirement benefit obligations Trade and other payables Provisions Deferred tax liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Equity Share capital Share premium account Own shares Capital redemption reserve Hedging reserve Translation reserve Other reserves Retained earnings Total equity 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m Notes 11 12 13 14 22 15 16 27 17 19 20 27 19 29 21 20 22 23 694.0 245.2 112.4 3.9 42.1 1,097.6 144.3 259.6 0.2 81.2 0.9 486.2 1,583.8 632.1 234.6 103.7 4.0 37.0 1,011.4 128.0 235.2 0.8 70.7 0.7 435.4 1,446.8 164.8 9.2 25.4 13.4 0.3 213.1 273.1 253.7 39.2 11.6 10.9 73.9 389.3 602.4 981.4 38.0 23.6 (4.7) 0.2 0.3 119.5 (5.6) 810.1 981.4 149.6 1.1 8.8 12.2 0.2 171.9 263.5 289.9 53.9 12.6 23.1 67.0 446.5 618.4 828.4 38.0 23.6 (6.3) 0.2 0.3 87.3 (5.9) 691.2 828.4 The financial statements of Halma plc, company number 00040932, were approved by the Board of Directors on 11 June 2019. Andrew Williams Director Marc Ronchetti Director 122 122 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity At 1 April 2018 Impact of changes in Accounting policies: IFRS 9 IFRS 15 Restated balance at 1 April 2018 Profit for the year Other comprehensive income and expense: Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations Exchange gains on translation of foreign operations recycled on disposal Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension plans Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income Total other comprehensive income and expense Dividends paid Share-based payment charge Deferred tax on share-based payment transactions Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised awards Purchase of Own shares Performance share plan awards vested At 31 March 2019 Share capital £m 38.0 Share premium account £m 23.6 Own shares £m (6.3) Capital redemption reserve £m 0.2 Hedging reserve £m 0.3 Translation reserve £m 87.3 Other reserves £m (5.9) Retained earnings £m 691.2 Total £m 828.4 – – – – – – 38.0 – 23.6 – (6.3) – – – 0.2 – – – 0.3 – – – – – 0.1 (0.2) 0.1 (0.2) 87.3 – (5.9) – 691.1 169.8 828.3 169.8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 38.0 – 23.6 – – – – – – – – – – (3.8) 5.4 (4.7) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 32.5 (0.3) – – – 32.2 – – – – – – – – – – – – 9.7 0.9 – – – – 32.5 (0.3) 6.5 6.5 – – (1.6) (1.6) 4.9 (57.2) – 37.1 (57.2) 9.7 – 0.9 1.5 – 1.5 (3.8) – 0.2 – 0.3 – 119.5 (10.3) (5.6) – 810.1 (4.9) 981.4 Own shares are ordinary shares in Halma plc purchased by the Company and held to fulfil the Company’s obligations under the Group’s share plans. At 31 March 2019 the number of treasury shares held was nil (2018: 3,990) and the number of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust was 370,354 (2018: 631,991). The market value of Own shares was £6.2m (2018: £7.5m). The Translation reserve is used to record the difference arising from the retranslation of the financial statements of foreign operations. The Hedging reserve is used to record the portion of the cumulative net change in fair value of cash flow hedging instruments that are deemed to be an effective hedge. The Capital redemption reserve was created on repurchase and cancellation of the Company’s own shares. The Other reserves represent the provision for the value of the Group’s equity-settled share plans. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 123 123 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Continued At 2 April 2017 Profit for the year Other comprehensive income and expense: Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension plans Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income Total other comprehensive income and expense Dividends paid Share-based payment charge Deferred tax on share-based payment transactions Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised awards Purchase of Own shares Performance share plan awards vested At 31 March 2018 Share capital £m 38.0 – Share premium account £m 23.6 – Own shares £m (7.3) – Capital redemption reserve £m 0.2 – Hedging reserve £m 0.4 – Translation reserve £m 150.2 – Other reserves £m (6.4) – Retained earnings £m 579.9 154.2 Total £m 778.6 154.2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 38.0 – 23.6 – – – – – – – – – (2.6) 3.6 (6.3) – – – – – – – – – – – – (0.1) – (0.1) – – – – – (62.9) – – – – – – – – (62.9) 11.8 11.8 – (0.1) (2.4) (2.4) (62.9) – – – – 7.9 9.4 (53.4) – (53.6) (53.4) 7.9 – – – (0.5) – (0.5) – – 1.1 – 1.1 (2.6) – 0.2 – 0.3 – 87.3 (6.9) (5.9) – 691.2 (3.3) 828.4 124 124 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement Net cash inflow from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment Purchase of computer software Purchase of other intangibles Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and capitalised development costs Development costs capitalised Interest received Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired Disposal of business Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Dividends paid Purchase of Own shares Interest paid Loan arrangement fee paid Proceeds from bank borrowings Repayment of bank borrowings Net cash used in financing activities Increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents brought forward Exchange adjustments Cash and cash equivalents carried forward Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt Increase in cash and cash equivalents Net cash outflow/(inflow) from repayment/(drawdown) of bank borrowings Net debt acquired Loan notes repaid in respect of acquisitions Exchange adjustments Net debt brought forward Net debt carried forward Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 219.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 173.3 Notes 26 13 12 12 12 25 30 26 26 26 Notes 26 26 26 (26.4) (2.4) (2.5) 1.6 (10.8) 0.4 (67.0) 3.1 (104.0) (57.2) (3.8) (8.2) (0.5) 66.4 (110.3) (113.6) 1.4 69.7 1.0 72.1 (20.2) (1.9) (0.1) 1.7 (9.4) 0.2 (111.7) – (141.4) (53.4) (2.6) (7.2) (0.4) 119.2 (81.4) (25.8) 6.1 65.6 (2.0) 69.7 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 1.4 43.9 – 0.1 (6.8) 38.6 (220.3) (181.7) 6.1 (37.8) (3.1) 0.2 10.7 (23.9) (196.4) (220.3) i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 125 125 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Accounting Policies Basis of accounting The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS legislation and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 that are applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations issued and effective at the time of preparing these accounts. The principal Group accounting policies are explained below and have been applied consistently throughout the years ended 31 March 2019 and 31 March 2018, other than those noted below. The Group accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as described below under the heading ‘Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting’ and under the heading ‘Business combinations and goodwill’. New Standards and Interpretations applied for the first time in the year ended 31 March 2019 The following Standards and Interpretations applied for the first time, with effect from 1 April 2018, and have been adopted in the preparation of these Group Accounts. — IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement’. — IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’. — Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions. — Annual Improvements 2014–2016 Cycle. — IFRIC Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration. Of the above mentioned new Standards and Interpretations, only the adoption of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 have affected the Group’s results, although not materially. Further information on the impact of the adoption of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 is given below. IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ For the Group, transition to IFRS 9 was effective from 1 April 2018. IFRS 9 provides a new expected losses impairment model for financial assets, including trade receivables, and includes amendments to classification and measurement of financial instruments. An accounting policy choice is available with regards to applying the new hedge accounting requirements or retaining IAS 39. The Group has elected to retain IAS 39. The Group completed a transition exercise which was described in the Annual Report and Accounts for 2018. The Group’s use of financial instruments is limited to short-term trading balances such as receivables and payables, borrowings and derivatives used for hedging foreign exchange risks. Therefore, the standard impacts the Group’s classification of financial instruments and the measurement of impairment of short-term financial assets. The Group has applied the new standard in accordance with the transition rules. As the impact on the Group’s results is not material, totalling £0.1m, the Group has elected to apply the limited exemption in IFRS 9 paragraph 7.2.15, relating to transition for classification, measurement and impairment. As a result, the comparatives for the year ended 31 March 2018 have not been restated. The impact of transition has been reflected in the restatement of opening retained earnings as at 1 April 2018, as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. (i) Classification From 1 April 2018, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: — those that are measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income of through profit or loss); and — those that are measured at amortised cost. The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. 126 126 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 New Standards and Interpretations applied for the first time in the year ended 31 March 2019 continued IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ continued (i) Classification continued Original classification under IAS 39 New classification under IFRS 9 Original carrying amount under IAS 39 £m New carrying amount under IFRS 9 £m Financial assets Cash and bank balances Trade and other receivables Foreign forward exchange contracts Total financial assets Financial liabilities Trade and other payables Contingent purchase consideration Other provisions Bank overdrafts Banks loans Loan notes Foreign forward exchange contracts Total financial liabilities Loans & receivables Loans & receivables Fair value – hedging instrument Fair value – hedging instrument Amortised cost Amortised cost Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities Fair value through profit or loss Fair value through profit or loss Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities Fair value – hedging instrument Fair value – hedging instrument Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities 70.7 235.2 0.7 306.6 162.2 25.0 6.9 1.0 289.9 0.1 0.2 485.3 70.7 235.3 0.7 306.7 162.2 25.0 6.9 1.0 289.9 0.1 0.2 485.3 In respect of financial hedges, on initial application of IFRS 9, an entity may choose, as its accounting policy, to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39 instead of the hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9. The Group has elected to apply the IAS 39 hedge accounting requirements, and therefore hedging instruments are not considered under IFRS 9. (ii) Impairment From 1 April 2018, the Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its trade and other receivables carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. In order to estimate expected lifetime losses, the Group categorises its customers into groups with similar risk profiles and determines the historic rates of impairment for each of those categories of customer. The Group then adjusts the risk profile for each group of customers by using forward looking information, such as the government risk of default for the country in which those customers are located, and determines an overall probability of impairment for the total trade and other receivables at the balance sheet date. IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ IFRS 15 sets out the requirements for recognising revenue from contracts with customers. The standard requires entities to apportion revenue earned from contracts to individual promises, or performance obligations, on a stand-alone selling price basis, based on a five-step model. The Group completed a transition exercise which was described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. Based on the work undertaken, most of the Group’s companies are unaffected, but have implemented process changes to comply with IFRS 15 now and in the future. A small number of the Group’s companies have individually material adjustments to their balance sheets through acceleration or deferral of revenue on the opening balance sheet. In Environmental & Analysis, revenue was deferred in one company relating to warranties that were service in nature and in another company, where revenues related to data hosting services is now recognised over time based on a straight-line method. Revenue was accelerated in one company due to unbundling of distinct performance obligations and the recognition of revenue on one of those performance obligations earlier than under previous IFRS. In Process Safety, revenue was deferred in one company relating to warranties that were service in nature. These are not material to the Group as a whole as at 1 April 2018, resulting in a net credit of £0.2m to net assets, with a corresponding debit to retained earnings as analysed below. All figures in £m Retained earnings Warranties of a service nature Deferral of data hosting revenues Separation of performance obligations Corporation tax Total impact at 1 April 2018 Current assets Inventory Trade and other receivables Current liabilities Trade and other payables – contract liabilities Corporation tax Total impact at 1 April 2018 1 April 2018 (0.3) (0.3) 0.5 (0.1) (0.2) (2.7) 2.6 (0.2) 0.1 (0.2) i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 127 127 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Accounting Policies Continued IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ continued As stated in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018, the Group originally intended to apply a fully retrospective approach to transition. However, as the net impact of transition to the opening balance sheet was not material, the adjustment on transition has been reflected in the restatement of opening retained earnings, as at 1 April 2018, as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The net movement in the Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 31 March 2018 was £0.1m and also immaterial. As the modified retrospective approach has been taken on transition, as described above, the comparatives for the year ended 31 March 2018 have not been restated. Given the impact of implementing the new accounting policy under IFRS 15 is not materially different to the financial performance and position under the IFRS that previously applied, there has been no presentation of the current year financial statements under the previous IFRS. There is also no significant impact on any earnings per share measures disclosed. The Group’s revenue recognition policy under IFRS 15 is set out on page 133. New Standards and Interpretations not yet applied At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations that are potentially relevant to the Group, and which have not been applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU): — IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. — IFRIC Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over income tax treatments – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. — Amendments to IAS 19: Employee Benefits – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. — Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. — Annual improvements 2015 – 2017 Cycle. The Directors anticipate that the adoption of these Standards and Interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on the financial statements of the Group except for IFRS 16 ‘Leases’. IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ IFRS 16 is applicable for annual reporting periods commencing 1 January 2019, so for the Group, transition to IFRS 16 has taken effect from 1 April 2019. The half year results for the period ending 30 September 2019 will be IFRS 16 compliant with the first Annual Report published in accordance with IFRS 16 being for the year ending 31 March 2020. IFRS 16 replaces existing lease guidance including: — IAS 17 Leases — IFRIC 4 Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease — SIC 15 Operating leases – Incentives — SIC 27 Evaluating the substance of transactions involving the legal form of a lease IFRS 16 provides a single on-balance sheet accounting model for lessees which recognises a right-of-use asset, representing its right to use the underlying asset, and lease liability, representing its obligations to make payment in respect of the use of the underlying asset. The distinction between finance and operating leases for lessees is removed. Lessor accounting remains similar to the existing standard with no significant impact expected. During the year, the Group carried out an exercise to model the impact of adopting IFRS 16 on a representative sample of leases. From this exercise we have elected to adopt the modified retrospective approach (revalued assets) which has been applied upon transition. The Group will apply the exemptions available in respect of leases which are less than 12 months long and those which have been classified as leases of low-value items. In addition, the Group will also apply the following practical expedients: — allowing IFRS 16 to be applied to all contracts previously assessed as containing a lease under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 without reassessing whether such contracts meet the definition of a lease under IFRS 16; — to use hindsight in determining judgements for leases previously treated as operating leases, for example, such as the term of the lease where there is a termination clause; and — to exclude direct costs from the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application. Having carried out an exercise to identify all leases across the Group, including assessing whether there are any embedded leases, we have identified approximately 300 leases, of which c.80% are for land and buildings and the rest for vehicles and office equipment. The Group has used an interim solution to estimate the value of leases that will come on balance sheet and we’re currently implementing a permanent leased asset solution that will be used to account for leases in future. Based on the results of the interim solution it is estimated that the adoption of IFRS 16 has increased the carrying value of property, plant and equipment at 1 April 2019 by approximately £45m, liabilities by approximately £49m and retained earnings has decreased by approximately £4m. In addition, existing lease accruals and prepayments at 31 March 2019 under the current accounting have been released to retained earnings. 128 128 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 New Standards and Interpretations not yet applied continued IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ continued Under the new standard, the existing operating lease expense previously recorded in operating costs will be replaced by a depreciation charge, which for 2019/20 is expected to be lower than the previous operating expense by approximately £2m, and a separate financing expense of approximately £2m, which will be recorded in interest expense. Consequently, Operating profit and EBITDA is estimated to increase for FY19/20 by £2m and £14m respectively. There will be no net cash flow impact arising from the new standard; however, the profile of expenses related to leasing arrangements will change. Operating lease expenses will be replaced by the recognition of depreciation of the right-of-use asset and interest charges on lease liabilities. Whilst this will impact individual companies depending on where they are in the life of their lease, the portfolio effect of the Group’s leases means that the net impact of this is minimal for 2019/20. As the operating lease expense and depreciation and interest charges broadly offset, the impact on EPS and ROTIC is minimal. The impact of the net lease liability has a positive impact on ROTIC through improving Total equity, but this is not large enough to significantly move the metric. ROCE, which is a before interest measure, at 31 March 2019 is impacted positively by approximately one percentage point. Net debt to EBITDA is expected to increase by approximately 0.1 times compared to the previous accounting standard. Use of Alternative performance measures (APMs) In the reporting of the financial information, the Group uses certain measures that are not required under IFRS, the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) under which the Group reports. The Directors believe that Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC), Return on Capital Employed (ROCE), Organic growth at constant currency, adjusted profit and earnings per share measures and adjusted operating cash flow provide additional and more consistent measures of underlying performance to shareholders by removing non-trading items that are not closely related to the Group’s trading or operating cash flows. These and other alternative performance measures are used by the Directors for internal performance analysis and incentive compensation arrangements for employees. The terms ROTIC, ROCE, organic growth at constant currency and ‘Adjusted’ are not defined terms under IFRS and may therefore not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. They are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP measures. The principal items which are included in adjusting items are set out below in the Group’s accounting policy and in note 1. The term ‘adjusted’ refers to the relevant measure being reported for continuing operations excluding adjusting items. Definitions of the Group’s material alternative performance measures along with reconciliation to their IFRS equivalent measure are included in note 3. Key accounting policies Below we set out our key accounting policies, with a list of all other accounting policies thereafter. Going concern The Directors believe, at the time of approving the financial statements, that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to operate within the level of its current committed facilities, which includes a £550m Revolving Credit Facility running until November 2023 of which £475.6m remains undrawn at the date of this report. With this in mind, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements. Further detail is contained on page 82. Pensions The Group makes contributions to various pension plans. For defined benefit plans, the asset or liability recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is the difference between the fair value of the plan’s assets and the present value of the defined obligation at that date. The defined benefit obligation is calculated separately for each plan on an annual basis by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur and are taken to other comprehensive income. Current and past service costs, along with the impact of any settlements or curtailments, are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. The net interest expense on pension plans’ liabilities and the expected return on the plans’ assets is recognised within finance expense in the Consolidated Income Statement. Contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement when they fall due. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 129 129 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Accounting Policies Continued Business combinations and goodwill Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group. The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as: — the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus — the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus — the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less — the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred. Any contingent consideration payable may be accounted for as either: a) Consideration transferred, which is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent purchase consideration is classified as equity, it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent purchase consideration are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement; or b) Remuneration, which is expensed in the Income Statement over the associated period of service. An indicator of such treatment includes when payments to employees of the acquired company are contingent on a post-acquisition event, but may be automatically forfeited on termination of employment. For acquisitions between 4 April 2004 (the date from which the financial statements were reported under IFRS) and 2 April 2010, goodwill represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition, including acquisition costs and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortised, but is tested annually for impairment. Goodwill is recognised as an intangible asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Goodwill therefore includes non-identified intangible assets including business processes, buyer-specific synergies, know-how and workforce-related industry-specific knowledge and technical skills. Negative goodwill arising on acquisitions would be recognised directly in the Consolidated Income Statement. On closure or disposal of an acquired business, goodwill would be taken into account in determining the profit or loss on closure or disposal. As permitted by IFRS 1, the Group elected not to apply IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ to acquisitions prior to 4 April 2004 in its consolidated accounts. As a result, the net book value of goodwill recognised as an intangible asset under UK GAAP at 3 April 2004 was brought forward unadjusted as the cost of goodwill recognised under IFRS at 4 April 2004 subject to impairment testing on that date; and goodwill that was written off to reserves prior to 28 March 1998 under UK GAAP will not be taken into account in determining the profit or loss on disposal or closure of previously acquired businesses from 4 April 2004 onwards. Intangible assets (a) Acquired intangible assets An intangible resource acquired with a subsidiary undertaking is recognised as an intangible asset if it is separable from the acquired business or arises from contractual or legal rights, is expected to generate future economic benefits and its fair value can be measured reliably. Acquired intangible assets, comprising trademarks, technology and know-how and customer relationships, are amortised through the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives of between three and twenty years. (b) Product development costs Research expenditure is written off in the financial year in which it is incurred. Development expenditure is written off in the financial year in which it is incurred, unless it relates to the development of a new or substantially improved product, is incurred after the technical feasibility and economic viability of the product has been proven and the decision to complete the development has been taken, and can be measured reliably. Such expenditure is capitalised as an intangible asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at cost and is amortised through the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over its estimated economic life of three years. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty The preparation of Group accounts in conformity with IFRS requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experiences and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The following four areas of critical accounting judgement and key estimation uncertainty have been identified as having significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the next financial year: 130 130 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Critical accounting judgements Goodwill impairment Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of cash generating unit (CGU) groups to which goodwill has been allocated. Management allocates a new acquisition to a CGU group based on which one is expected to benefit most from that business combination. The allocation of goodwill to existing CGUs is generally straightforward and factual, but in some cases, acquisitions do not fit into one of the existing CGU groups and a new group is created. This was the case in the purchase of CenTrak and the creation of the Sensor Technologies grouping. The value in use calculation involves an estimation of the present value of future cash flows of CGUs. The future cash flows are based on annual budgets, as approved by the Board, to which the management’s expectation of market-share and long-term growth rates are applied. The present value is then calculated based on management’s estimate of future discount rates. The Board reviews these key assumptions (market-share, long-term growth rates, and discount rates) and the sensitivity analysis around these assumptions. Further details are provided in note 11. Intangible assets IFRS 3 (revised) ‘Business Combinations’ requires that goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalised and included in intangible assets. IFRS 3 (revised) also requires the identification and valuation of other separable intangible assets at acquisition. The assumptions involved in valuing these intangible assets require the use of estimates and judgements. IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ requires that development costs, arising from the application of research findings or other technical knowledge to a plan or design of a new or substantially improved product, are capitalised, subject to certain criteria being met. Determining the technical feasibility and estimating the future cash flows generated by the products in development requires judgements which may differ from the actual outcome. The estimates and judgements made in relation to both acquired intangible assets and capitalised development costs, cover identification of relevant assets, future growth rates, expected inflation rates and the discount rate used. Management also make judgements on the useful economic lives of the intangible assets. Defined benefit pension plan liabilities Determining the value of the future defined benefit obligation requires judgement in respect of the assumptions used to calculate present values. These include future mortality, discount rate and inflation. Management makes these judgements in consultation with an independent actuary. Details of the judgements made in calculating the defined benefit obligation are disclosed in note 29. Key sources of estimation uncertainty Contingent consideration Determining the value of contingent consideration recognised as part of the acquisition of subsidiaries requires assumptions to determine the expected performance of the acquired business and the amount of contingent consideration that will therefore become payable. Initial estimates of expected performance are made by the Directors responsible for completing the acquisition and form a key component of the financial due diligence that takes place prior to completion. Subsequent measurement of contingent consideration is based on the Directors’ appraisal of the acquired business’s performance in the post-acquisition period and the agreement of final payments, with any required adjustments to the amount payable recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement as required under IFRS 3. Further details are provided in notes 20 and 25. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 131 131 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Accounting Policies Continued Other accounting policies Basis of consolidation The Group accounts include the accounts of Halma plc and all of its subsidiary companies made up to 31 March 2019, adjusted to eliminate intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses. The results of subsidiary companies acquired or discontinued are included from the month of their acquisition or to the month of their discontinuation. Investments in associates An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control, through participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but without control or joint control over those policies. The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Investments in associates are carried in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at cost as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the net assets of the associate, less any impairment in the value of individual investments. Losses of an associate in excess of the Group’s interest in that associate (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the associate) are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets of the associate at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. The goodwill is included within the carrying amount of the investment and is assessed for impairment as part of that investment. Any deficiency of the cost of acquisition below the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets of the associate at the date of acquisition (i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited in profit or loss in the year of acquisition. Where a Group company transacts with an associate of the Group, profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the relevant associate. Losses may provide evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred in which case appropriate provision is made for impairment. Other intangible assets (a) Computer software Computer software that is not integral to an item of property, plant or equipment is recognised separately as an intangible asset, and is amortised through the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over its estimated economic life of between three and five years. (b) Other intangibles Other intangibles are amortised through the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives of between three and five years. Impairment of non-current assets All non-current assets are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may be impaired. Additionally, goodwill and capitalised development expenditure relating to a product that is not yet in full production are subject to an annual impairment test. An impairment loss is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement to the extent that an asset’s carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount, which represents the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to dispose and its value in use. An asset’s value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or from the cash generating unit to which it relates. The present value is calculated using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset concerned. Impairment losses recognised in previous periods for an asset other than goodwill are reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its carrying amount had no impairment loss been recognised in previous periods. Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed. Segmental reporting An operating segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the Group Chief Executive) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. Reportable segments are operating segments that either meet the thresholds and conditions set out in IFRS 8 or are considered by the Board to be appropriately designated as reportable segments. Segment result represents operating profits and includes an allocation of Head Office expenses. Segment result excludes tax and financing items. Segment assets comprise goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant and equipment (excluding land and buildings), inventories, trade and other receivables. Segment liabilities comprise trade and other payables, provisions and other payables. Unallocated items represent land and buildings, corporate and deferred taxation balances, defined benefit plan liabilities, contingent purchase consideration, all components of net cash/borrowings and derivative financial instruments. 132 132 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Other accounting policies continued Inventories Inventories and work in progress are included at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated either on a ‘first in, first out’ or an average cost basis and includes direct materials and the appropriate proportion of production and other overheads considered by the Directors to be attributable to bringing the inventories to their location and condition at the year end. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs to complete and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Revenue The Group’s revenue streams are the sale of goods and services in the specialist safety, environmental technologies and health markets. The revenue streams are disaggregated into four sectors, that serve like markets. Those sectors are Process Safety, Infrastructure Safety, Environmental & Analysis and Medical. Revenue is recognised to depict the transfer of control over promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the amount of consideration specified in a contract with a customer, to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. It is the Group’s judgement that in the majority of sales there is no contract until such time as the Company performs, at which point the contract becomes the supplier’s purchase order governed by the Company’s terms and conditions. Where there are Master Supply Arrangements, these are typically framework agreements and do not contain clauses that would result in a contract forming under IFRS 15 until a Purchase Order is issued by the customer. Revenue represents sales, net of estimates for variable consideration, including rights to returns, and discounts, and excluding value added tax and other sales related taxes. The amount of variable consideration is not considered to be material to the Group as a whole. Performance obligations are unbundled in each contractual arrangement if they are distinct from one another. There is judgement in identifying distinct performance obligations where the product could be determined to be a system, or where a combination of products and services are provided together. For the majority of the Group’s activities the performance obligation is judged to be the component product or service rather than the system or combined products and services. The contract price is allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the relative standalone selling prices of the goods or services. The way in which the Group satisfies its performance obligations varies by business and may be on shipment, delivery, as services are rendered or on completion of services depending on the nature of product and service and terms of the contract which govern how control passes to the customer. Revenue is recognised at a point in time or over time as appropriate. Where the Group offers warranties that are of a service nature, revenue is recognised in relation to these performance obligations over time as the services are rendered. In our judgement we believe the associated performance obligations accrue evenly across the contractual term and therefore revenue is recognised on a pro-rated basis over the length of the service period. In a small number of instances across the Group, products have been determined to be bespoke in nature, with no alternative use. Where there is also an enforceable right to payment for work completed, the criteria for recognising revenue over time have been deemed to have been met. Revenue is recognised on an input basis. This is not a material part of the Group’s business as for the most part, where goods are bespoke in nature, it is the Group’s judgement that the product can be broken down to standard component parts with little additional cost and therefore has an alternate use, or there is no enforceable right to payment for work performed. In these cases, the judgement is made that the requirements for recognising revenue over time are not met and revenue is recognised when control of the finished product passes to the customer. Contract assets and liabilities A contract asset is recognised when the Group’s right to consideration is conditional on something other than the passage of time, for example the completion of future performance obligations under the terms of the contract with the customer. In some instances, the Group receives payments from customers based on a billing schedule, as established in the contract, which may not match with the pattern of performance under the contract. In this instance, a contract asset or contract liability is recognised depending on the phasing of payment in relation to performance. Contract assets are recognised within Trade and other receivables and are assessed for impairment on a forward-looking basis using the expected lifetime losses approach, as required by IFRS 9 (‘Financial Instruments’). The Group has applied IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore the comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under IAS 18 and IAS 11. The accounting policy under IAS 18 and IAS 11 is as disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. A description of the changes impacting the Group as well as the qualitative impact analysis has been disclosed above under New standards and interpretations applied for the first time. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 133 133 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Accounting Policies Continued Other accounting policies continued Adjusting items When items of income or expense are material and they are relevant to an understanding of the entity’s financial performance, they are disclosed separately within the financial statements. Such adjusting items include material costs or reversals arising from acquisitions or disposals of businesses, including acquisition costs, creation or reversals of provisions related to changes in estimates for contingent consideration on acquisition, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, and other significant one-off items that may arise. Taxation Taxation comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in Total equity, in which case it too is recognised in Total equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, along with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated Income Statement because it excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method, apart from the following differences which are not provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, using tax rates and laws, which are expected to apply in the year when the liability is settled, or the asset is realised. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that recovery is probable. Foreign currencies The Group presents its accounts in Sterling. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the rates prevailing at that date. Any gain or loss arising from subsequent exchange rate movements is included as an exchange gain or loss in the Consolidated Income Statement. Net assets of overseas subsidiary companies are expressed in Sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the end of the financial year, and trading results and cash flows at the average rates of exchange for the financial year. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign business is treated as an asset of the foreign entity and is translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the end of the financial year. Exchange gains or losses arising on these translations are taken to the Translation reserve within Total equity. In the event that an overseas subsidiary is disposed of or closed, the profit or loss on disposal or closure will be determined after taking into account the cumulative translation difference held within the Translation reserve attributable to that subsidiary. As permitted by IFRS 1, the Group has elected to deem the translation to be £nil at 4 April 2004. Accordingly, the profit or loss on disposal or closure of foreign subsidiaries will not include any currency translation differences which arose before 4 April 2004. Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk using forward exchange contracts. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 27. Derivative financial instruments are classified as fair value through profit and loss (held for trading) unless they are in a designated hedge relationship. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement, unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the Consolidated Income Statement depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges), or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities. 134 134 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Other accounting policies continued Cash flow hedge accounting The Group designates certain hedging instruments as cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument has been or is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. Note 27 sets out details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes and the movements in the Hedging reserve in equity. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion as a result of being over hedged is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to the Consolidated Income Statement in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income at that time is accumulated in equity and is recognised, when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised, in the Consolidated Income Statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement. Net investment hedge accounting The Group uses foreign currency denominated borrowings as a hedge against the translation exposure on the Group’s net investment in overseas companies. Where the hedge is fully effective at hedging, the variability in the net assets of such companies caused by changes in exchange rates and the changes in value of the borrowings are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and accumulated in the Translation reserve. The ineffective part of any change in value caused by changes in exchange rates is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. Employee share plans Share-based incentives are provided to employees under the Group’s share incentive plan, the performance share plan and the executive share plan. (a) Share incentive plan Awards of shares under the share incentive plan are made to qualifying employees depending on salary and service criteria. The shares awarded under this plan are purchased in the market by the plan’s trustees at the time of the award, and are then held in trust for a minimum of three years. The costs of this plan are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement over the three-year vesting period of the awards. (b) Performance share plan Awards under this plan are partly equity-settled and partly cash-settled. Grants were subject to both market-based and non- market-based vesting criteria. No further grants are made under this plan. The fair value of the equity-settled portion at the date of grant is established by using an appropriate simulation method to reflect the likelihood of market-based performance conditions being met. The fair value is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period, with appropriate adjustments being made during this period to reflect expected and actual forfeitures arising from the non-market-based performance conditions only. The corresponding credit is to other reserves within Total equity. (c) Executive share plan During the year ended 2 April 2016, Halma plc introduced the Executive Share Plan, in which executive Directors and certain senior employees participate. Grants under this Plan are in the form of Performance Awards or Deferred Share Awards. Performance Awards are subject to non-market-based vesting criteria, and Deferred Share Awards are subject only to continuing service of the employee. Share awards are equity-settled. The fair value of the awards at the date of grant, which is estimated to be equal to the market value, is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with appropriate adjustments being made during this period to reflect expected and actual forfeitures. The corresponding credit is to other reserves within Total equity. (d) Cash settled For cash-settled awards, a liability equal to the portion of the services received is recognised at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 135 135 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Accounting Policies Continued Other accounting policies continued Provisions and contingent liabilities Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of the cash flows. When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received, and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably. Contingent liabilities are disclosed where a possible obligation dependent on uncertain future events exists as at the end of the reporting period or a present obligation for which payment either cannot be measured or is not considered to be probable is noted. Contingent liabilities are not accrued for and no contingent liability is disclosed where the possibility of payment is considered to be remote. Deferred government grant income Government grant income that is linked to capital expenditure is deferred to the Consolidated Balance Sheet and credited to the Consolidated Income Statement over the life of the related asset. In addition, the Group claims research and development expenditure credits arising on qualifying expenditure in its UK-based subsidiaries and shows these ‘above the line’ in Operating profit. Where the credits arise on expenditure that is capitalised as part of internally generated capitalised development costs, the income is deferred to the Consolidated Balance Sheet and credited to the Consolidated Income Statement over the life of the related asset in line with the policy stated above. Operating profit Operating profit is presented net of direct production costs, production overheads, selling costs, distribution costs and administrative expenditure (see note 6). Operating profit is stated after charging restructuring costs but before the share of results of associates, profit or loss on disposal of operations, finance income and finance costs. Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, deposits with an initial maturity of less than three months, and bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand. Dividends Dividends payable to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the period in which the distribution is approved by the Company’s shareholders. Property, plant and equipment Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less provisions for impairment and depreciation which, with the exception of freehold land which is not depreciated, is provided on a straight-line basis over each asset’s estimated economic life. The principal annual rates used for this purpose are: Freehold property Leasehold properties: Long leases (more than 50 years unexpired) Short leases (less than 50 years unexpired) Plant, equipment and vehicles 2% 2% Period of lease 8% to 33.3% Leases Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases, of which the Group has none. All other leases are classified as operating leases. Operating lease rentals, and any incentives receivable, are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Finance income and expenses The Group recognises Interest income or expense using the effective interest rate method. Finance income and finance costs include: — Interest payable on loans and borrowings — Net interest charge on pension plan liabilities — Amortisation of finance costs — Interest receivable in respect of cash and cash equivalents — Unwinding of the discount on provisions — Fair value movements on derivative financial instruments 136 136 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Notes to the Accounts 1 Segmental analysis and revenue from contracts with customers Sector analysis and disaggregation of revenue The Group has four reportable segments (Process Safety, Infrastructure Safety, Environmental & Analysis and Medical), which are defined by markets rather than product type. Each segment includes businesses with similar operating and marketing characteristics. These segments are consistent with the internal reporting reviewed each month by the Group Chief Executive. Nature of goods and services The following is a description of the principal activities – separated by reportable segments, which are defined by markets rather than product type – from which the Group generates its revenue. Further disaggregation of sector revenue by geography and by the pattern of revenue recognition depicts how economic factors affect the timing and uncertainty of the Group’s revenues. Process Safety sector generates revenue from providing products that protect assets and people at work. Products include: specialised interlocks that control critical processes safely; instruments that detect flammable and hazardous gases; and explosion protection and corrosion monitoring systems. Products are generally sold separately, with contracts less than one year. Warranties are typically of an assurance nature. Revenue is typically recognised as control passes on delivery or despatch. Payment is typically due within 60 days of invoice, except where a retention is held for documentation. Infrastructure Safety sector generates revenue from providing products that save lives, protect infrastructure and enable safe movement. Products include: fire detection systems, specialist fire suppression systems and people and vehicle flow technologies. Products are generally sold separately, with contracts less than one year. Warranties are typically of an assurance nature. Revenue is recognised as control passes on delivery or despatch. Payment is typically due within 60 days of invoice. Environmental & Analysis generates revenue providing products and technologies for analysis in environmental safety and life sciences markets. Products include: market-leading opto-electronic technology and sensors, flow gap measurement instruments and gas conditioning products, and solutions for environmental data recording, water quality testing, water distribution network monitoring, and UV water treatment. Products and services are generally sold separately. Warranties are typically of an assurance nature, but some companies offer extended warranties. Depending on the nature of the performance obligation, revenue is recognised as control passes on delivery, despatch or as the service is delivered. Contracts are typically less than one year in length, but some companies have contracts where certain service related performance obligations are delivered over a number of years, this can result in contract liabilities where those performance obligations are invoiced ahead of performance. Payment is typically due within 60 days of invoice. Medical sector generates revenue from providing products and services that enhance the quality of life for patients and improve quality of care delivered by providers. Products include: devices that assess eye health, assist with eye surgery and primary care applications, critical fluidic components used by medical diagnostics and OEMs and laboratories and sensor technologies used in hospitals to track assets and support patient and staff safety. Products are generally sold separately, and warranties are typically of an assurance nature. Depending on the nature of the performance obligation, revenue is recognised as control passes on delivery or despatch or as the service is delivered. Contracts are typically less than one year in length, but a limited number of companies have contracts where certain service related performance obligations are delivered over a number of years, this can result in contract liabilities where those performance obligations are invoiced ahead of performance. Payment is typically due within 60 days of invoice. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 137 137 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 1 Segmental analysis and revenue from contracts with customers continued Segment revenue disaggregation (by location of external customer) Year ended 31 March 2019 Revenue by sector and destination (all continuing operations) Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Inter-segmental sales Revenue for the year Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Inter-segmental sales Revenue for the year Asia Pacific £m Africa, Near and Middle East £m Other countries £m United States of America £m 61.3 87.8 135.2 159.2 (0.3) 443.2 Mainland Europe £m 42.1 131.2 38.0 55.0 – United Kingdom £m 32.6 101.4 53.6 13.4 (0.1) 29.6 48.6 59.7 46.1 – 23.2 28.4 6.0 13.2 – 70.8 266.3 200.9 184.0 45.7 1,210.9 Year ended 31 March 2018 Revenue by sector and destination (all continuing operations) United Kingdom £m Asia Pacific £m Africa, Near and Middle East £m Other countries £m United States of America £m 52.1 66.4 110.4 145.3 (0.2) 374.0 Mainland Europe £m 40.6 112.2 33.6 51.3 – 237.7 29.5 87.8 43.1 13.0 (0.1) 173.3 28.1 46.1 58.0 42.7 – 174.9 24.8 23.9 7.8 13.2 – 69.7 Total £m 197.5 408.6 299.1 306.1 (0.4) Total £m 184.5 348.8 259.4 283.8 (0.3) 8.7 11.2 6.6 19.2 – 9.4 12.4 6.5 18.3 – 46.6 1,076.2 Inter-segmental sales are charged at prevailing market prices and have not been disclosed separately by segment as they are not considered material. Revenue derived from the rendering of services was £69.8m (2018: £49.6m). All revenue was otherwise derived from the sale of products. Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Inter-segmental sales Revenue for the year Year ended 31 March 2019 Revenue recognised over time £m – 0.9 38.5 6.3 – 45.7 Revenue recognised at a point in time £m 197.5 407.7 260.6 299.8 (0.4) 1,165.2 Total Revenue £m 197.5 408.6 299.1 306.1 (0.4) 1,210.9 138 138 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 1 Segmental analysis and revenue from contracts with customers continued Segment revenue disaggregation continued Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Inter-segmental sales Revenue for the year Year ended 31 March 2019 Revenue from performance obligations entered into and satisfied in the period £m 196.7 406.2 292.1 296.0 (0.4) 1,190.6 Revenue previously included as contract liabilities £m 0.8 2.4 6.8 9.8 – 19.8 Revenue from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods £m – – 0.2 0.3 – 0.5 Total Revenue £m 197.5 408.6 299.1 306.1 (0.4) 1,210.9 The Group has unsatisfied (or partially satisfied) performance obligations at the balance sheet date with an aggregate amount of transaction price as follows. Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Inter-segmental sales Total 31 March 2019 £m 0.1 4.7 16.9 5.5 – 27.2 Aggregate transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations 2022 and beyond £m – 0.1 5.2 1.1 – 6.4 2020 £m 0.1 4.3 10.1 3.5 – 18.0 2021 £m – 0.3 1.6 0.9 – 2.8 The remaining transaction price comprises deferred income which is currently recognised as contract liabilities and committed sales. Time bands represented above present the expected timing of when the remaining transaction price will be recognised as revenue. Segment results Segment profit before allocation of adjustments* Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Segment profit after allocation of adjustments* Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Segment profit Central administration costs Net finance expense Group profit before taxation Taxation Profit for the year Profit (all continuing operations) Year ended 31 March 2018 £m Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 45.5 88.9 66.4 76.9 277.7 41.5 79.1 60.1 60.1 240.8 (24.1) (10.0) 206.7 (36.9) 169.8 43.3 73.3 55.0 67.1 238.7 39.4 65.1 47.7 44.7 196.9 (15.3) (9.7) 171.9 (17.7) 154.2 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n * Adjustments include the amortisation of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; significant restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations and the effect of equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the defined benefit plans. Note 3 provides more information on alternative performance measures. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 139 139 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 1 Segmental analysis and revenue from contracts with customers continued The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies. Acquisition transaction costs, adjustments to contingent consideration and release of fair value adjustments to inventory (collectively ‘acquisition items’) are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. Segment profit, before these acquisition items and the other adjustments, is disclosed separately above as this is the measure reported to the Group Chief Executive for the purpose of allocation of resources and assessment of segment performance. These adjustments are analysed as follows: Acquisition items Year ended 31 March 2019 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets £m (4.0) (6.8) (9.1) (15.7) (35.6) – (35.6) Transaction costs £m – (0.4) (0.1) (0.6) (1.1) – (1.1) Adjustments to contingent consideration £m – – 3.0 0.5 3.5 – 3.5 Release of fair value adjustments to inventory £m – (2.6) (0.1) – (2.7) – (2.7) Total amortisation charge and acquisition items £m (4.0) (9.8) (6.3) (15.8) (35.9) – (35.9) Defined benefit pension charge £m – – – – – (2.1) (2.1) Disposal of operations and restructuring (note 30) £m – – – (1.0) (1.0) – (1.0) Total £m (4.0) (9.8) (6.3) (16.8) (36.9) (2.1) (39.0) Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Total Segment Unallocated Total Segment & Group The transaction costs arose mainly on the acquisitions during the year. In Infrastructure Safety, they mainly related to LAN Control Systems Limited (£0.1m), Limotec (£0.1m), Navtech (£0.4m) and Business Marketers Group (trading as Rath Communications) (£0.1m) and a credit from a previous acquisition. In Environmental & Analysis, they related to the acquisition of FluxData in a previous year (£0.1m). In Medical, they mainly related to the acquisition of Visiometrics in a previous year (£0.5m). The £3.5m adjustment to contingent consideration comprised: a credit of £3.0m in Environmental & Analysis arising from decreases in estimates of the payable for FluxData (£2.7m) and Mini-Cam (£0.3m); and a credit of £0.5m in Medical arising from an increase in estimate of the payable for CasMed NIBP (£0.1m) offset by a credit of £0.6m arising from exchange differences on the payable for Visiometrics which is denominated in Euros. The £2.7m release of fair value adjustments to inventory relates to Firetrace (£1.4m), Limotec (£0.3m), Navtech (£0.6m) and Rath (£0.3m) in Infrastructure and Safety; and Mini-Cam (£0.1m) within Environmental & Analysis. All amounts have now been released in relation to Firetrace, Limotec, Rath and Mini-Cam. The £2.1m defined benefit pension charge relates to the estimate of Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation for men and women. See note 29. Acquisition items Amortisation of acquired intangible assets £m (3.9) (5.2) (7.1) (18.5) (34.7) Transaction costs £m – (0.8) (0.8) (1.0) (2.6) Adjustments to contingent consideration £m – – 1.5 (3.2) (1.7) Release of fair value adjustments to inventory £m – (2.1) (1.0) (0.3) (3.4) Total amortisation charge and acquisition items £m (3.9) (8.1) (7.4) (23.0) (42.4) Year ended 31 March 2018 Defined Benefit Pension charge £m – – – – – Disposal of operations and restructuring (note 30) £m – – – 0.6 0.6 Total £m (3.9) (8.1) (7.4) (22.4) (41.8) Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Total Segment & Group In the prior year, the transaction costs arose mainly on the acquisitions during the prior year of Setco, S.A. (Setco) (£0.1m) and Argus Security S.r.l. and Sterling Safety Systems Limited (together ‘Argus’) (£0.7m) within Infrastructure Safety, Cas Medical Systems Inc’s Non-Invasive Blood Pressure Monitoring product line (CasMed NIBP) (£0.5m) and Cardios (£0.5m) within Medical, and Mini-Cam (£0.8m) within Environmental & Analysis. The £1.7m adjustment to contingent consideration comprised: a debit of £2.5m in Medical arising from a change in estimate of the payable for CasMed NIBP (£0.7m) and Visiometrics (£1.8m), offset by a credit of £1.5m in Environmental & Analysis arising from a change in estimate of the payable for FluxData. Exchange differences on the payable for Visiometrics which is denominated in Euros, and for Cardios which is denominated in Brazilian Reals, contributed a further debit of £0.7m in Medical. The £3.4m release of fair value adjustments to inventory relates to Firetrace (£1.4m), Argus (£0.6m) and Setco (£0.1m) within Infrastructure Safety, Mini-Cam (£0.8m) and FluxData (£0.2m) within Environmental & Analysis and Cardios (£0.3m) within Medical. All amounts have been released in relation to Argus, Setco, Cardios and FluxData. 140 140 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 1 Segmental analysis and revenue from contracts with customers continued Segment assets and liabilities Before goodwill, interest in associate and acquired intangible assets are allocated to specific segment assets/liabilities Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Total segment assets/liabilities excluding goodwill, interest in associate and acquired intangible assets Goodwill Interest in associate Acquired intangible assets Total segment assets/liabilities including goodwill, interest in associate and acquired intangible assets After goodwill, interest in associate and acquired intangible assets are allocated to specific segment assets/liabilities Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Total segment assets/liabilities including goodwill, interest in associate and acquired intangible assets Cash and bank balances/borrowings Derivative financial instruments Other unallocated assets/liabilities Total Group 31 March 2019 £m 79.4 172.2 122.1 124.2 497.9 694.0 3.9 203.5 Assets 31 March 2018 £m 79.7 144.7 107.7 115.6 447.7 632.2 4.0 199.0 31 March 2019 £m 21.0 65.0 36.7 39.0 161.7 – – – Liabilities 31 March 2018 £m 22.1 53.6 37.3 39.6 152.6 – – – 1,399.3 1,282.9 161.7 152.6 31 March 2019 £m 165.0 429.4 322.5 482.4 1,399.3 81.2 0.9 102.4 1,583.8 Assets 31 March 2018 £m 163.2 337.0 309.0 473.7 1,282.9 70.7 0.7 92.5 1,446.8 31 March 2019 £m 21.0 65.0 39.0 36.7 161.7 262.9 0.3 177.5 602.4 Liabilities 31 March 2018 £m 22.1 53.6 37.3 39.6 152.6 291.0 0.2 174.6 618.4 Segment assets and liabilities, excluding the allocation of goodwill, interest in associate and acquired intangible assets, have been disclosed separately above as this is the measure reported to the Group Chief Executive for the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments. Other unallocated assets include land and buildings, deferred tax assets and other central assets. Unallocated liabilities include contingent purchase consideration, retirement benefit obligations, deferred tax liabilities and other central liabilities. Other segment information Process Safety Infrastructure Safety Environmental & Analysis Medical Total segment additions/depreciation, amortisation and impairment Unallocated Total Group Additions to non-current assets Depreciation, amortisation and impairment Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 6.0 83.9 9.4 10.3 109.6 3.1 112.7 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 4.3 49.0 82.5 24.0 159.8 0.7 160.5 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 9.3 17.4 16.3 23.2 66.2 0.7 66.9 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 8.7 14.6 13.7 25.4 62.4 0.6 63.0 Non-current asset additions comprise acquired and purchased goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. During the year an impairment loss on intangible assets of £0.7m was recognised in Infrastructure Safety (2018: £0.7m in Infrastructure Safety). i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 141 141 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 1 Segmental analysis and revenue from contracts with customers continued Geographic information The Group’s non-current assets by geographic location are detailed below: United States of America Mainland Europe United Kingdom Asia Pacific Other countries 31 March 2019 £m 610.5 253.5 147.8 32.4 11.3 1,055.5 Non-current assets 31 March 2018 £m 557.6 251.9 120.0 32.6 12.3 974.4 Non-current assets comprise goodwill, intangible assets, interest in associate and property, plant and equipment. Information about major customers No single customer accounts for more than 3% (2018: 2%) of the Group’s revenue. 2 Earnings per ordinary share Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated using the weighted average of 379,159,755 shares in issue during the year (net of shares purchased by the Company and held as Own shares) (2018: 378,987,354). There are no dilutive or potentially dilutive ordinary shares. Adjusted earnings are calculated as earnings from continuing operations excluding the amortisation of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations; the effect of equalisation of defined pension benefits for men and women; the associated taxation thereon; and, in the prior year, the effect of the US tax reform measures. The Directors consider that adjusted earnings, which constitute an alternative performance measure, represent a more consistent measure of underlying performance as it excludes amounts not directly linked with trading. A reconciliation of earnings and the effect on basic and diluted earnings per share figures is as follows: Earnings from continuing operations Amortisation of acquired intangible assets (after tax) Acquisition transaction costs (after tax) Adjustments to contingent consideration (after tax) Release of fair value adjustments to inventory (after tax) Defined benefit pension charge (after tax) Disposal of operations and restructuring (after tax) Impact of US tax reform measures Adjusted earnings Per ordinary share Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 169.8 27.5 1.0 (2.9) 2.1 1.7 0.8 – 200.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 154.2 26.0 2.4 1.9 2.6 – (0.6) (14.9) 171.6 Year ended 31 March 2019 pence 44.78 7.25 0.27 (0.75) 0.55 0.44 0.20 – 52.74 Year ended 31 March 2018 pence 40.69 6.85 0.65 0.51 0.69 – (0.19) (3.94) 45.26 142 142 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 3 Alternative performance measures The Board uses certain alternative performance measures to help it effectively monitor the performance of the Group. The Directors consider that these represent a more consistent measure of underlying performance by removing non-trading items that are not closely related to the Group’s trading or operating cash flows. These measures include Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC), Return on Capital Employed (ROCE), organic growth at constant currency, Adjusted operating profit and Adjusted operating cash flow. Note 1 provides further analysis of the adjusting items in reaching adjusted profit measures. Return on Total Invested Capital Profit after tax Adjustments1 Adjusted profit after tax1 Total equity Add back retirement benefit obligations Less associated deferred tax assets Cumulative amortisation of acquired intangible assets Historical adjustments to goodwill2 Total Invested Capital Average Total Invested Capital3 Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC)4 Return on Capital Employed Profit before tax Adjustments1 Net finance costs Adjusted operating profit1 after share of results of associates Computer software costs within intangible assets Capitalised development costs within intangible assets Other intangibles within intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Inventories Trade and other receivables Trade and other payables Current provisions Net tax liabilities Non-current trade and other payables Non-current provisions Add back contingent purchase consideration Capital Employed Average Capital Employed3 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)4 31 March 2019 £m 169.8 30.2 200.0 981.4 39.2 (7.0) 235.2 89.5 1,338.3 1,245.7 16.1% 31 March 2019 £m 206.7 39.0 10.0 255.7 5.5 33.1 3.1 112.4 144.3 259.6 (164.8) (25.4) (13.2) (11.6) (10.9) 26.8 358.9 340.4 75.1% 31 March 2018 £m 154.2 17.4 171.6 828.4 53.9 (9.8) 191.0 89.5 1,153.0 1,125.1 15.2% 31 March 2018 £m 171.9 41.8 9.7 223.4 4.7 29.9 0.9 103.7 128.0 235.2 (149.6) (8.8) (11.4) (12.6) (23.1) 25.0 321.9 312.1 71.6% 1 Adjustments include the amortisation of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; significant restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations and the effect of equalisation of defined pension benefits for men and women. Where after-tax measures, these also include the associated taxation on adjusting items and, in the prior year, the effect of the US tax reform measures. Note 1 provides more information on these items. 2 Includes goodwill amortised prior to 3 April 2004 and goodwill taken to reserves. 3 The ROTIC and ROCE measures are expressed as a percentage of the average of the current and prior year’s Total Invested Capital and Capital Employed respectively. Using an average as the denominator is considered to be more representative. The 1 April 2017 Total Invested Capital and Capital Employed balances were £1,097.1m and £302.2m respectively. 4 The ROTIC and ROCE measures are calculated as Adjusted profit after tax divided by Average Total Invested Capital and Adjusted operating profit after share of results of associates divided by Average Capital Employed respectively. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 143 143 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 3 Alternative performance measures continued Organic growth at constant currency Organic growth measures the change in revenue and profit from continuing Group operations. This measure equalises the effect of acquisitions by: a. removing from the year of acquisition their entire revenue and profit before taxation; and b. in the following year, removing the revenue and profit for the number of months equivalent to the pre-acquisition period in the prior year. The results of disposals are removed from the prior period reported revenue and profit before taxation. Constant currency measures the change in revenue and profit excluding the effects of currency movements. The measure restates the current year’s revenue and profit at last year’s exchange rates. Organic growth at constant currency has been calculated for the Group as follows: Group Continuing operations Acquired and disposed revenue/profit Organic growth Constant currency adjustment Organic growth at constant currency Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 1,210.9 (32.0) 1,178.9 (4.2) 1,174.7 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 1,076.2 (8.5) 1,067.7 – 1,067.7 Revenue % growth 12.5% 10.4% 10.0% Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 245.7 (6.9) 238.8 (0.7) 238.1 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 213.7 0.6 214.3 – 214.3 Adjusted profit* before taxation % growth 15.0% 11.4% 11.1% Sector Organic growth at constant currency Organic growth at constant currency is calculated for each segment using the same method as described above. Process Safety Continuing operations Acquisition and currency adjustments Organic growth at constant currency Infrastructure Safety Continuing operations Acquisition and currency adjustments Organic growth at constant currency Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 197.5 (0.5) 197.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 184.5 – 184.5 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 408.6 (21.8) 386.8 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 348.8 – 348.8 Revenue % growth 7.0% 6.8% Revenue % growth 17.2% 10.9% Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 45.5 (0.2) 45.3 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 43.3 – 43.3 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 88.9 (4.2) 84.7 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 73.3 – 73.3 Adjusted* segment profit % growth 4.9% 4.5% Adjusted* segment profit % growth 21.4% 15.6% 144 144 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 3 Alternative performance measures continued Sector Organic growth at constant currency continued Environmental & Analysis Continuing operations Acquisition and currency adjustments Organic growth at constant currency Medical Continuing operations Acquisition and disposal and currency adjustments Organic growth at constant currency Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 299.1 (10.3) 288.8 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 259.4 – 259.4 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 306.1 (3.6) 302.5 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 283.8 (8.5) 275.3 Revenue % growth 15.3% 11.3% Revenue % growth 7.9% 9.9% Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 66.4 (4.3) 62.1 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 55.0 – 55.0 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 76.9 (0.5) 76.4 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 67.1 0.6 67.7 Adjusted* segment profit % growth 20.7% 12.9% Adjusted* segment profit % growth 14.8% 12.9% * Adjustments include the amortisation of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; significant restructuring costs; profit or loss on disposal of operations; and the effect of equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the defined benefit plans. Adjusted operating profit Operating profit Add back: Acquisition items (note 1) Defined benefit pension charge Amortisation of acquired intangible assets Adjusted operating profit Adjusted operating cash flow Net cash from operating activities (note 26) Add back: Net acquisition costs Taxes paid Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Share awards vested not settled by Own shares* Less: Purchase of property, plant and equipment Purchase of computer software and other intangibles Development costs capitalised Adjusted operating cash flow Cash conversion % (adjusted operating cash flow/adjusted operating profit) * See Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 217.8 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 181.2 0.3 2.1 35.6 255.8 7.7 – 34.7 223.6 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 219.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 173.3 1.2 40.6 1.6 4.9 (26.4) (4.9) (10.8) 225.2 88% 2.6 41.1 1.7 3.3 (20.2) (2.0) (9.4) 190.4 85% i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 145 145 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 4 Finance income Interest receivable Fair value movement on derivative financial instruments 5 Finance expense Interest payable on borrowings Amortisation of finance costs Net interest charge on pension plan liabilities Other interest payable Fair value movement on derivative financial instruments Unwinding of discount on provisions 6 Profit before taxation Profit before taxation comprises: Revenue Direct materials/direct labour Production overhead Selling costs Distribution costs Administrative expenses Operating profit Share of results of associate (Loss)/profit on disposal of operations Net finance expense Profit before taxation Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 0.4 0.1 0.5 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 7.6 0.9 1.2 0.5 10.2 0.2 0.1 10.5 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 1,210.9 (443.4) (130.5) (151.3) (25.5) (242.4) 217.8 (0.1) (1.0) (10.0) 206.7 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 0.2 0.1 0.3 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 7.0 1.0 1.7 0.2 9.9 – 0.1 10.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 1,076.2 (392.9) (116.6) (140.2) (22.7) (222.6) 181.2 (0.2) 0.6 (9.7) 171.9 Included within administrative expenses are the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, transaction costs, adjustments to contingent consideration and, in the current year, the charge for equalisation of the pension benefits for men and women in the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes. Included within direct materials/direct labour is the release of fair value adjustments to inventory. 146 146 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 6 Profit before taxation Profit before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting): Depreciation Amortisation Impairment of intangible assets Restructuring costs Research and development* Foreign exchange (gain)/loss Loss /(profit) on disposal of operations (note 30) Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment and computer software Cost of inventories recognised as an expense Staff costs (note 7) Auditors’ remuneration Audit services to the Company Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries Total audit fees Interim review Tax compliance services Total non-audit fees Audit of Group pension plans Total fees Operating lease rentals: Property Other * A further £10.8m (2018: £9.4m) of development costs has been capitalised in the year. See note 12. 7 Employee information The average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) by entity location was: United States of America Mainland Europe United Kingdom Asia Pacific Other countries The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) by employee location was: United States of America Mainland Europe United Kingdom Asia Pacific Other countries Year ended 31 March 2019 Number 2,115 1,035 2,111 1,082 165 6,508 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 20.0 46.2 0.7 1.5 51.9 (1.4) 1.0 (0.6) 609.3 347.0 0.3 1.0 1.3 0.1 – 0.1 – 1.4 13.9 0.8 Year ended 31 March 2019 Number 2,016 1,032 2,293 1,074 93 6,508 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n 18.9 43.4 0.7 – 47.1 2.7 (0.6) (0.5) 515.0 304.1 0.3 0.9 1.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 – 1.4 13.4 0.7 Year ended 31 March 2018 Number 1,940 933 2,151 1,014 75 6,113 Year ended 31 March 2018 Number 2,038 909 2,041 1,038 87 6,113 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 147 147 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 7 Employee information continued Group employee costs comprise: Wages and salaries Social security costs Pension costs (note 29) Share-based payment charge (note 24) Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 283.4 39.5 13.3 10.8 347.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 249.6 35.1 10.6 8.8 304.1 8 Directors’ remuneration The remuneration of the Directors is set out on pages 96 to 107 within the Annual Remuneration Report described as being audited and forms part of these financial statements. Directors’ remuneration comprises: Wages, salaries and fees Pension costs Share-based payment charge Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 5.2 0.1 2.8 8.1 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 3.8 – 2.6 6.4 148 148 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 9 Taxation Current tax UK corporation tax at 19% (2018: 19%) Overseas taxation Adjustments in respect of prior years Total current tax charge Deferred tax Origination and reversal of timing differences Changes in tax rate – US tax reform measures Adjustments in respect of prior years Total deferred tax credit Total tax charge recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement Reconciliation of the effective tax rate: Profit before tax Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2018: 19%) Overseas tax rate differences Effect of US tax reform measures Effect of intra-group financing Tax incentives, exemptions and credits (including patent box, R&D and High-Tech status) Permanent differences Adjustments in respect of prior years Effective tax rate Adjusted* profit before tax Total tax charge on adjusted* profit Effective tax rate Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 10.9 33.6 0.2 44.7 (7.4) – (0.4) (7.8) 36.9 206.7 39.3 9.4 – (8.7) (3.9) 1.0 (0.2) 36.9 17.9% 9.8 29.1 (0.3) 38.6 (6.2) (15.0) 0.3 (20.9) 17.7 171.9 32.7 12.8 (15.0) (7.9) (4.6) (0.3) – 17.7 10.3% Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 245.7 45.7 18.6% Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 213.7 42.1 19.7% * Adjustments include the amortisation of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items; significant restructuring costs; and profit or loss on disposal of operations and the effect of equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the defined benefit plans. Note 3 provides more information on alternative performance measures. The Group’s future Effective Tax Rate (ETR) will mainly depend on the geographic mix of profits and whether there are any changes to tax legislation in the Group’s most significant countries of operations. In addition to the amount charged to the Consolidated Income Statement, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure: Deferred tax (note 22) Retirement benefit obligations Short-term timing differences Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 1.6 – 1.6 2.4 – 2.4 In addition to the amounts charged to the Consolidated Income Statement and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in equity: Current tax Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised awards Deferred tax (note 22) Change in estimated excess tax deductions related to share-based payments Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m (1.5) (1.1) (0.9) (2.4) 0.5 (0.6) i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 149 149 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 10 Dividends Amounts recognised as distributions to shareholders in the year Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2018 (52 weeks to 1 April 2017) Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019 (31 March 2018) Dividends declared in respect of the year Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019 (31 March 2018) Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019 (31 March 2018) Year ended 31 March 2019 pence Per ordinary share Year ended 31 March 2018 pence Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 8.97 6.11 15.08 6.11 9.60 15.71 8.38 5.71 14.09 5.71 8.97 14.68 34.0 23.2 57.2 23.2 36.4 59.6 31.7 21.7 53.4 21.7 34.0 55.7 The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 25 July 2019 and has not been included as a liability in these financial statements. 11 Goodwill Cost At beginning of year Additions (note 25) Adjustments to prior years (note 25) Disposals (note 30) Exchange adjustments At end of year Provision for impairment At beginning and end of year Carrying amounts 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m 632.1 37.7 (0.4) (0.8) 25.4 694.0 – 694.0 603.5 72.7 – – (44.1) 632.1 – 632.1 The Group identifies cash generating units (CGUs) at the operating company level as this represents the lowest level at which cash inflows are largely independent of other cash inflows. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from that business combination. Before recognition of any impairment losses, the carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to CGU groups as follows: Process Safety Gas Detection Bursting Discs Safety Interlocks and Corrosion Monitoring Infrastructure Safety Fire Doors, Security and Elevators Environmental & Analysis Water Photonics Environmental Monitoring Medical Health Optics Fluid Technology Sensor Technologies Total Group 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m – 8.9 58.8 67.7 69.3 113.8 183.1 72.1 71.6 14.3 158.0 175.2 39.1 70.9 285.2 694.0 – 8.2 55.0 63.2 63.3 80.4 143.7 71.3 66.6 13.2 151.1 170.3 38.1 65.7 274.1 632.1 Goodwill values have been tested for impairment by comparing them against the ‘value in use’ in perpetuity of the relevant CGU group. The value in use calculations were based on projected cash flows, derived from the latest budget approved by the Board, discounted at CGU specific, risk adjusted, discount rates to calculate their net present value. Further details are overleaf. 150 150 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 11 Goodwill continued Key assumptions used in ‘value in use’ calculations The calculation of ‘value in use’ is most sensitive to the following assumptions: — CGU specific operating assumptions that are reflected in the budget period for the financial year to March 2020; — Discount rates; and — Growth rates used to extrapolate risk adjusted cash flows beyond the budget period. CGU specific operating assumptions are applicable to the budgeted cash flows for the year to March 2020 and relate to revenue forecasts, expected project outcomes and forecast operating margins in each of the operating companies. The relative value ascribed to each assumption will vary between CGUs as the budgets are built up from the underlying operating companies within each CGU group. A short-term growth rate is applied to the March 2020 budget to derive the cash flows arising in the years to March 2021 and March 2022. A long-term rate is applied to these values for the year to March 2023 and onwards. Short-term growth rates for years 2021 and 2022 for all CGU groups, with the exception of Sensor Technologies, are based on sector strategic plans. Long-term growth rates are capped at the weighted average GDP growth rates of the markets into which that CGU group sells. Short-term growth rates for Sensor Technologies are applied out to 2024, based on CGU specific revenue growth rates and margins which reflect the acquisition case updated for latest expectations of performance. These CGU specific growth rates reflect the rapid growth potential of this early stage life-cycle, technology-based business through further penetration into the USA, internationally and, in the longer term, through new applications in other sectors. Using cash flows out to 2024 reflects the rapid growth potential of the business and more accurately reflects the basis on which the original acquisition was assessed. Long-term growth rates thereafter are capped at the weighted average GDP growth rates of the markets into which that CGU sells. Discount rates are based on estimations of the assumptions that market participants operating in similar sectors to Halma would make, using the Group’s economic profile as a starting point and adjusting appropriately. The Directors do not currently expect any significant change in the present base discount rate of 9.43% (2018: 9.42%). The base discount rate, which is pre-tax and is based on short-term variables, may differ from the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC). Discount rates are adjusted for economic risks that are not already captured in the specific operating assumptions for each CGU group. This results in the impairment testing using discount rates ranging from 8.33% to 13.38% (2018: 8.32% to 12.04%) across the CGU groups. CGU groups to which 10% or more of the total goodwill balance is allocated are deemed to be significant. The assumptions used to determine ‘value in use’ for these CGU groups are: Significant CGU groups Doors, Security and Elevators Health Optics Sensor Technologies Photonics Water Fire Risk adjusted discount rate Short-term growth rates Long-term growth rates 31 March 2019 11.10% 13.38% 12.61% 10.52% 8.33% 12.02% 31 March 2018 12.04% 11.63% 10.65% 9.55% 8.32% 12.01% 31 March 2019 11.60% 10.20% 20.00% 10.30% 10.30% 11.60% 31 March 2018 8.10% 7.50% 20.00% 7.50% 7.50% 8.10% 31 March 2019 1.93% 2.05% 2.05% 1.77% 1.77% 1.93% 31 March 2018 1.95% 2.29% 2.00% 1.77% 1.77% 1.95% Sensitivity to changes in assumptions In Sensor Technologies, if future growth was not as currently forecast this could result in the value in use of goodwill falling below its carrying value. For this to happen, forecast revenue growth to 2024 would have to fall to 13% and to 2% thereafter. For all other CGU groups, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of any unit to exceed its recoverable amount. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 151 151 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 12 Other intangible assets Acquired intangible assets Customer and supplier relationship1 £m Technical know- how2 £m Trademarks, brands and patents3 £m Internally generated capitalised development costs4 £m Total £m Computer software £m Other intangibles5 £m 249.3 28.6 – – (20.6) 257.3 – 14.6 62.4 18.4 – – (6.0) 74.8 – 10.1 – – – 12.3 284.2 – 3.7 88.6 118.1 22.6 – – (8.6) 132.1 23.5 – – 5.9 161.5 122.7 125.2 19.1 7.8 – – (1.4) 25.5 7.6 – – 1.5 34.6 54.0 49.3 56.4 368.1 70.9 17.9 6.0 – – (4.5) 57.9 – 5.7 – – 2.3 65.9 30.8 4.3 – – (1.7) 33.4 4.5 – – 1.2 39.1 26.8 24.5 53.0 – – (31.1) 390.0 – 30.4 0.5 9.4 (0.1) (2.2) 78.5 0.1 0.8 – 10.8 – 18.3 438.7 168.0 34.7 – – (11.7) 191.0 35.6 – – 8.6 235.2 203.5 199.0 (0.5) 1.4 91.1 42.1 6.9 0.7 – (1.2) 48.5 8.5 0.7 (0.5) 0.8 58.0 33.1 30.0 0.1 1.9 (0.4) (0.8) 18.7 0.1 – 2.4 (1.0) 0.5 20.7 13.4 1.6 – (0.4) (0.6) 14.0 1.8 – (1.0) 0.4 15.2 5.5 4.7 2.1 – 0.1 – (0.2) 2.0 – – 2.5 – 0.1 4.6 1.0 0.2 – – (0.1) 1.1 0.3 – – 0.1 1.5 3.1 0.9 Total £m 459.0 53.6 11.4 (0.5) (34.3) 489.2 0.2 31.2 15.7 (1.5) 20.3 555.1 224.5 43.4 0.7 (0.4) (13.6) 254.6 46.2 0.7 (1.5) 9.9 309.9 245.2 234.6 Cost At 2 April 2017 Assets of businesses acquired Additions at cost Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2018 Transfer between category Assets of businesses acquired (note 25) Additions at cost Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2019 Accumulated amortisation & impairment At 2 April 2017 Charge for the year Impairment Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2018 Charge for the year Impairment Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2019 Carrying amounts At 31 March 2019 At 31 March 2018 1 Customer and supplier relationship assets are amortised over their useful economic lives estimated to be between three and twenty years. Within this balance individually material balances relate to: RCS: £9.6m (2018: £10.6m); Firetrace: £11.6m (2018: £11.9m) and £10.9m (2018: £11.9m); CenTrak: £17.1m (2018: £17.2m); and Mini-Cam: £14.3m (2018: £16.0m). The remaining amortisation periods for these assets are six years, ten years, six years, twelve years, and nine years respectively. 2 Technical know-how assets are amortised over their useful economic lives, estimated to be between three and fifteen years. Within this balance the only individually material item relates to CenTrak £13.2m (2018: £14.0m). The remaining amortisation period for this asset is seven years. 3 Trademarks, brands and patents (which include protected intellectual property) are amortised over their useful economic lives estimated to be between eight and twenty years. There are no individually material items within this balance. 4 Internally generated capitalised development costs are amortised over their useful economic lives estimated to be three years. There are no individually material items within this balance, which comprises capitalised costs arising from the development phase of the R&D projects undertaken by the Group. 5 Other intangibles comprise licence and product registration costs, and customer lists, amortised over their useful economic lives, estimated to be between three and five years. 152 152 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 13 Property, plant and equipment Cost At 2 April 2017 Transfer between category Assets of businesses acquired Additions at cost Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2018 Transfer between category Assets of businesses acquired (note 25) Assets of business disposed (note 30) Additions at cost Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2019 Accumulated depreciation At 2 April 2017 Transfer between category Charge for the year Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2018 Transfer between category Charge for the year Assets of business disposed (note 30) Disposals and retirements Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2019 Carrying amounts At 31 March 2019 At 31 March 2018 Land and buildings Long leases £m Short leases £m Plant, equipment and vehicles £m Freehold £m 50.0 – 1.0 0.4 (0.4) (1.8) 49.2 – 1.2 – 2.6 – 0.9 53.9 12.6 – 1.0 (0.2) (0.4) 13.0 – 1.0 – – 0.3 14.3 39.6 36.2 6.1 0.9 – 0.9 – (0.6) 7.3 – – – 0.4 (0.1) 0.4 8.0 3.0 0.6 0.8 – (0.3) 4.1 – 0.8 – (0.1) 0.2 5.0 3.0 3.2 12.0 – 0.1 0.7 (0.1) (0.6) 12.1 – – – 1.7 (0.2) 0.4 14.0 6.2 – 1.4 (0.1) (0.3) 7.2 – 1.1 – (0.2) 0.2 8.3 5.7 4.9 Total £m 240.7 – 2.6 20.2 (9.8) (10.8) 242.9 (0.4) 1.7 (4.6) 26.4 (8.4) 7.0 264.6 134.7 (0.1) 18.9 (8.6) (5.7) 139.2 (0.2) 20.0 (3.4) (7.6) 4.2 152.2 172.6 (0.9) 1.5 18.2 (9.3) (7.8) 174.3 (0.4) 0.5 (4.6) 21.7 (8.1) 5.3 188.7 112.9 (0.7) 15.7 (8.3) (4.7) 114.9 (0.2) 17.1 (3.4) (7.3) 3.5 124.6 64.1 59.4 112.4 103.7 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 153 153 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 14 Interest in associate Interest in associate At beginning of the year Gain on deemed disposal (note 30) Group’s share of loss of associate before Group eliminations Exchange adjustments At end of year Aggregated amounts relating to associate Non-current assets Current assets Total assets Non-current liabilities Current liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Group’s share of net assets of associate Total revenue Loss Loss after Group eliminations* Group’s share of loss of associate Group’s share of loss of associate after Group eliminations* * Group eliminations relate to profit on inventory held by the Group sold by Optomed. 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m 4.0 – (0.1) – 3.9 3.6 0.6 (0.2) – 4.0 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m 11.4 5.6 17.0 (8.3) (2.9) (11.2) 5.8 1.3 11.2 (0.6) (0.5) (0.2) (0.1) 3.2 5.2 8.4 (4.4) (2.2) (6.6) 1.8 0.4 6.1 (1.0) (1.2) (0.3) (0.2) Optomed has a 31 December year end. However, results coterminous with the Group’s year end have been included based on the Group’s share of the associate. Details of the Group’s associate held at 31 March 2019 are as follows: Name of associate Optomed Oy Country of incorporation Finland Proportion of ownership interest 23.3% Principal activity Design, manufacture and selling The Group owns 95,034 (2018: 95,034) Class A shares in Optomed out of a total of 407,385 (2018: 407,385) shares in issue (Class A and B shares). Each A and B share entitles the holder to one vote. 154 154 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 15 Inventories Raw materials and consumables Work in progress Finished goods and goods for resale 31 March 2019 £m 82.3 14.2 47.8 144.3 The above is stated net of provision for slow-moving and obsolete stock, movements of which are shown below: At beginning of the year Write downs of inventories recognised as an expense Recognition of provisions for businesses acquired De-recognition of provisions for businesses disposed Amounts reversed against inventories previously impaired and utilisation Exchange adjustments At end of the year 31 March 2019 £m 19.8 1.4 0.6 (0.1) (0.9) 0.7 21.5 31 March 2018 £m 71.8 15.8 40.4 128.0 31 March 2018 £m 17.4 3.3 1.2 – (1.0) (1.1) 19.8 Previous write-downs against inventory have been reversed as a result of increased sales in certain markets or where previously written down inventories have been disposed. There is no material difference between the balance sheet value of inventories and their cost of replacement. None of the inventory has been pledged as security. 16 Trade and other receivables Trade receivables Allowance for doubtful debts Other receivables Prepayments Contract assets (note 18) Accrued income 31 March 2019 £m 226.7 (5.0) 221.7 10.2 18.6 9.1 – 259.6 31 March 2018 £m 213.6 (4.6) 209.0 9.0 16.7 – 0.5 235.2 Other receivables comprise various balances across the Group including acquisition consideration receivables (note 25), disposal consideration still to be received (note 30), sales tax receivables and other non-trade balances. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 155 155 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 16 Trade and other receivables continued The movement in the allowance for doubtful debts in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows: At beginning of the year Restatement for adoption of IFRS 9 Transfer to trade and other payables following adoption of IFRS 15 Net impairment loss recognised Amounts recovered against trade receivables previously written down/amounts utilised Recognition of provisions for businesses acquired Exchange adjustments At end of the year 31 March 2019 £m 4.6 (0.1) (0.1) 1.4 (0.9) – 0.1 5.0 31 March 2018 £m 5.1 – – 0.6 (1.2) 0.3 (0.2) 4.6 As noted in the Accounting Policies on page 126, from 1 April 2018 impairment charges have been recorded against trade receivables in accordance with IFRS 9, whereby the Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its trade and other receivables carried at amortised cost. As a result of adopting IFRS 9, the allowance for doubtful debts reduced by £0.1m, reflected in a credit in retained earnings as at 1 April 2018; and a further £0.1m, in respect of returns provisions, transferred to trade and other payables. During the prior year, one large, previously provided for, debtor of £0.7m was written off. The fair value of trade and other receivables approximates to book value due to the short-term maturities associated with these items. There is no impairment risk identified with regards to prepayments and contract assets or other receivables where no amounts are past due. The ageing of trade receivables was as follows: Gross trade receivables Trade receivables net of doubtful debts Not yet due Up to one month overdue Between one and two months overdue Between two and three months overdue Over three months overdue 17 Trade and other payables: falling due within one year Trade payables Other taxation and social security Other payables Accruals Contract liabilities (note 18) Deferred income Deferred government grant income 31 March 2019 £m 172.2 28.5 8.8 5.0 12.2 226.7 31 March 2018 £m 158.3 30.3 8.0 5.1 11.9 213.6 31 March 2019 £m 171.7 28.5 8.8 5.0 7.7 221.7 31 March 2019 £m 82.1 7.0 5.8 58.5 10.4 – 1.0 164.8 31 March 2018 £m 157.8 30.1 7.9 4.8 8.4 209.0 31 March 2018 £m 77.5 7.4 3.9 51.6 – 9.2 – 149.6 Other payables comprise various balances across the Group including share-based payments related amounts, deferred R&D expenditure tax credits and other non-trade payables. 156 156 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 18 Contract balances Contract assets (note 16) Contract liabilities current (note 17) Contract liabilities non-current (note 21) Total contract liabilities Amounts included in contract balances at the beginning of the period Impact of adoption of IFRS 15 Reclassification of balances on adoption of IFRS 15 Transfers to receivables which were included in the contract asset balance as at the beginning of the period Performance obligations arising in the current reporting period Increases as a result of billing ahead of performance Decreases as a result of revenue recognised in the period Increases as a result of performance in advance of billing Amounts arising through business combinations Foreign exchange movements Amounts included in contract balances at the end of the period 31 March 2019 £m 9.1 10.4 8.2 18.6 Contract assets £m – 2.6 0.5 31 March 2019 Contract Liabilities £m – (0.2) (17.2) (2.6) 7.8 0.7 0.1 9.1 (19.3) 19.8 (1.1) (0.6) (18.6) In some cases, the Group receives payments from customers based on a billing schedule, as established in our contracts. The contract asset relates to revenue recognised for performance in advance of scheduled billing. The contract liability relates to payments received in advance of performance under contract. Changes in the contract asset and liability are due to performance under the contract. 19 Borrowings Loan notes falling due within one year Overdrafts Total borrowings falling due within one year Unsecured loan notes falling due after more than one year Unsecured bank loans falling due after more than one year Total borrowings falling due after more than one year 31 March 2019 £m 0.1 9.1 9.2 179.3 74.4 253.7 262.9 31 March 2018 £m 0.1 1.0 1.1 176.6 113.3 289.9 291.0 The loan notes falling due within one year at 31 March 2018, which relate to the previous acquisition of Advanced Electronics Limited (“Advanced”), were converted at par to cash on 19 May 2018. The remaining Advanced loan notes outstanding at the balance sheet date, totalling £0.1m, were converted at par to cash in May 2019. The remainder of the loan notes falling due after more than one year relate to the United States Private Placement completed in November 2015. Information concerning the security, currency, interest rates and maturity of the Group’s borrowings is given in note 27. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 157 157 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 20 Provisions Provisions are presented as: Current Non-current At 1 April 2018 Unwinding of discount Additional provision in the year Arising on acquisition (note 25) Utilised during the year Released during the year Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2019 31 March 2019 £m 25.4 10.9 36.3 31 March 2018 £m 8.8 23.1 31.9 Contingent purchase consideration £m 25.0 0.1 0.1 8.3 (3.6) (3.5) 0.4 26.8 Dilapidations and vacant property £m 2.1 – 0.2 0.1 (0.1) (0.1) – 2.2 Product warranty £m 4.3 – 1.8 0.4 (0.5) (0.6) 0.1 5.5 Legal, contractual and other £m 0.5 – 1.5 – (0.2) – – 1.8 Total £m 31.9 0.1 3.6 8.8 (4.4) (4.2) 0.5 36.3 Contingent purchase consideration The provision at the beginning of the year comprised £3.7m payable within one year relating to the previous acquisitions of FluxData and Cardios and £21.3m payable after one year, relating to the acquisitions of CasMed NIBP, FluxData, Mini-Cam and Visiometrics. The £8.3m addition arising on acquisition relates to the acquisitions during the year of LAN Control Systems Limited (LAN) and Navtech Radar Limited (Navtech). See note 25. The £3.6m utilised during the year related to the second earnout period for FluxData. The £3.5m released during the year related to revision to the estimate of the final earnout for FluxData (£2.7m reduction due to delays in contracts from a major customer), Cardios (£0.5m remaining provision released against goodwill as the minimum target for payment was not met) and Mini-Cam (£0.3m reduction). The closing total provision is £26.8m, of which £18.9m is payable within one year. The following amounts are based on actual results for the relevant periods: the final earnout period for FluxData for the year ended 31 March 2019; the first earnout period for Mini- Cam for the 17 months ended 31 March 2019; the first earnout period for Navtech for the year ended 31 March 2019. The balance includes estimates for the final earnout period for Visiometrics, for the year ended 31 December 2018, which is subject to final agreement, and the earnout period for CasMed NIBP for the 24 months ended 30 June 2019. The balance due after more than one year of £8.0m comprises the estimate for the final earnout period for Mini-Cam and the two remaining earnout periods for Navtech. The range of total possible contingent purchase consideration payable that is not based on known amounts is between £7.2m and a maximum of £58.0m. The basis for the calculation of each contingent consideration arrangement is set out on page 174 in note 27, including sensitivity of the estimation of the liabilities to changes in those assumptions. Dilapidations and vacant property Dilapidations and vacant property provisions exist where the Group has lease contracts under which the unavoidable costs of meeting its obligations under the contracts exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under them. The provisions comprise the Directors’ best estimates of future payments: a) to restore the fabric of buildings to their original condition where it is a condition of the leases prior to return of the properties; and b) on vacant properties, the rental costs of which are not expected to be recoverable from subleasing the properties. These commitments cover the period from 2019 to 2029 though they predominantly fall due within five years. Product warranty Product warranty provisions reflect commitments made to customers on the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business and included within the Group companies’ standard terms and conditions. The warranties represent assurance type warranties within the definition of IFRS 15. Warranty commitments cover a period of between one and five years and typically apply for a 12-month period. The provision represents the Directors’ best estimate of the Group’s liability based on past experience. £0.7m of additions in the year relate to the reclass of amounts previously classified as accruals. 158 158 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 20 Provisions continued Legal, contractual and other Legal, contractual and other provisions comprise mainly amounts reserved against open legal and contractual disputes. The Company has on occasion been required to take legal or other actions to defend itself against proceedings brought by other parties. Provisions are made for the expected costs associated with such matters, based on past experience of similar items and other known factors, taking into account professional advice received, and represent Directors’ best estimate of the likely outcome. The timing of utilisation of these provisions is frequently uncertain reflecting the complexity of issues and the outcome of various court proceedings and negotiations. Contractual and other provisions represent the Directors’ best estimate of the cost of settling future obligations. Unless specific evidence exists to the contrary, these reserves are shown as current. However, no provision is made for proceedings which have been or might be brought by other parties against Group companies unless the Directors, taking into account professional advice received, assess that it is more likely than not that such proceedings may be successful. £0.9m of additions in the year relate to the reclass of amounts previously classified as accruals. 21 Trade and other payables: falling due after one year Other payables Accruals Contract liabilities (note 18) Deferred income Deferred government grant income 22 Deferred tax At 1 April 2018 (Charge)/credit to Consolidated Income Statement Charge to Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Charge to equity Acquired (note 25) Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2019 At 2 April 2017 (Charge)/credit to Consolidated Income Statement (Charge)/credit to Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Charge to equity Acquired (note 25) Exchange adjustments At 31 March 2018 31 March 2019 £m 2.0 0.8 8.2 – 0.6 11.6 Retirement benefit obligations £m 9.8 Acquired intangible assets £m (45.7) Accelerated tax depreciation £m (4.3) Short-term timing differences £m 0.1 Share-based payment £m 3.1 Goodwill timing differences £m 7.0 31 March 2018 £m 1.5 2.5 – 8.0 0.6 12.6 Total £m (30.0) (1.5) 8.1 (0.8) 4.7 0.3 (3.0) 7.8 (1.3) – – – 7.0 – – (6.7) (2.3) (46.6) – – – (0.3) (5.4) (0.3) – (0.2) 0.3 4.6 – 0.9 – – 4.3 – – 3.7 (3.4) 4.3 Retirement benefit obligations £m 13.9 Acquired intangible assets £m (68.0) Accelerated tax depreciation £m (6.6) Short-term timing differences £m 1.4 Share-based payment £m 3.2 Goodwill timing differences £m 12.8 (1.6) 0.9 (3.2) (5.7) (31.8) Total £m (43.3) (1.7) 29.0 2.0 (0.8) 0.4 (8.0) 20.9 (2.4) – – – 9.8 – – (11.5) 4.8 (45.7) – – (0.2) 0.5 (4.3) – – 0.2 (0.7) 0.1 – (0.5) – – 3.1 – – – 2.2 7.0 (2.4) (0.5) (11.5) 6.8 (30.0) i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 159 159 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 22 Deferred tax continued Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes: Deferred tax liability Deferred tax asset Net deferred tax liability Movement in net deferred tax liability: At beginning of year (Charge)/credit to Consolidated Income Statement: UK Overseas Charge to Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Credit/(charge) to equity Acquired (note 25) Exchange adjustments At end of year 31 March 2019 £m (73.9) 42.1 (31.8) 31 March 2018 £m (67.0) 37.0 (30.0) 31 March 2019 £m (30.0) 31 March 2018 £m (43.3) (1.6) 9.4 (1.6) 0.9 (3.2) (5.7) (31.8) (1.6) 22.5 (2.4) (0.5) (11.5) 6.8 (30.0) It is likely that the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries would qualify for the UK dividend exemption such that no UK tax would be due upon remitting those earnings to the UK. However, £39.6m (2018: £36.2m) of those earnings may still result in a tax liability, principally as a result of the dividend withholding taxes levied by the overseas jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries operate. These tax liabilities are not expected to exceed £3.9m (2018: £3.9m) of which only £0.7m has been provided as the Group is able to control the timing of the dividends. It is not expected that further amounts will crystallise in the foreseeable future. Temporary timing differences in connection with the interest in associate are insignificant. At 31 March 2019 the Group had unused capital tax losses of £0.3m (2018: £0.3m) for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised. 23 Share capital Ordinary shares of 10p each Issued and fully paid 31 March 2019 £m 38.0 31 March 2018 £m 38.0 The number of ordinary shares in issue at 31 March 2019 was 379,645,332 (2018: 379,645,332), including treasury shares of nil (2018: 3,990) and shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust of 370,354 (2018: 631,991). 160 160 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 24 Share-based payments The total cost recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of share-based payment plans (the ‘employee share plans’) was as follows: Share incentive plan Performance share plan Executive share plan Year ended 31 March 2019 Year ended 31 March 2018 Equity- settled £m 0.6 – 9.7 10.3 Cash- settled £m – – 0.5 0.5 Total £m 0.6 – 10.2 10.8 Equity- settled £m 0.7 1.3 6.6 8.6 Cash- settled £m – – 0.2 0.2 Total £m 0.7 1.3 6.8 8.8 Share incentive plan Shares awarded under this Plan are purchased in the market by the Plan’s trustees at the time of the award and are held in trust until their transfer to qualifying employees; vesting is conditional upon completion of three years’ service. The costs of providing this Plan are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement over the three-year vesting period. Performance share plan (PSP) The PSP was approved by shareholders on 3 August 2005 and replaced the previous share option plans. During the 2016 fiscal year the PSP was replaced with the Executive share plan. The remaining awards under the PSP plan vested during the prior financial year. Awards made under this Plan vest after three years on a sliding scale subject to the Group’s relative Total Shareholder Return against the FTSE 250 excluding financial companies, combined with an absolute Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC) measure. Awards which do not vest, lapse on the third anniversary of their award. A summary of the movements in share awards granted under the PSP is as follows: Outstanding at beginning of year Converted to equity during the year Vested during the year (pro-rated for ‘good leavers’) Lapsed during the year Outstanding at end of year Exercisable at end of year 2019 Number of shares awarded – – – – – – 2018 Number of shares awarded 960,654 – (843,938) (116,716) – – The weighted average share price at the date of awards vesting during the year was 1398.5p (2018: 1094.9p). Executive share plan (ESP) During the year ended 2 April 2016 the Group introduced the ESP, in which executive Directors and certain senior employees participate. Deferred share awards are made under this Plan as either performance awards or deferred awards. Performance awards vest after three years based on Earnings Per Share and Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC) targets, and after two or three years for deferred share awards based on continuing service of the employee only. Awards which do not vest, lapse on the second or third anniversary of their grant. Outstanding at beginning of year Granted during the year Vested during the year (pro-rated for ‘good leavers’) Lapsed during the year Outstanding at end of year Exercisable at end of year 2019 Number of shares awarded 2,597,268 872,838 (931,820) (248,367) 2,289,919 – 2018 Number of shares awarded 1,694,812 952,650 – (50,194) 2,597,268 – The performance shares outstanding at 31 March 2019 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 14 months (2018: 25 months). i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 161 161 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 24 Share-based payments continued Executive share plan (ESP) continued The fair value of the awards was calculated using an appropriate simulation method. Expected life (years) Share price on date of grant (p) Option price (p) Fair value per option (%) Fair value per option (p) 2019 3 1,370.0 Nil 100% 1,369.2 2018 3 1,114.0 Nil 100% 1,130.0 2017 2 1,046.0 Nil 100% 1,036.0 Cash settled Awards under the above plans are normally settled in shares but may be settled in cash at the Board’s discretion or where required by local regulations. Cash settled awards follow the same vesting conditions as the plans under which they are awarded. 25 Acquisitions In accounting for acquisitions, adjustments are made to the book values of the net assets of the companies acquired to reflect their fair values to the Group. Acquired inventories are valued at fair value adopting Group bases and any liabilities for warranties relating to past trading are recognised. Other previously unrecognised assets and liabilities at acquisition are included and accounting policies are aligned with those of the Group where appropriate. During the year ended 31 March 2019, the Group made four acquisitions namely: — LAN Control Systems Limited; — Limotec bvba; — Navtech Radar Limited; and — Business Marketers Group, Inc (trading as Rath Communications). Below are summaries of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the purchase consideration of: a) the total of acquisitions; b) LAN Control Systems Limited, on a stand-alone basis; c) Limotec bvba, on a stand-alone basis; d) Navtech Radar Limited, on a stand-alone basis; e) Business Marketers Group, Inc (trading as Rath Communications), on a stand-alone basis; and f) The aggregate adjustments arising on prior year acquisitions. Due to their contractual dates, the fair value of receivables acquired (shown below) approximate to the gross contractual amounts receivable. The amount of gross contractual receivables not expected to be recovered is immaterial. There are no material contingent liabilities recognised in accordance with paragraph 23 of IFRS 3 (revised). The combined fair value adjustments made for the acquisitions above under IFRS 3, excluding acquired intangible assets recognised and deferred taxation thereon, increased the goodwill recognised by £2.0m (2018: £2.8m increase). As at the date of approval of the financial statements, the acquisition accounting for all prior year acquisitions is complete. The accounting for all current year acquisitions is provisional; relating to finalisation of the valuation of acquired intangible assets, the initial consideration, which is subject to agreement of certain contractual adjustments, and certain other provisional balances. 162 162 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 25 Acquisitions continued a) Total of acquisitions Non-current assets Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables Corporation tax Cash and cash equivalents Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Provisions Corporation tax Non-current liabilities Deferred tax Total liabilities Net assets of businesses acquired Initial cash consideration paid Additional amounts paid in respect of cash acquired Amounts owed to vendors* Contingent purchase consideration estimated to be paid in respect of current year acquisitions Contingent purchase consideration adjustment in respect of prior year acquisitions Total consideration Goodwill arising on acquisitions (current year) Goodwill arising on acquisitions (prior year) Total goodwill Total £m 31.2 1.7 4.6 4.7 0.1 5.3 47.6 (4.4) (0.5) 0.2 (3.2) (7.9) 39.7 63.0 5.1 1.1 8.3 (0.5) 77.0 37.7 (0.4) 37.3 * In respect of net tangible asset adjustments and corporation tax relating to share options granted prior to acquisition and other adjustments relating to prior year acquisitions. Analysis of cash outflow in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement Initial cash consideration paid Cash acquired on acquisitions Initial cash consideration adjustment on current year acquisitions Initial cash consideration adjustment on prior year acquisitions Contingent consideration paid and loan notes repaid in cash in relation to prior year acquisitions* Net cash outflow relating to acquisitions (per Consolidated Cash Flow Statement) Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 63.0 (5.3) 5.7 (0.1) 3.7 67.0 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 114.2 (3.9) 0.1 0.2 1.1 111.7 * The £3.7m comprises £0.1m loan notes and £3.6m contingent consideration paid in respect of prior period acquisitions all of which had been provided in the prior period’s financial statements. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 163 163 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 25 Acquisitions continued b) LAN Control Systems Limited, on a stand-alone basis Non-current assets Intangible assets Current assets Trade and other receivables Cash and cash equivalents Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Non-current liabilities Deferred tax Total liabilities Net assets of business acquired Initial cash consideration paid Contingent purchase consideration estimated to be paid Total consideration Goodwill arising on acquisition Total £m 0.9 0.1 0.1 1.1 (0.1) (0.2) (0.3) 0.8 1.0 0.1 1.1 0.3 The Group acquired the entire share capital of LAN Control Systems Limited (‘LAN’) on 6 September 2018 for an initial cash consideration of £1.0m. The maximum contingent consideration payable is £0.8m. The contingent purchase consideration recognised represents the estimated amount payable, based on revenue-based targets, for each of the three annual earnout periods, commencing 6 September 2018. LAN, located in Nottingham, UK, provides specialist safety services for buildings, with extensive knowledge of a number of safety systems, including CCTV, Fire alarms, Intruder alarms and Access Controls. LAN will be a bolt-on to FFE Limited within the Group’s Infrastructure Safety sector. The excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the assets acquired is represented by technology related intangibles of £0.9m; with residual goodwill arising of £0.3m. The goodwill represents: a) the technical expertise of the acquired workforce; b) the opportunity to leverage this expertise across some of Halma’s businesses through future technologies; and c) the ability to exploit the Group’s existing customer base. LAN contributed £0.3m of revenue and £nil profit after tax for the year ended 31 March 2019. If this acquisition had been held since the start of the financial year, it is estimated that the Group’s reported revenue and profit after tax would have been £0.2m and £nil higher respectively. Acquisition costs totalling £0.1m were recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement. The goodwill arising on the acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 164 164 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 25 Acquisitions continued c) Limotec bvba, on a stand-alone basis Non-current assets Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables Cash and cash equivalents Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Provisions Corporation tax payable Non-current liabilities Deferred tax Total liabilities Net assets of business acquired Initial cash consideration paid Additional amounts paid in respect of cash acquired Total consideration Goodwill arising on acquisition Total £m 3.5 1.4 0.8 1.1 2.0 8.8 (1.0) (0.1) (0.1) (1.1) (2.3) 6.5 8.2 1.8 10.0 3.5 The Group acquired the entire share capital of Limotec bvba (‘Limotec’) on 18 October 2018 for an initial cash consideration of €9.3m (£8.2m), adjustable for cash acquired. The adjustment was determined to be €2.1m (£1.8m). Limotec, located in Vichte, Belgium is a leading fire control panel designer and manufacturer and seller of fire safety systems in Belgium. The company will continue to run under its own management team, and will become part of the Group’s Infrastructure Safety sector. The excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the assets acquired is represented by customer related intangibles of £1.1m; trade name of £0.8m and technology related intangibles of £1.6m; with residual goodwill arising of £3.5m. The goodwill represents: a) the technical expertise of the acquired workforce; b) the opportunity to leverage this expertise across some of Halma’s businesses through future technologies; and c) the ability to exploit the Group’s existing customer base. Limotec contributed £2.8m of revenue and £0.2m of profit after tax for the year ended 31 March 2019. If this acquisition had been held since the start of the financial year, it is estimated that the Group’s reported revenue and profit after tax would have been £3.5m higher and £0.2m higher respectively. Acquisition costs totalling £0.1m were recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement. The goodwill arising on the Limotec acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 165 165 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 25 Acquisitions continued d) Navtech Radar Limited, on a stand-alone basis Non-current assets Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables Corporation tax Cash and cash equivalents Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Provisions Non-current liabilities Deferred tax Total liabilities Net assets of business acquired Initial cash consideration paid Additional amounts paid in respect of cash acquired Amounts owed to vendors* Contingent purchase consideration estimated to be paid Total consideration Goodwill arising on acquisition Total £m 12.6 0.2 2.1 2.1 0.1 3.2 20.3 (2.7) (0.2) (1.8) (4.7) 15.6 21.0 3.3 0.6 8.2 33.1 17.5 * In respect of net tangible asset adjustments and corporation tax relating to share awards granted prior to acquisition. The Group acquired the entire share capital of Navtech Radar Limited (‘Navtech’) on 14 November 2018 for an initial cash consideration of £21.0m, adjustable for cash acquired, estimated net tangible assets adjustments and tax receivables in respect of share awards granted prior to acquisition. The total adjustments were estimated to be £3.9m. Maximum contingent purchase consideration payable is £18.0m. The current contingent consideration payable represents the fair value of the estimated amounts payable for each of three annual consecutive earnout periods, commencing 1 April 2018. The earnout in each period is calculated by reference to the relevant earnings for the period compared to the target for the period. Further detail of the earnout is given on page 174 in note 27. Navtech, located in Wantage, UK, combines radar, cameras and software to improve road safety and provide real-time incident detection, including for tunnels and smart motorways. Navtech also delivers cost-effective real-time perimeter protection for critical infrastructure sites, such as airports, and supplies sensing applications for industrial automation in harsh outdoor environments. Navtech will continue to run under its current management team, and will become part of the Group’s Infrastructure Safety sector. The excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the assets acquired is represented by customer related intangibles of £5.8m; trade name of £1.3m and technology related intangibles of £5.5m; with residual goodwill arising of £17.5m. The goodwill represents: a) the technical expertise of the acquired workforce; b) the opportunity to leverage this expertise across some of Halma’s businesses through future technologies; and c) the ability to exploit the Group’s existing customer base. Navtech contributed £2.6m of revenue and £0.6m of profit after tax for the year ended 31 March 2019. If this acquisition had been held since the start of the financial year, it is estimated that the Group’s reported revenue and profit after tax would have been £4.9m higher and £2.1m higher respectively. Acquisition costs totalling £0.4m were recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement. The goodwill arising on the Navtech acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 166 166 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 25 Acquisitions continued e) Business Marketers Group, Inc (trading as Rath Communications), on a stand-alone basis Non-current assets Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Provisions Non-current liabilities Deferred tax Total liabilities Net assets of business acquired Initial cash consideration paid Total consideration Goodwill arising on acquisition Total £m 14.2 0.1 1.7 1.4 17.4 (0.7) (0.2) (0.1) (1.0) 16.4 32.8 32.8 16.4 The Group acquired the entire share capital of Business Marketers Group, Inc trading as Rath Communications (‘Rath’), on 17 January 2019 for an initial cash consideration of US$42.4m (£32.8m). Rath, located in Wisconsin, USA, operates in a number of communications markets, including the provision of two-way communication systems in public and commercial buildings, for areas of refuge where evacuation may not be safe or possible. The company also operates in other market segments including elevator and public safety phones. Rath will become part of the Group’s Infrastructure Safety sector, within the Avire business. The excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the assets acquired is represented by customer related intangibles of £7.7m; trade name of £3.6m and technology related intangibles of £2.9m; with residual goodwill arising of £16.4m. The goodwill represents: a) the technical expertise of the acquired workforce; b) the opportunity to leverage this expertise across some of Halma’s businesses through future technologies; and c) the ability to exploit the Group’s existing customer base. Rath contributed £2.9m of revenue and £0.9m of profit after tax for the year ended 31 March 2019. If this acquisition had been held since the start of the financial year, it is estimated that the Group’s reported revenue and profit after tax would have been £9.5m higher and £2.5m higher respectively. Acquisition costs totalling £0.1m were recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement. The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Rath is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 167 167 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 25 Acquisitions continued f) Adjustments in respect of prior year acquisitions Current liabilities Trade and other payables Corporation tax Total liabilities Net adjustments to assets of businesses acquired in prior years Amounts owed to vendors Contingent purchase consideration paid Total adjustments to consideration Adjustment to goodwill Total £m 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 (0.5) – (0.4) In finalising the acquisition accounting for the prior year acquisitions of Setco, Cardios and Argus, adjustments were made to the opening balance sheet totalling a net credit to goodwill of £0.4m. The adjustments were not material individually or in aggregate and as such the comparative balance sheet was not restated; instead the adjustments have been made through the current year. The adjustments related to the release of a tax provision and corresponding indemnity asset in Argus, release of contingent consideration and recognition of accruals in Cardios and adjustments to inventory provisions in Setco. 168 168 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 26 Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation of profit from operations to net cash inflow from operating activities: Profit on continuing operations before finance income and expense, share of results of associate and loss on disposal of operations Non-cash movement on hedging instruments Depreciation of property, plant and equipment Amortisation of computer software Amortisation of capitalised development costs and other intangibles Impairment of intangibles Amortisation of acquired intangible assets Share-based payment expense in excess of amounts paid Additional payments to pension plans Defined benefit pension charge Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment and computer software Operating cash flows before movement in working capital Increase in inventories Increase in receivables Increase in payables and provisions Revision to estimate of, and exchange differences arising on, contingent consideration payable Cash generated from operations Taxation paid Net cash inflow from operating activities Analysis of cash and cash equivalents Cash and bank balances Overdrafts (included in current borrowings) Cash and cash equivalents Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 217.8 (0.1) 20.0 1.8 8.8 0.7 35.6 4.7 (11.4) 2.1 (0.6) 279.4 (9.2) (15.3) 8.2 (3.5) 259.6 (40.6) 219.0 181.2 (0.3) 18.9 1.6 7.1 0.7 34.7 4.4 (10.7) – (0.5) 237.1 (9.1) (24.6) 9.3 1.7 214.4 (41.1) 173.3 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 81.2 (9.1) 72.1 70.7 (1.0) 69.7 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 169 169 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 26 Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement continued Analysis of net debt Cash and bank balances Overdrafts Cash and cash equivalents Loan notes falling due within one year Loan notes falling due after more than one year Bank loans falling due after more than one year Total net debt 1 April 2018 £m Cash flow £m Net cash/ (debt) acquired £m Loan notes repaid £m Exchange adjustments £m 31 March 2019 £m 70.7 (1.0) 69.7 (0.1) (176.6) (113.3) (220.3) 4.2 (8.1) (3.9) – – 43.9 40.0 5.3 – 5.3 – – – 5.3 – – – – 0.1 – 0.1 1.0 – 1.0 – (2.8) (5.0) (6.8) 81.2 (9.1) 72.1 (0.1) (179.3) (74.4) (181.7) The net increase in cash and cash equivalents of £1.4m comprised cash outflow of £3.9m and cash acquired of £5.3m. The net cash outflow from bank loans of £43.9m comprised repayments of £110.3m offset by drawdowns of £66.4m. The net cash outflow from loan notes relates to £0.1m repayment of existing loan notes issued in relation to the previous acquisition of Advanced Electronics Limited (‘Advanced’). Reconciliation of movements of the Group’s liabilities from financing activities Liabilities from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or will be, classified as cash flows from financing activities in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement. Loan notes falling due within one year Overdraft Borrowings (current) Loan notes falling due after more than one year Bank loans falling due after more than one year Borrowings (non-current) Total liabilities from financing activities Trade and other payables: falling due within one year 1 April 2018 £m 0.1 1.0 1.1 176.6 113.3 289.9 291.0 149.6 Changes from financing cash flows £m – – – (0.1) (43.9) (44.0) (44.0) (8.2) Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries £m – – – – – – – 3.7 Other changes* £m – 8.1 8.1 – – – 8.1 17.1 Effects of foreign exchange £m – – – 2.8 5.0 7.8 7.8 2.6 31 March 2019 £m 0.1 9.1 9.2 179.3 74.4 253.7 262.9 164.8 * Other changes include movements in overdraft which is treated as cash, interest accruals and other movements in working capital balances. 170 170 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 27 Financial instruments Policy The Group’s treasury policies seek to minimise financial risks and to ensure sufficient liquidity for the Group’s operations and strategic plans. No complex derivative financial instruments are used, and no trading or speculative transactions in financial instruments are undertaken. Where the Group does use financial instruments, these are mainly to manage the currency risks arising from normal operations and its financing. Operations are financed mainly through retained profits and, in certain geographic locations, bank borrowings. Foreign currency risk is the most significant aspect for the Group in the area of financial instruments. It is exposed to a lesser extent to other risks such as interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and these policies are summarised below. The Group’s policies have remained unchanged since the beginning of the financial year. Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted (including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the bases of recognition of income and expenses) for each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in the Accounting Policies note. Capital risk management The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 19 to the Accounts, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements. Foreign currency risk The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk as a consequence of both trading with foreign companies and owning subsidiaries located in foreign countries. The Group earns a significant proportion of its profit in currencies other than Sterling. This gives rise to translational currency risk, where the Sterling value of profits earned by the Group’s foreign subsidiaries fluctuates with the strength of Sterling relative to their operating (or ‘functional’) currencies. The Group does not hedge this risk, so its reported profit is sensitive to the strength of Sterling, particularly against the US Dollar and Euro. The Group also has transactional currency exposures. These arise on sales or purchases by operating companies in currencies other than the companies’ operating (or ‘functional’) currency. Significant sales and purchases are matched where possible and a proportion of the net exposure is hedged by means of forward foreign currency contracts. The Group has significant investments in overseas operations in the USA and EU, with further investments in Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, Switzerland, Brazil, China and India. As a result, the Group’s balance sheet can be affected by movements in these countries’ exchange rates. Where significant and appropriate, currency denominated net assets are hedged by currency borrowings. These currency exposures are reviewed regularly. Interest rate risk The Group is exposed to interest rate fluctuations on its borrowings and cash deposits. Where bank borrowings are used to finance operations they tend to be short term with floating interest rates. Longer-term funding is provided by the Group’s bank loan facilities which are at floating rates, or by the Group’s fixed rate United States Private Placement completed in November 2015. Surplus funds are placed on short-term fixed rate deposit or in floating rate deposit accounts. Credit risk Credit risk is defined as the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties, as a means of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. Credit ratings are supplied by independent agencies where available, and if not available, the Group uses other publicly available financial information and its own trading records to rate its major customers. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties. Credit exposure is controlled by counterparty limits that are reviewed regularly. Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographic areas. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable and, where appropriate, credit guarantee insurance cover is purchased. The carrying amount of trade, tax and other receivables, derivative financial instruments and cash of £323.3m (2018: £290.8m) represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk as no collateral or other credit enhancements are held. The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 171 171 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 27 Financial instruments continued Liquidity risk The Group has a syndicated multi-currency revolving credit facility which was refinanced in November 2016 and remains at £550m. The facility, in Sterling, US Dollar, Euro and Swiss Franc, currently runs to November 2023 subsequent to a one-year extension option exercised during the current year. In addition, in November 2015 the Group completed a United States Private Placement and issued $250m of loan notes in January 2016, repayable at five, seven and ten-year intervals. These facilities are the main sources of long-term funding for the Group. The Group has a strong cash flow and the funds generated by operating companies are managed regionally based on geographic location. Funds are placed on deposit with secure, highly-rated banks. For short-term working capital purposes, most operating companies utilise local bank overdrafts. These practices allow a balance to be maintained between continuity of funding, security and flexibility. Because of the nature of their use, the facilities are typically ‘on demand’ and as such uncommitted. Overdraft facilities are typically renewed annually. Currency exposures Translational exposures It is estimated, by reference to the Group’s US Dollar and Euro denominated profits, that a one per cent change in the value of the US Dollar relative to Sterling would have had a £1.1m (2018: £0.9m) impact on the Group’s reported profit before tax; and a one per cent change in the value of the Euro relative to Sterling would have had a £0.3m (2018: £0.3m) impact on the Group’s profit before tax for the year ended 31 March 2019. Transactional exposures The Group has net foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities that are assets and liabilities not denominated in the functional currency of the underlying company. These comprise cash and overdrafts as well as certain trade receivable and payable balances. These foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities give rise to the net currency gains and losses recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement as a result of movement in exchange rates. The exposures are predominantly US Dollar and Euro. Group policy is for a significant portion of foreign currency exposures, including sales and purchases, to be hedged by forward foreign exchange contracts in the company in which the transaction is recorded. Interest rate risk profile The Group’s financial assets which are subject to interest rate fluctuations comprise interest-bearing cash equivalents which totalled £4.7m at 31 March 2019 (2018: £4.5m). These comprised Sterling denominated deposits of £0.3m (2018: £1.0m), and Euro, US Dollar and Renminbi deposits of £4.4m (2018: £3.5m) which are placed on local money markets and earn interest at market rates. Cash balances of £76.5m (2018: £66.2m) earn interest at local market rates. The financial liabilities which are subject to interest rate fluctuations comprise bank loans, bank overdrafts, and certain unsecured loans, which totalled £83.5m at 31 March 2019 (2018: £114.3m). All bank loans bear interest at floating rates where the fixed period is typically no more than three months. Interest rates are based on the LIBOR of the currency in which the liabilities arise plus a small margin. Bank overdrafts bear interest at local market rates. The loan notes related to the acquisition of Advanced Electronics Limited outstanding at 31 March 2019 attract interest at a fixed rate of 1%. The loan notes related to the United States Private Placement attract interest at a weighted average fixed rate of 2.5%. The Group’s weighted average interest cost on net debt for the year was 3.26% (2018: 2.83%). Analysis of interest-bearing financial liabilities Sterling denominated bank loans US Dollar denominated bank loans Euro denominated bank loans Swiss Franc denominated bank loans Total bank loans Overdrafts (principally Sterling and US Dollar denominated) Sterling denominated loan notes US Dollar denominated loan notes Euro denominated loan notes Total interest-bearing financial liabilities 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m – 59.4 6.4 8.6 74.4 9.1 82.2 49.0 48.2 262.9 20.0 61.8 23.2 8.3 113.3 1.0 82.2 45.5 49.0 291.0 For the year ended 31 March 2019 it is estimated that a general increase of one percentage point in interest rates would have reduced the Group’s profit before tax by £1.0m (2018: £1.2m). 172 172 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 27 Financial instruments continued Maturity of financial liabilities The gross contractual maturities of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities that are neither current nor on demand are as follows. At 31 March 2019 Accruals Other payables Contingent purchase consideration Other provisions Bank loans Loan notes At 31 March 2018 Accruals Other payables Contingent purchase consideration Other provisions Bank loans Loan notes One to two years £m Between two and five years £m After more than five years £m Gross maturities £m Effect of discounting/ financing rates £m 0.1 0.9 5.9 1.1 – 76.8 84.8 0.2 0.3 2.1 1.2 74.4 83.1 161.3 0.5 0.8 – 0.6 – 37.1 39.0 0.8 2.0 8.0 2.9 74.4 197.0 285.1 – – – – – (17.7) (17.7) One to two years £m Between two and five years £m After more than five years £m Gross maturities £m Effect of discounting/ financing rates £m 1.0 0.7 16.7 0.5 – 4.1 23.0 1.1 0.1 4.7 0.7 113.3 155.6 275.5 0.4 0.7 – 0.6 – 38.3 40.0 2.5 1.5 21.4 1.8 113.3 198.0 338.5 – – (0.1) – – (21.4) (21.5) Total £m 0.8 2.0 8.0 2.9 74.4 179.3 267.4 Total £m 2.5 1.5 21.3 1.8 113.3 176.6 317.0 The Group’s bank loans are revolving credit facilities and the amount and timing of future payments and drawdowns is unknown. It is therefore not possible to calculate the interest arising on these loans and we have therefore not disclosed the maturity of the gross cash flows (including interest) in relation to these liabilities. Borrowing facilities The Group’s principal sources of long-term funding are its unsecured five-year £550m Revolving Credit Facility and its US$250m United States Private Placement. The Revolving Credit Facility was refinanced in November 2016 and initially ran to November 2021. Effective November 2017, the Group extended this facility for a further year to November 2022, and effective November 2018 for a further year to November 2023. The United States Private Placement of US$250m was completed in November 2015. The unsecured loan notes were drawn on 6 January 2016 as £82m, €56m and US$64m at a weighted average fixed interest rate of 2.5%. The loan notes mature at five, seven and ten-year intervals. Interest is payable half yearly. The Group’s undrawn committed facilities available at 31 March 2019 were £475.6m (2018: £436.7m) of which £nil (2018: £nil) matures within one year and £475.6m (2018: £436.7m) between two and five years. The Group has additional short-term unsecured and committed US bank facilities, £6m matures in November 2019 and £12m matures in November 2021. Both facilities were undrawn at 31 March 2019. Other short-term operational funding is provided by cash generated from operations and by local bank overdrafts. These overdraft facilities are uncommitted and are generally renewed on an annual or ongoing basis and hence the facilities expire within one year or less. UK companies have cross-guaranteed £15.3m (2018: £15.3m) of overdraft facilities of which £9.1m (2018: £1.0m) was drawn. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 173 173 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 27 Financial instruments continued Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities With the exception of the Group’s fixed rate loan notes, there were no significant differences between the book value and fair value (as determined by market value) of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities. The fair value of floating borrowings approximates to the carrying value because interest rates are reset to market rates at intervals of less than one year. The fair value of the Group’s fixed rate loan notes arising from the United States Private Placement completed in January 2016 is estimated to be £180.7m (2018: £175.8m). The fair value is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flow using readily available market data and represents a level 2 measurement in the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 7. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flow, using readily available market data, and represents a level 2 measurement in the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 7. The fair value of deferred contingent consideration arising on acquisitions is estimated by discounting the possible future cash flows for the acquired company identified as best, base and worst-case scenarios, using probability weightings of 25%, 50% and 25% respectively. The relevant future cash flows are dependent on the specific terms of the sale and purchase agreement. Those terms are as follows: — CasMed NIBP – Based on a sliding scale between 82.5% and 105% around a target threshold of sales to a particular customer for the 24 months to 30 June 2019, subject to a maximum earnout of $2.0m (£1.5m). — Mini-Cam – Based on a 10-times multiple of EBITDA above a target threshold of the higher of prior year and £7.3m for the year ended 31 March 2020. — Navtech – Based on 7.5 times multiple of EBIT excluding R&D capitalisation and amortisation above a target threshold of £2.9m and £3.6m for the years ended 31 March 2020 and 31 March 2021 respectively, subject to a maximum earn out of £5.6m and £9.4m. This calculation represents a level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 7. The fair value is sensitive to the weighting assigned to the expected future cash flows. For those earnouts where the payable is based on expectations of future cash flows, a change in weighting of 10 percentage points towards the best-case scenario would result in an increase in the undiscounted estimate of future cash flows of: CasMed NIBP Mini-Cam Navtech Current expected future cash flow £m 1.5 2.7 5.2 10 pp shift in weighting towards upside expectation £m – 0.8 1.7 Classification of financial assets and liabilities All financial assets and liabilities, with the exception of derivatives and contingent purchase consideration, are classified as amortised cost for accounting purposes. Derivatives in a hedging relationship are classified as fair value hedging instruments. Derivatives not in a hedging relationship are classified as fair value through profit or loss. Contingent purchase consideration is classified as fair value through profit or loss. 174 174 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 27 Financial instruments continued Hedging The Group’s policy is to hedge significant sales and purchases denominated in foreign currency using forward currency contracts. These instruments are initially recognised at fair value, which is typically £nil, and subsequent changes in fair value are taken to the Consolidated Income Statement, unless hedge accounted. The following table details the foreign currency contracts outstanding as at the year end, which mostly mature within one year and therefore the cash flows and resulting effect on profit and loss are expected to occur within the next 12 months: Average exchange rate/£ 31 March 2019 31 March 2018 31 March 2019 m Foreign currency 31 March 2018 m 31 March 2019 £m Contract value 31 March 2018 £m 31 March 2019 £m Fair value 31 March 2018 £m Forward contracts not in a designated cash flow hedge US Dollars Euros Other currencies Forward contracts in a designated cash flow hedge US Dollars Euros Other currencies Total forward contracts US Dollars Euros Other currencies 1.32 1.16 1.41 1.13 0.9 2.8 0.5 0.1 1.26 1.13 1.35 1.12 2.4 25.8 9.6 25.9 1.28 1.13 1.35 1.12 3.3 28.6 10.1 25.9 0.7 2.4 18.5 21.6 1.9 23.0 8.8 33.7 2.6 25.4 27.3 55.3 0.3 0.1 10.5 10.9 7.2 23.0 5.3 35.5 7.5 23.1 15.8 46.4 Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure – – 0.1 0.1 (0.1) 0.5 0.1 0.5 (0.1) 0.5 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.4 0.6 – – (0.1) (0.1) 0.3 0.3 – 0.6 0.3 0.3 (0.1) 0.5 0.1 0.4 0.5 The fair values of the forward contracts are disclosed as a £0.9m (2018: £0.7m) asset and £0.3m (2018: £0.2m) liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Of the £18.5m (2018: £10.5m) of open contracts for other currencies not in a designated cash flow hedge £16.9m (2018: £9.0m) relates to a Swiss Franc contract for expected cash flows between two subsidiaries within the Group. Any movements in the fair values of the contracts in a designated cash flow hedge are recognised in equity until the hedged transaction occurs, when gains/losses are recycled to finance income or finance expense. Analysis of movement in the Hedging reserve Amounts removed from Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and included in Consolidated Income Statement during the year Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Net movement in the Hedging reserve in the year in relation to the effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m (0.4) 0.4 (0.5) 0.4 – (0.1) Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. There was no ineffectiveness arising with regards to forward contracts in a designated cash flow hedge. The foreign currency forwards are denominated in the same currency as the highly probable future transaction, therefore the hedge ratio is 1:1. With the exception of currency exposures, the disclosures in this note exclude short-term receivables and payables. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 175 175 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 27 Financial instruments continued Market risk The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency risk, including: — forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the export of goods to and from the USA, Mainland Europe and the UK; and — foreign exchange loans to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on translation of the Group’s investment in foreign operations which have the Euro, US Dollar and Swiss Franc as their functional currencies. Bank loans and loan notes with a carrying value set out in the table on page 172 are used as net investment hedges for foreign currency net assets with carrying value of €63.5m (2018: €80.5m), US$141.4m (US$199.5m) and CHF11.1m (2018: CHF11.1m). The hedging ratio was 1:1. The change in the carrying value of the borrowings that was recognised is other comprehensive income was a loss of £7.9m (2018: gain of £13.3m). Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis as described below. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or in the manner in which these risks are managed and measured. Foreign currency sensitivity analysis The Group is mainly exposed to the currency of the USA (US Dollar) and the currency of Mainland Europe (Euro). The carrying amount of the Group’s US Dollar and Euro denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are as follows: US Dollar Euro 31 March 2019 £m 764.8 242.2 Assets 31 March 2018 £m 678.1 232.3 31 March 2019 £m 190.0 81.6 Liabilities 31 March 2018 £m 202.5 89.9 If Sterling increased by 10% against the US Dollar and the Euro, profits before taxation and other equity would decrease as follows: Profit Other equity 31 March 2019 £m 10.5 61.8 US Dollar 31 March 2018 £m 8.6 43.2 31 March 2019 £m 2.9 19.3 Euro 31 March 2018 £m 2.7 12.9 The profit sensitivity arises mainly from the translation of overseas profits earned during the year. 10% is the sensitivity rate which management assesses to be a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s profit sensitivity has increased against the US Dollar because more of the Group’s profits is earned in this currency. 28 Commitments Capital commitments Capital expenditure relating to the purchase of equipment authorised and contracted at 31 March 2019 but not recognised in these accounts amounts to £2.5m (2018: £0.6m). Commitments under operating leases The Group has entered into commercial leases on properties and other equipment. The former expire between April 2019 and August 2029 and the latter between June 2019 and May 2025. Only certain property agreements contain an option for renewal at rental prices based on market prices at the time of exercise. Refer to note 6 for the value of operating lease expenditure recognised during the current period. Total payments under non-cancellable operating leases will be made as follows: Within one year Within two to five years After five years Land and buildings 31 March 2019 £m 11.8 28.7 9.5 50.0 31 March 2018 £m 10.4 23.3 9.1 42.8 31 March 2019 £m 0.9 1.6 – 2.5 Other 31 March 2018 £m 0.8 1.4 – 2.2 176 176 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 29 Retirement benefits Group companies operate both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. The Halma Group Pension Plan and the Apollo Pension and Life Assurance Plan (both UK) have defined benefit sections with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. Both of these sections had already closed to new entrants in 2002/03 and closed to future benefit accruals for 2014/15. From that date, the former defined benefit members joined the existing defined contribution section within the Halma Group Pension Plan. Overseas subsidiaries have adopted mainly defined contribution plans, with the exception of small defined benefit plans in the Swiss entities of Medicel AG and Robutec AG. Total pension costs of £13.3m (2018: £10.6m) recognised in employee costs (note 7), comprise £10.4m (2018: £9.8m) related to defined contribution plans and £2.9m (2018: £0.8m) related to defined benefit plans, including administration expenses and the past service charge for the effect of equalisation of pension benefits for men and women in the defined benefit plans (‘Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation’). Defined contribution plans The amount charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of defined contribution plans was £10.4m (2018: £9.8m) and represents contributions payable to these plans by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plans. The assets of the plans are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees. Where there are employees who leave the plans prior to vesting fully in the contributions, the ancillary contributions payable by the Group may be reduced by the amount of forfeited contributions. Defined benefit plans The Group’s significant defined benefit plans are for qualifying employees of its UK subsidiaries. Under the plans, the employees are entitled to retirement benefits of up to two thirds of final pensionable salary on attainment of a retirement age of 60, for members of the Executive Board, and 65, for all other qualifying employees. No other post-retirement benefits are provided. The plans are funded plans. The most recent actuarial valuation of the Halma Group Pension Plan was carried out for the Trustees of the Plan as at 30 November 2017 by Mr A Gibbons, Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, of Mercer Limited. The present value of the liabilities was measured using the Projected Unit method. This method is an accrued benefits valuation method in which the plan liabilities include an allowance for projected earnings. The most recent actuarial valuation of the Apollo Pension and Life Assurance Plan was carried out for the Trustees of the Plan as at 1 April 2018 by Mr M Whitcombe, Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, also of Mercer Limited. The same Projected Unit method was used. An alternative to the projected unit credit method is a valuation on a solvency basis, which is an estimate of the cost of buying out benefits with a suitable insurance company. This amount represents the amount that would be required to settle the plan liabilities rather than the Group continuing to fund the ongoing liabilities of the Plans. The most recent estimate of the solvency liability was £375.4m as at 30 November 2017 for the Halma Group Pension Plan and £104.2m as at 1 April 2018 for the Apollo Pension and Life Assurance Plan. Key assumptions used (UK plans): Discount rate Expected return on plan assets Expected rate of salary increases (while still applicable) Pension increases LPI 2.5% Pension increases LPI 3.0% Inflation – RPI Inflation – CPI 31 March 2019 31 March 2018 1 April 2017 2.4% 2.4% n/a 2.1% 2.4% 3.2% 2.2% 2.5% 2.5% 3.1% 2.1% 2.3% 3.1% 2.1% 2.5% 2.5% 3.1% 2.1% 2.3% 3.1% 2.1% In line with market practices during the year the Group has adopted a ‘single agency’ approach to bond ratings and has excluded non-corporate bonds. The changes increased the discount rate by 0.2%, offset by a 0.3% reduction from changes in market conditions. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 177 177 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 29 Retirement benefits continued Mortality assumptions CMI tables have been used, consistent with those used in the recently completed triennial valuations. The assumed life expectations on retirement at age 65 are: Retiring today: Males Females Retiring in 20 years: Males Females 31 March 2019 Years 31 March 2018 Years 22.1 24.0 23.5 25.5 22.1 24.0 23.5 25.5 1 April 2017 Years 22.5 24.5 24.4 26.5 The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the UK plan liabilities are set out below: Assumption Discount rate Rate of inflation Rate of mortality Change in assumption Increase/decrease by 0.5% Increase/decrease by 0.5% Decrease by one year Impact on plan liabilities Decrease by 8.7%/increase by 9.8% Increase by 6.1%/decrease by 5.6% Decrease by 3.6% Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of the UK and Swiss defined benefit plans are as follows: Current service cost Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation Net interest charge on pension plan liabilities 31 March 2019 31 March 2018 UK defined benefit plans £m – 2.1 1.2 3.3 Other defined benefit plans £m 0.3 – – 0.3 Total £m 0.3 2.1 1.2 3.6 UK defined benefit plans £m – – 1.7 1.7 Other defined benefit plans £m 0.3 – – 0.3 Total £m 0.3 – 1.7 2.0 The Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation amount of £2.1m is an estimate calculated by the Group’s actuary, Mercer, to value the effect of equalising benefits between men and women in the UK schemes, following the judgement on 26 October 2018 in relation to the Lloyds Banking Group’s case. Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure. The actual return on plan assets was a gain of £17.4m (2018: gain of £6.7m). The cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure since the date of transition to IFRS is £81.7m (2018: £88.2m). The amount included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of its defined benefit retirement plans is as follows: Present value of defined benefit obligations Fair value of plan assets Net Retirement benefit obligation 31 March 2019 31 March 2018 UK defined benefit plans £m (325.4) 287.6 (37.8) Other defined benefit plans £m (6.0) 4.6 (1.4) Total £m (331.4) 292.2 (39.2) UK defined benefit plans £m (320.6) 267.7 (52.9) Other defined benefit plans £m (5.0) 4.0 (1.0) Total £m (325.6) 271.7 (53.9) Under the current arrangements, cash contributions in the region of £13-14m per year will be made for the immediate future with the objective of eliminating the pension deficit. 178 178 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 29 Retirement benefits continued Movements in the present value of the UK and Swiss defined benefit obligations were as follows: At beginning of year Service cost Past service charge Interest cost Remeasurement gains/(losses): Actuarial losses and gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions Actuarial losses and gains arising from changes in financial assumptions Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments Contributions from plan members Benefits paid Foreign exchange At end of year Movements in the fair value of the UK and Swiss plan assets were as follows: At beginning of year Interest income Actuarial gains excluding interest income Contributions from the sponsoring companies Contributions from plan members Benefits paid Foreign exchange At end of year The net movement on actuarial gains and losses of the UK and Swiss plans was as follows: Defined benefit obligations Fair value of plan assets Net actuarial gains Year ended 31 March 2019 £m (325.6) (0.3) (2.1) (8.0) (0.2) (9.4) 5.5 (0.5) 9.2 – (331.4) Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 271.7 6.8 10.6 11.7 0.5 (9.2) 0.1 292.2 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m (339.9) (0.3) – (8.2) 10.9 1.7 (1.0) (0.4) 11.2 0.4 (325.6) Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 265.0 6.5 0.2 11.1 0.4 (11.2) (0.3) 271.7 Year ended 31 March 2019 £m (4.1) 10.6 6.5 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 11.6 0.2 11.8 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 179 179 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Accounts Continued 29 Retirement benefits continued The analysis of the UK plan assets and the expected rate of return at the balance sheet date were as follows: Fair value of assets Equity instruments Debt instruments Property/cash All the UK plan assets are market quoted. Equity instruments Debt instruments Property/cash 31 March 2019 31 March 2018 Total £m 95.4 172.3 19.9 287.6 Total £m 138.4 110.5 18.8 267.7 Expected rate of return 31 March 2018 % 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 31 March 2019 % 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 In conjunction with the trustees, the Group conducts asset-liability reviews for its defined benefit pension plan. The results of these reviews are used to assist the trustees and the Group to determine the optimal long-term asset allocation with regard to the structure of the liabilities of the plan. They are also used to assist the trustees in managing the volatility in the underlying investment performance and risk of a significant increase in the defined benefit deficit by providing information used to determine the plan’s investment strategy. As a consequence, the Group is progressively giving more emphasis to a closer return matching of plan assets and liabilities, both to ensure the long-term security of its defined benefit commitment and to reduce earnings and balance sheet volatility. Based on the most recent actuarial valuation, the estimated amount of contributions expected to be paid to the UK and Swiss plans during the year ended 31 March 2020 is £12.7m. The levels of contributions are based on the current service cost and the expected future cash flows of the defined benefit pension plans. The Group estimates the plan liabilities on average to fall due over 20 and 25 years, respectively, for the Halma and Apollo plans. The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted pension obligation for the next ten years is as follows: At 31 March 2019 Halma Apollo Less than one year £m Between one and two years £m Between two and five years £m Between five and ten years £m 8.2 0.9 8.4 0.9 26.9 3.0 50.6 5.6 Total £m 94.1 10.4 The Group has considered the requirements of IFRIC 14 with respect to the UK plans and in particular the need to recognise an additional liability in respect of any minimum funding requirements. The Group has determined that it has an unconditional right to a refund under the plans and hence no additional liabilities are required. 30 Disposal of operations On 30 June 2018, the Group sold the trade and assets of Accudynamics Inc, part of the Fluid Technology CGU group, for sale proceeds of £4.2m less disposal costs of £0.3m, of which £3.1m was received during the year, and we expect to receive the remaining £0.8m approximately one year after the sale, in accordance with the Asset Sale agreement. The net assets on disposal were £4.4m comprising plant and equipment, inventory and trade receivables and payables, which together with the disposal of related goodwill of £0.8m and disposal costs of £0.3m, offset by the recycling of foreign exchange gains of £0.3m, resulted in a net loss on disposal (before taxation) of £1.0m. In the prior year, on 27 March 2018, Optomed completed a new share offering for €5.5m in which the Group did not participate. This diluted our ownership interest to 23.3% from 26.7%, realising a gain for the Group which was included as an adjusting item in the Consolidated Income Statement. The share issue was used to fund the acquisition of a digital software company, Commit Oy. Optomed continues to meet the tests for an associate. 180 180 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 31 Contingent liabilities Group financing exemptions applicable to UK controlled foreign companies As previously reported, on 24 November 2017 the European Commission published an opening decision that the United Kingdom controlled foreign company group financing partial exemption (‘FCPE’) constitutes State Aid. On 2 April 2019, the European Commission’s final decision concluded that the FCPE rules, as they applied up to 31 December 2018, constitute State Aid. The Group has benefitted from the FCPE in 2018 and prior periods. The total benefit at 31 March 2019 was approximately £15.4m (31 March 2018: £12.0m) in respect of tax and approximately £0.6m in respect of interest (31 March 2018: £0.3m). The Group is currently evaluating whether to appeal the European Commission’s decision and the UK government may also appeal. Therefore, at present the Group believes that no provision is required in respect of this issue, although a cash payment may be required in the next year which would be refundable on a successful appeal. Other contingent liabilities The Group has widespread global operations and is consequently a defendant in many legal, tax and customs proceedings incidental to those operations. In addition, there are contingent liabilities arising in the normal course of business in respect of indemnities, warranties and guarantees. These contingent liabilities are not considered to be unusual in the context of the normal operating activities of the Group. Provisions have been recognised in accordance with the Group accounting policies where required. None of these claims are expected to result in a material gain or loss to the Group. 32 Events subsequent to end of reporting period There were no known material non-adjusting events which occurred between the end of the reporting period and prior to the authorisation of these financial statements on 11 June 2019. 33 Related party transactions Trading transactions Associated companies Transactions with associated companies Purchases from associated companies Balances with associated companies Amounts due to associated companies Other related parties Transactions with other related parties Rent charged by other related parties Balances with other related parties Amounts due to other related parties Year ended 31 March 2019 £m Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 1.3 0.2 – – 1.6 0.3 – – Other related parties comprised one company that rents its premises from a pension scheme of which one of the Directors is a member. All the transactions above are on an arm’s length basis and on standard business terms. Remuneration of key management personnel The remuneration of the Directors and Executive Board members, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Annual Remuneration Report on pages 96 to 107. Wages and salaries Pension costs Share-based payment charge Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 6.8 0.2 3.3 10.3 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 6.0 0.1 3.2 9.3 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 181 181 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Company Balance Sheet Fixed assets Intangible assets Tangible assets Investments Deferred tax asset Current assets Debtors Short-term deposits Current tax Cash at bank and in hand Creditors: amounts falling due within one year Borrowings Creditors Current tax payable Net current assets Total assets less current liabilities Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year Borrowings Retirement benefit obligations Creditors Net assets Capital and reserves Share capital Share premium account Own shares Capital redemption reserve Other reserves Profit and loss account Total equity Notes C3 C4 C5 C10 C6 C7 C8 C7 C13 C9 C11 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m 0.4 5.3 284.3 5.3 295.3 628.5 0.1 4.5 1.8 634.9 29.6 74.4 – 104.0 530.9 826.2 253.7 22.3 20.5 529.7 38.0 23.6 (4.7) 0.2 (22.2) 494.8 529.7 0.3 3.2 249.5 7.5 260.5 661.0 0.1 – 1.2 662.3 17.7 47.3 4.0 69.0 593.3 853.8 289.9 36.2 20.2 507.5 38.0 23.6 (6.3) 0.2 (17.5) 469.5 507.5 The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 March 2019 of £75.0m (2018: £110.9m). The financial statements of Halma plc, company number 00040932, were approved by the Board of Directors on 11 June 2019. Andrew Williams Director Marc Ronchetti Director 182 182 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Company Statement of Changes in Equity At 1 April 2018 Profit for the year Other comprehensive income and expense: Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension plan Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income and expense Total comprehensive income for the year Dividends paid Share-based payment charge Deferred tax on share-based payment transactions Excess tax deductions related to exercised share awards Purchase of Own shares Performance share plan awards vested At 31 March 2019 At 2 April 2017 Profit for the year Other comprehensive income and expense: Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension plan Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income and expense Total comprehensive income for the year Dividends paid Share-based payment charge Deferred tax on share-based payment transactions Excess tax deductions related to exercised share awards Purchase of Own shares Performance share plan awards vested At 31 March 2018 Share capital £m 38.0 – Share premium account £m 23.6 – Own shares £m (6.3) – Capital redemption reserve £m 0.2 – – – – – – – – – – 38.0 38.0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 23.6 23.6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (3.8) 5.4 (4.7) (7.3) – – – – – – – – – – 38.0 – – – 23.6 – (2.6) 3.6 (6.3) – – – – – – – – – 0.2 0.2 – – – – – – – – – – 0.2 Other reserves £m (17.5) – – – – – 5.3 0.3 – – (10.3) (22.2) (15.2) – – – – – 5.0 (0.4) – – (6.9) (17.5) Profit and loss account £m 469.5 75.0 Total £m 507.5 75.0 8.3 8.3 (1.6) (1.6) 6.7 (57.2) – – 0.8 – – 494.8 404.5 110.9 6.7 (57.2) 5.3 0.3 0.8 (3.8) (4.9) 529.7 443.8 110.9 8.8 8.8 (1.9) (1.9) 6.9 (53.4) – – 0.6 – – 469.5 6.9 (53.4) 5.0 (0.4) 0.6 (2.6) (3.3) 507.5 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 183 183 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Company Accounts C1 Accounting policies Basis of preparation The separate Company financial statements are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 and have been prepared on the historical cost basis, and in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments and contingent purchase consideration at fair value as permitted by the Companies Act 2006. The principal accounting policies have been applied consistently in both the current and prior year. Financial reporting standard 101 – reduced disclosure exemptions The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101: — the requirements of paragraphs 45(b) and 46–52 of IFRS 2 Share-based payment; — the requirements of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures; — paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1; — paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment; — paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38 Intangible Assets; — the requirements of paragraphs 10(d), 10(f), 16, 38A, 38B, 38C, 38D, 40A, 40B, 40C, 40D,111 and 134–136 of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements; — the requirements of IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows; — the requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors; — the requirements in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures to disclose related party transactions entered into between two or more members of a group, provided that any subsidiary which is a party to the transaction is wholly owned by such a member; and — paragraph 17 of IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’ (key management compensation). New Standards and Interpretations applied for the first time in the year ended 31 March 2019 The following Standards and Interpretations applied for the first time, with effect from 1 April 2018, and have been adopted in the preparation of these Company Accounts. — IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement’. — IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’. — Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions. — Annual Improvements 2014–2016 Cycle. — IFRIC Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration. None of the above mentioned new Standards and Interpretations have affected the Company’s results. Significant accounting judgements and estimates In preparing the financial statements, management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of the Company’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The most significant critical judgement is in determining the value of the future defined benefit obligation in respect of the assumptions used to calculate present values. These include future mortality, discount rate and inflation. Management makes these judgements in consultation with an independent actuary. Details of the judgements made in calculating the defined benefit obligation are disclosed in note 29 to the Group accounts. The most significant area of estimate is determining whether there is impairment of the Company’s investments which requires estimation of the investments’ value in use. The value in use calculation requires the Company to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the investments and apply suitable discount rates in order to calculate present values. Summary of significant accounting policies Foreign currencies Transactions in foreign currency are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the rates prevailing at that date. Any gain or loss arising from subsequent exchange rate movements is included as an exchange gain or loss in the Profit and Loss Account. Financial Instruments The Company recognises financial instruments when it becomes a party to the contractual arrangements of the instrument. Financial instruments are de-recognised when they are discharged or when the contractual terms expire. The Company's accounting policies in respect of financial instruments transactions are explained below: Financial assets The Company recognises its financial assets into one of the categories discussed below, depending on the purpose for which the asset was acquired. 184 184 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 C1 Accounting policies continued Financial assets continued Other than the financial assets in a qualifying hedging relationship, the Company's accounting policy for each category is as follows: Fair value through profit or loss –These are carried in the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Profit and Loss Account. Amortised costs – Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers (other group companies), but also incorporate other types of contractual monetary asset. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment. The Company’s receivables relate entirely to balances due from other group companies. Where the intercompany receivable is payable on demand the Company determines whether any impairment provision is required by assessing the company’s ability to repay the loan. Where it is determined that the Company does not have the capacity to repay the loan at the balance sheet date, or the loan is not repayable on demand, an expected credit loss model is used to calculate the impairment provision required. Financial liabilities The Company classifies its financial liabilities into one of the categories discussed below, depending on the purpose for which the liability was acquired. Fair value through profit or loss – These comprise only out-of-the-money derivatives. They are carried in the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Profit and Loss Account. At amortised cost – Financial liabilities at amortised cost including bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Share-based payments The Company has adopted IFRS 2 and the accounting policies followed are in all material respects the same as the Group’s policy. This policy is shown on page 135. Investments Investments are stated at cost less provision for impairment. Fixed assets and depreciation Fixed assets are stated at cost less provisions for impairment and depreciation which, with the exception of freehold land which is not depreciated, is provided on all fixed assets on the straight-line method, each item being written off over its estimated life. The principal annual rates used for this purpose are: Freehold property Plant, equipment and vehicles 2% 8% to 33.3% Leases The costs of operating leases of property and other assets are charged on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Pensions The Company makes contributions to defined contribution pension plans, which are charged against profits when they become payable. The Company also operates a UK defined benefit pension plan. For defined benefit plans, the asset or liability recorded in the Company Balance Sheet is the difference between the fair value of the plan’s assets and the present value of the defined obligation at that date. The defined benefit obligation is calculated separately for the plan on an annual basis by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the year in which they occur, and are taken to other comprehensive income. Current and past service costs, along with the impact of settlements or curtailments, are charged to profit and loss. The unwinding of the discounting on the net liability is recognised within finance income or expense as appropriate. Taxation Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises both current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account except to the extent that it relates to items recognised either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable, on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years. Deferred taxation is provided on taxable temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their corresponding tax bases. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are only recognised if recovery is considered more likely than not on the basis of all available evidence. The recognition of deferred tax assets is dependent on assessments of future taxable income. Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 185 185 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Company Accounts Continued C2 Result for the year As permitted by Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, the Profit and Loss Account of Halma plc is not presented as part of these accounts. The Company has reported a profit after taxation for the financial year of £75.0m (2018: £110.9m). Auditors’ remuneration for audit services to the Company was £0.3m (2018: £0.3m). Total employee costs (including Directors) were: Wages and salaries Social security costs Pension costs Included within wages and salaries are share-based payment charges under IFRS 2 of £4.3m (2018: £3.5m). Number of employees (all in the UK) Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 16.3 2.0 0.9 19.2 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 13.3 1.6 0.9 15.8 Year ended 31 March 2019 Number 67 Year ended 31 March 2018 Number 59 Details of Directors’ remuneration are set out on pages 96 to 107 within the Annual Remuneration Report and form part of these financial statements. C3 Fixed assets – intangible assets Cost At 1 April 2018 Additions at cost At 31 March 2019 Accumulated amortisation At 1 April 2018 Charge for the year At 31 March 2019 Carrying amounts at 31 March 2019 At 31 March 2018 Computer Software £m 1.1 0.2 1.3 0.8 0.1 0.9 0.4 0.3 186 186 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 C4 Fixed assets – tangible assets Cost At 1 April 2018 Additions at cost Disposals At 31 March 2019 Accumulated depreciation At 1 April 2018 Charge for the year Disposals At 31 March 2019 Carrying amounts at 31 March 2019 At 31 March 2018 C5 Investments Shares in Group companies At cost less amounts written off at beginning of year Increase in investments Decrease in investments At cost less amounts written off at end of year Freehold properties £m Plant equipment and vehicles £m 3.1 2.2 – 5.3 0.7 0.1 – 0.8 4.5 2.4 1.4 0.3 (0.2) 1.5 0.6 0.2 (0.1) 0.7 0.8 0.8 Total £m 4.5 2.5 (0.2) 6.8 1.3 0.3 (0.1) 1.5 5.3 3.2 31 March 2019 £m 249.5 34.8 – 284.3 31 March 2018 £m 173.1 77.4 (1.0) 249.5 The increase of £34.8m in the year comprises additions from acquisitions in the period: £1.1m for the 100% acquisition of LAN Control Systems Limited including estimated deferred contingent consideration of £0.1m, and £33.1m for the acquisition of Navtech Radar Limited including estimated deferred contingent consideration of £8.2m. There was also an additional investment of £0.6m in the year in an existing subsidiary, Halma Euro Trading Limited. The increase of £77.4m in the prior year comprised additions from acquisitions in the period: £73.0m for the 100% acquisition of Mini-Cam Enterprises Limited including estimated deferred contingent consideration of £8.1m; and £3.8m for the 100% acquisition of Sterling Safety Systems Limited. There was also an additional investment of £0.6m in the year in an existing subsidiary, Halma Euro Trading Limited. The decrease of £1.0m in the year related to the closure of a UK business subsequent to the year end arising due to the transfer of its operations to its sister company in the USA. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 187 187 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Company Accounts Continued Subsidiaries Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 31 March 2019 are below. Name A & G Security Electronics Limited Accutome, Inc. Adler Diamant BV Advanced Electronics Limited Advanced Fire Systems Inc. Alicat Scientific, Inc. Alicat BV Analytical Development Company Limited Apollo (Beijing) Fire Products Co. Ltd Apollo America, Inc. Apollo Fire Detectors Limited Apollo GmbH Aquionics, Inc. Argus Security S.R.L. ASL Holdings Limited Country United Kingdom United States Registered Address (1) 3222 Phoenixville Pike, Malvern PA 19355 Simon Homburgstraat 21, 5431 NN Cuijk 34 Moorland Way, Nelson Park, Cramlington, Northumberland NE23 1WE 100 South Street, Hopkinton MA 01748 United States United States 7641 N Business Park Drive, Tucson AZ 85743 Geograaf 24, 6921 EW Duiven (1) Netherlands United Kingdom United Kingdom Netherlands Class Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Group % 100* 100 Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares 100* Common Stock Common Stock Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Block A5, Jinghai Industrial Park, No. 156 Jinghai Fourth Road, BDA Beijing 25 Corporate Drive, Auburn Hills MI 48326 36 Brookside Road, Havant, Hampshire PO9 1JR Am Anger 31, D-33332 Gütersloh 1455 Jamike Avenue, Suite 100, Erlanger Kentucky 41018 Via Maurizio Gonzaga no. 7, Milan, 20123 Ty Coch House, Llantarnam Park Way, Cwmbran, Gwent NP44 3AW China Ordinary Shares United States Common Stock United Kingdom Germany United States Ordinary & Deferred Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Italy Quotas United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* Avire Elevator Technology India Pte. Ltd Plot A/147, Road No. 24, Wagle India Industrial Estate, Thane West, 400604 Avire Elevator Technology Shanghai Ltd 4 Floor, Buling 75, No.1066, Qinzhou China Ordinary & Preference Shares Ordinary Shares Avire Global Pte. Ltd Avire Inc. Avire Limited Avire Trading Limited Avire s.r.o. Avo Photonics (Canada) Inc. Avo Photonics, Inc. B.E.A. Holdings, Inc. B.E.A. Inc. B.E.A. Investments, Inc. Baoding Longer Precision Pump Co., Ltd BEA Electronics (Beijing) Co Ltd BEA Electronics Singapore Pte. Ltd BEA Japan KK Beijing Ker'Kang Instrument Limited Company Berson Milieutechniek BV Bio-Chem Fluidics, Inc. Bureau d'Electronique appliquée S.A. ě Č Road, Shanghai, 200233 80 Raffles Place, #32-01 UOB Plaza, 048624 415 Oser Avenue, Suite Q, Hauppauge NY 11788 Unit 1 The Switchback Gardner Road, Maidenhead, Berkshire SL6 7RJ Unit 1 The Switchback Gardner Road, Maidenhead, Berkshire SL6 7RJ Okružní 2615, eské Bud 20 Mural Street, Unit 7, Richmond Hill, Ontario L4B 1K3 700 Business Center Drive, Suite 125, Horsham PA 19044 100 Enterprise Drive, RIDC West, Pittsburgh PA 15275 100 Enterprise Drive, RIDC West, Pittsburgh PA 15275 100 Enterprise Drive, RIDC West, Pittsburgh PA 15275 Building A, Chuangye Center, Baoding National High-Tech Development Zone, Baoding, Hebei, 071051 Room 5959, Shenchang Building, No.51, Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing 16 Raffles Quay, #38-03 Hong Leong Building, Singapore 048581 154-0012 Komazawa, Setagaya-ku 3-28-11, Tokyo Unit 316, Area 1 Tower B, Chuangxin Building, 12 Hongda North Rd, Beijing, 100176 PO Box 90, 5670 AB Nuenen 85 Fulton Street, Boonton New Jersey 07005 Allée des Noisetiers 5, Liège Science Park B-4031 LIEGE-Angleur Singapore Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares United Kingdom Ordinary Shares United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* jovice, 370 01 Czech Republic Canada United States United States Ordinary Shares A & B Shares 100 100 A & B Preferred Stock & Common Stock Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares China China Ordinary Shares 100 Singapore Ordinary Shares Japan China Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Netherlands United States Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Belgium Ordinary Shares 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100* 100 100 100* 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 188 188 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Name Business Marketers Group, Inc (trading as Rath Communications) Cardios Sistemas Comercial e Industrial Ltda Cardio Dinâmica Ltda Castell Interlocks, Inc. Castell Locks Limited Smart Process Safety China Ltd (previously Castell China Ltd) Castell Safety International Limited Castell Safety Technology Limited CEF Safety Systems BV CenTrak, Inc. Clinical Patents, LLC Cosasco Middle East (FZE) Crowcon Detection Instruments Limited Diba Industries Limited Diba Industries, Inc. Diba Japan K.K. Eco Rupture Disc Limited Eiffel APAC PTE. Ltd Eiffel Holdings Limited Eiffel Investments UK Limited Eiffel Investments Ltd Eiffel Lux S.a.r.l. Eiffel Management Services Ltd Elfab Hughes Limited Elfab Limited F.I.R.E. Panel, LLC Fabrication de Produits de Sécurité SaRL FFE Holdings Limited FFE Limited Fiberguide Industries, Inc. Fire Fighting Enterprises Limited Firetrace Aerospace, LLC Firetrace International Asia Pte. Ltd Firetrace International Limited Firetrace USA, LLC Fluid Conservation Systems, Inc. FluxData Inc. Fortress Interlocks Limited Registered Address 24720 N Corporate Cir, Sussex WI 53089. Avenida Paulista, 509, 1º e 2º andares, conjuntos 201, 212, 213 e 214, Bela Vista, São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 01311-910 Avenida Paulista nº 509, 16º andar, conjuntos 1601 e 1602, São Paulo, Estado de São Paulo, CEP 01311-910-0 Suite 865, 150 N Michigan Avenue, Chicago Illinois 60601 (1) Section A, Floor 2, Block 23, No. 1 Factory Building, No. 123, Lane 1165, Jindu Road, Minhang District, Shanghai, 201108 The Castell Building, 217 Kingsbury Road, London NW9 9PQ (1) Delftweg 69, 2289 BA Rijswijk 125 Pheasant Run, Newton PA 18940 125 Pheasant Run, Newton PA 18940 PO Box 8186, SAIF Zone, Sharjah 172 Brook Drive, Milton Park, Milton, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4SD 2 College Park, Coldhams Lane, Cambridge CB1 3HD 4 Precision Road, Danbury CT 06810 Urban Komazawa, 3-28-11 Komazawa, Setagaya-ku, Tokyo (1) 4 Shenton Way, #15-01, SGX Centre II (1) (1) 2 Grand Canal Square, Grand Canal Harbour, Dublin 2 20 Rue des Peupliers, L-2328 2 Grand Canal Square, Grand Canal Harbour, Dublin 2 (1) Alder Road, West Chirton Industrial Estate, North Shields, Tyne & Wear NE29 8SD 8435 N. 90th St., Suite 2, Scottsdale AZ 85258 21 Rue du Cuir, ZI Sidi Rezig, Mégrine, 2033 (1) 9 Hunting Gate, Hitchin, Hertfordshire SG4 0TJ 1 Bay Street, Stirling NJ 07980 (1) 8435 N. 90th St., Suite 7 Scottsdale, AZ 85258 16 Collyer Quay, #11-01, Hitachi Tower, Singapore, 049318 (1) 8435 N. 90th St., Suite 2 Scottsdale, AZ, 85258 502 Technecenter Drive, Suite B, Milford OH 45150 176 Anderson Ave, STE F304, Rochester, NY 14607 2 Inverclyde Drive, Wolverhampton, West Midlands WV4 6FB Country United States Class Ordinary shares Brazil Quotas Group % 100 100 Brazil Quotas 100 United States Ordinary Shares 100 United Kingdom China Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100 United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United Kingdom Netherlands United States United States UAE United Kingdom Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Common Stock Common Stock Common Stock A & Ordinary Shares 100* 100 100 100 100 100* United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United States Japan Common Stock Ordinary Shares United Kingdom Singapore United Kingdom United Kingdom Ireland Luxembourg Ireland Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares United Kingdom United Kingdom Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares United States Common Stock Tunisia Ordinary Shares 100 100 100* 100 100 100 100 100 100 100* 100* 100 100 United Kingdom United Kingdom Deferred, A & Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100* United States United Kingdom United States Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100 100* 100 Singapore Ordinary Shares 100 United Kingdom United States Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares United Kingdom Ordinary & Preferred Shares 100* 100 100 100 100* i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 189 189 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Company Accounts Continued Name Fortress Interlocks Pty Ltd Halma (China) Group Halma Do Brasil – Equipamentos De Segurança Ltda Halma Euro Trading Limited Halma Europe DS BV Halma Financing Limited Halma Holding GmbH Halma Holdings, Inc. Halma India Private Ltd Halma International BV Halma International Limited Halma Investment Holdings Limited Halma IT Services Limited Halma Overseas Funding Limited Halma PR Services Limited Halma Resistors Unlimited Halma Safety Limited Halma Saúde e Otica do Brasil – Importação, Exportação e Distribuição Ltda Halma Services Limited Hanovia Limited HFT Shanghai Co., Ltd HWM-Water Limited Hydreka SAS InPipe GmbH Iso-Lok Limited Keeler Instruments, Inc. Keeler Limited Kerry Ultrasonics Sdn Bhd Kirk Key Interlock Company, LLC Klaxon Signals Limited Labsphere, Inc. LAN Control Systems Limited Langer Instruments Corporation Limotec bvba Meadowbridge Holdings Limited Medicel AG United Kingdom Netherlands United Kingdom Germany United States Netherlands United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom Brazil United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom India Brazil China Country Australia Registered Address Ross Wadeson Accountants, Unit 13, 20–30 Malcolm Road, Braeside VIC 3195 Block 1, 3rd Floor, No. 123, Lane 1165, Jindu Road, Minghang District, Shanghai, 201108 Av. Tancredo Neves 620, Salas 1003/1004, Caminho das Árvores, Salvador, Bahia, 41.820-020 (1) J. Keplerweg 14, 2408 AC Alphen aan den Rijn (1) PO Box 35, Bruckstrasse 31, D-72417 Jungingen 502 Techne Center Dr Suite B, Milford, OH 45150 'Prestige Shantiniketan', Gate 2, Tower C, 7th Floor, Whitefield Main Road, Mahadevapura, Bengaluru, Bangalore, Karnataka, 560048 De Huufkes 23, 5674TL Nuenen (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) Avenida Marcos Penteado de Ulhoa Rodrigues, n. 1119, 11th Floor, Suite 1102, Tambore, Barueri/São Paulo, 06.460- 040 (1) 780/781 Buckingham Avenue, Slough, Berkshire SL1 4LA Floor 2, No. 1 Factory Building, No. 123, Lane 1165, Jindu Road, Minghang District, Shanghai, 201108 Ty Coch House, Llantarnam Park Way, Cwmbran, Gwent NP44 3AW 1 Chemin des Vergers, Batiment 2A, 69760, Limonest Walserstraße 92a, 6991 Riezlern im Kleinwalsertal (1) 456 Parkway, Lawrence Park Ind. Estate, Broomall PA 19008 Clewer Hill Road, Windsor, Berkshire SL4 4AA 10th Floor, Wisma Havela Thakardas, No. 1, Jalan Tiong Nam, Off Jalan Raja Laut, 50350 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah Persekutuan 9048 Meridian Circle NW, North Canton OH 44720 (1) 231 Shaker Street, North Sutton NH 03260 H1 Ash Tree Court, Mellors Way, Nottingham Business Park, Nottingham. NG8 6PY 85 Fulton Street, Unit 12, Boonton NJ 07005 Bosstraat 21, 8570 Anzegem (Vichte) (1) Dornierstrasse 11, CH – 9423 Altenrhein Switzerland Malaysia Austria France China United States United Kingdom United States United Kingdom United States Belgium United Kingdom United Kingdom United States United Kingdom Class Ordinary Shares Group % 100 Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares A & Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100 100 100 100 100 100 100* 100 100* 100 100* 100 100* 100 Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100* Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares 100* Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100 100 100* 100 Ordinary Shares 100* Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100 Ordinary Shares 100* Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares A & B Preference & C Ordinary Shares 100 100* 100 190 190 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Name MicroSurgical Technology, Inc. Mini-Cam Limited Mini-Cam Enterprises Limited Mini-Cam Holdings Limited Mistura Systems Limited Morley Electronics Limited Navtech Radar Limited Ocean Optics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd Ocean Optics Asia LLC Ocean Optics BV Ocean Optics Germany GmbH Ocean Optics, Inc. Oklahoma Safety Equipment Co, Inc. Palintest Limited Palmer Environmental Limited Palmer Environmental Services Limited Perma Pure India Pte Ltd Perma Pure, LLC Pixelteq, Inc. Power Equipment Limited Radcom (Technologies) Limited Radio-Tech Limited RCS Corrosion Services Sdn. Bhd RCS International Limited Research Engineers Limited Reten Acoustics Limited Riester USA, LLC Robutec AG Rohrback Cosasco International Limited Rohrback Cosasco System China Corporation Rohrback Cosasco Systems LLC Rohrback Cosasco Systems Pte Ltd Registered Address 8415 154th Avenue NE, Redmond WA 98052 Unit 4 Yew Tree Way, Golborne, Warrington, WA3 3FN Unit 4 Yew Tree Way, Golborne, Warrington WA3 3FN Unit 4 Yew Tree Way, Golborne, Warrington, WA3 3FN (1) Unit 34 Moorland Way, Nelson Park, Cramlington, Northumberland NE23 1WE Home Farm, Ardington, Wantage, Oxfordshire. OX12 8PD Block B, 3rd Floor, No. 123, Lane 1165, Jindu Road, Minghang District, Shanghai Suite 601, Kirin Tower, 666 Gubei Road, Shanghai, 200336 Geograaf 24, 6921EW Duiven Maybachstrasse 11, D-73760 Ostfildern- Stuttgart 830 Douglas Avenue, Dunedin Florida 34698 PO Box 1327, 1701 West Tacoma, Broken Arrow OK 74013 Palintest House, Kingsway, Team Valley Trading Estate, Gateshead Tyne & Wear NE11 0NS (1) (1) Plot No. A/147, Road No. 24, Wagle Industrial Estate, Thane West, Maharashtra, THANE 400064 1001 New Hampshire Ave., Lakewood NJ 08701 8060A Bryan Dairy Road, Largo Florida 33777 (1) Country United States Class Common Stock Group % 100 United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United Kingdom United Kingdom Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100 United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* China Ordinary Shares 100 United States Common Stock Netherlands Germany Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares 100 100 100 100 100 United Kingdom Ordinary & Deferred Shares 100* United Kingdom United Kingdom India Ordinary Shares A & Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100* 100 United States Ordinary Shares United States Ordinary Shares United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom Malaysia United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United States Ty Coch House, Llantarnam Park Way, Cwmbran, Gwent NP44 3AW (1) Level 21, Suite 21.01, The Garden South Tower, Mid Valley City, Lingkaran Syed Putra, 59200 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah Persekutuan (1) (1) (1) 507 Airport Blvd Ste 113, Morrisville NC 27560-8200 Dornierstrasse 11, CH – 9423 Altenrhein Switzerland OIL (Offshore Inc Limited) PO Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola No. A, Apartment 15F, Building 1, Tianchen Plaza, Yi-12 Chaoyangmen North Street, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020 Gulf Consulting House Al-Shablan Tower – 5th Floor King Fahd Rd, Al Hizam Al Thahabi P.O.Box 3140 AL Khobar, 31952 Ardent Business Advisory, 146, Robinson Road, #12-01, Singapore, 068909 Singapore China Saudi Arabia Preference & Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100 100 100* 100* 100* 100 100 100* 100* 100 100 100 Common Stock 100 Common Stock 100 Ordinary Shares 100 Ordinary Shares British Virgin Islands Ordinary Shares i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 191 191 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Company Accounts Continued jovice, 370 01 Czech Republic Name Rohrback Cosasco Systems Pty Ltd Rohrback Cosasco Systems UK Limited Rohrback Cosasco Systems, Inc Rudolf Riester GmbH S.E.R.V. Trayvou Interverrouillage SA Sensorex s.r.o Sensorex Corporation Setco S.A. Shanghai Labsphere Optical Equipments Co., Ltd Smith Flow Control Limited (previously Swift 943 Ltd) Smith Flow Control, Inc. Sofis BV (previously Netherlocks Safety Systems BV) Sofis GmbH (previously Netherlocks Safety Systems GmbH Sofis Limited (previously Smith Flow Control Ltd) Registered Address Unit 5, 17 Caloundra Road, Clarkson, WA (1) 11841 Smith Ave, Santa Fe Springs CA 90670 Bruckstrasse 31, D-72417 Jungingen 1 Ter, Rue du Marais Bat B, 93106 Montreuil, Cedex Okružní 2615, 11751 Markon Drive, Garden Grove CA 92841 c/Miquel Romeu 56, L’Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona, 08907 Block 1, No. 123, Lane 1165, Jindu Road, Minhang District, Shanghai, 201108 (1) eské Bud Č ě 1390 Donaldson Rd, Suite B, Erlanger Kentucky 41018 J Keplerweg 14, 2408 AC Alphen aan den Rijn Hahnenkammstrasse 12, 63811 Stockstadt 6 Waterside Business Park, Eastways Industrial Estate, Witham, Essex CM8 3YQ Sonar Research & Development Limited (1) Sterling Safety Systems Limited SunTech Group EB Trustee Limited SunTech Medical (USA), LLC SunTech Medical Devices (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd SunTech Medical Group Limited SunTech Medical Limited SunTech Medical Ltd (Hong Kong) SunTech Medical, Inc. T.L. Jones Ltd Talentum Developments Limited Telegan Gas Monitoring Limited Texecom Limited Thinketron Precision Equipment Company Ltd Value Added Solutions LLC Visiometrics S.L. Visual Performance Diagnostics, Inc. Volk Optical Inc. Wilkinson & Simpson Limited * Directly held by the Company. B12a Holly Farm Business Park, Honiley, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 1NP (1) 507 Airport Boulevard, Suite 117, Morrisville NC 27560-8200 2-3/F, Block A, Jinxiongda Technology Park, Guanlan, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, 518110 Oakfield Industrial Estate, Eynsham, Witney, Oxfordshire OX29 4TS Oakfield Industrial Estate, Eynsham, Witney, Oxfordshire OX29 4TS 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen's Road Central 507 Airport Boulevard, Suite 117, Morrisville NC 27560-8200 50 Hazeldean Road, Addington, Christchurch, 8024 9 Hunting Gate, Hitchin, Hertfordshire SG4 0TJ (1) Bradwood Court, St. Crispin Way, Haslingden, Rossendale, Lancashire BB4 4PW Room 813 8/F Tai Yau Building, 181 Johnston Road, Wan Chai 26 Duane Lane, Burlington CT 06013 Argenters, 8. Edifici 3, Parc Tecnològic del Vallès, 08290 Cerdanyola 26895 Aliso Creek Rd, Suite B223, Aliso Viejo CA 92656 7893 Enterprise Drive, Mentor Ohio 44060 (1) Country Australia Class Ordinary Shares Group % 100 United Kingdom United States Ordinary Shares Common Stock 100* 100 Germany France United States Spain China Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares Common Stock Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100 100 100 100 100 100 United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United States Ordinary Shares Netherlands Ordinary Shares 100 100 Germany Ordinary Shares 100 United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United Kingdom United Kingdom Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100* United Kingdom United States Ordinary Shares Common Stock China Ordinary Shares United Kingdom Ordinary Shares United Kingdom Ordinary Shares Hong Kong Ordinary Shares United States Common Stock New Zealand Ordinary Shares 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 United Kingdom Ordinary Shares 100* United Kingdom United Kingdom Ordinary Shares Ordinary Shares 100* 100* Hong Kong Ordinary Shares United States Spain Common Stock Ordinary Shares United States Common Stock United States Common Stock 100 100 100 100 100 United Kingdom Deferred & Ordinary Shares 100* (1) Misbourne Court, Rectory Way, Amersham, Buckinghamshire HP7 0DE. 192 192 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 C6 Debtors Amounts falling due within one year: Amounts due from Group companies Other debtors Prepayments C7 Borrowings Falling due within one year: Overdrafts Loan notes Falling due after more than one year: Unsecured loan notes Unsecured bank loans Total borrowings 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m 616.8 0.1 11.6 628.5 651.3 0.1 9.6 661.0 31 March 2019 £m 31 March 2018 £m 29.5 0.1 29.6 179.3 74.4 253.7 283.3 17.6 0.1 17.7 176.6 113.3 289.9 307.6 The Company has two sources of long-term funding, which comprise: — an unsecured five-year £550m Revolving Credit Facility, which, having been extended during the year, expires in November 2023 and is therefore classified as expiring within two to five years (2018: within two to five years). At 31 March 2019 £475.6m (2018: £436.7m) remained committed and undrawn, and — unsecured loan notes agreed on 2 November 2015 in a mix of Sterling, US Dollars and Euro with borrowing periods of five, seven and ten years. At 31 March 2019 the outstanding loan notes totalled £179.3m (2018: £176.6m). The loan notes are classified as falling due after more than one year. Further details are included in note 27 to the Group accounts. The remaining loan notes due within one year outstanding at the balance sheet date of £0.1m were converted at par to cash in May 2019. The bank overdrafts, which are unsecured, at 31 March 2019 and 1 April 2018 were drawn on uncommitted facilities which all expire within one year and were held pursuant to a Group pooling arrangement which offsets them against credit balances in subsidiary undertakings. The Company is part of an arrangement between UK subsidiaries whereby overdraft facilities of £15.3m (2018: £15.3m) are cross- guaranteed. Of these facilities £9.1m (2018: £1.0m) was drawn. C8 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year Trade creditors Amounts owing to Group companies Other taxation and social security Other creditors Provision for contingent consideration Accruals 31 March 2019 £m 2.6 52.3 1.2 0.6 8.2 9.5 74.4 31 March 2018 £m 1.5 37.1 1.5 0.3 – 6.9 47.3 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 193 193 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Notes to the Company Accounts Continued C9 Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year Amounts owing to Group companies Other creditors Provision for contingent consideration These liabilities fall due as follows: Within one to two years Within two to five years After more than five years 31 March 2019 £m 12.1 0.4 8.0 20.5 6.3 2.1 12.1 31 March 2018 £m 11.9 0.2 8.1 20.2 3.6 4.7 11.9 The contingent consideration payable relates to the prior year acquisition of Mini-Cam Enterprises Limited and the acquisitions during the year of LAN Control Systems Limited and Navtech (see note 20 to the Group accounts). C10 Deferred tax At 1 April 2018 (Charge)/credit to Profit and Loss account Charge to comprehensive income Credit to equity At 31 March 2019 At 2 April 2017 Charge to Profit and Loss account Charge to comprehensive income Charge to equity At 31 March 2018 C11 Share capital Ordinary shares of 10p each Retirement benefit obligations £m 6.7 (1.0) (1.6) – 4.1 9.7 (1.2) (1.8) – 6.7 Short-term timing differences £m 0.8 0.1 – 0.3 1.2 1.6 (0.4) – (0.4) 0.8 Total £m 7.5 (0.9) (1.6) 0.3 5.3 11.3 (1.6) (1.8) (0.4) 7.5 Issued and fully paid 31 March 2018 £m 38.0 31 March 2019 £m 38.0 The number of ordinary shares in issue at 31 March 2019 was 379,645,332 (2018: 379,645,332), including treasury shares of nil (2018: 3,990) and 370,354 shares (2018: 631,991) held by the Employee Benefit Trust. C12 Reserves The Capital redemption reserve was created on the repurchase and cancellation of the Company’s own shares. The Other reserves represent the provision being established in respect of the value of equity-settled share awards made by the Company. Own shares are ordinary shares in Halma plc purchased by the Company and held to fulfil the its obligations under the Group’s share plans. C13 Retirement benefits The Company participates in, and is the sponsoring employer of, the Halma Group Pension Plan. The plan closed to new entrants in 2002/03 and to future benefit accrual in 2014/15. From that date, the former defined benefit members joined the Company’s existing defined contribution plan. There is no contractual agreement or stated policy for charging the net defined benefit cost within the Group. In accordance with IAS 19 (Revised 2011), the Company contribution made to the defined benefit plan during the year ended 31 March 2019 was £3.3m (2018: £3.4m). The results for the Company include a past service cost of £1.8m (2018: £nil) in respect of a Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation charge, estimated by the Group’s actuary, Mercer, to value the effect of equalising benefits between men and women in the pension scheme following the High Court’s judgement on 26 October 2018 in relation to the Lloyd’s Banking Group’s case. Net interest charges on pension plan liabilities of £0.8m (2018: £1.2m) were recognised in the Profit and Loss Account in respect of the Company defined benefit plan. 194 194 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 C13 Retirement benefits continued The net movement on actuarial gains and losses of the plan reported in the Company Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure was as follows: Defined benefit obligations Fair value of plan assets Net actuarial gains Year ended 31 March 2019 £m (1.3) 9.6 8.3 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 8.8 – 8.8 The actual return on plan assets was a gain of £15.1m (2018: gain of £5.3m). The amount included in the Company Balance Sheet arising from the Company’s obligations in respect of its defined benefit retirement plans is as follows: Present value of defined benefit obligations Fair value of plan assets Liability recognised in the Company Balance Sheet 31 March 2019 £m (255.2) 232.9 (22.3) 31 March 2018 £m (253.8) 217.6 (36.2) 1 April 2017 £m (266.1) 214.7 (51.4) Under the current arrangements, cash contributions in the region of £8.6m per year will be made for the immediate future with the objective of eliminating the pension deficit. Movements in the present value of the defined benefit obligation were as follows: At beginning of year Past service cost Interest cost Remeasurement (losses)/gains: Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in financial assumptions Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments Benefits paid At end of year Movements in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows: At beginning of year Interest income Actuarial gains, excluding interest income Contributions from the sponsoring companies Benefits paid At end of year Year ended 31 March 2019 £m (253.8) (1.8) (6.3) – (7.1) 5.8 8.0 (255.2) Year ended 31 March 2019 £m 217.6 5.5 9.6 8.2 (8.0) 232.9 Year ended 31 March 2018 £m (266.1) – (6.5) 8.6 1.2 (1.0) 10.0 (253.8) Year ended 31 March 2018 £m 214.7 5.3 – 7.6 (10.0) 217.6 Further details of Halma Group Pension Plan, including all disclosures required under FRS 101, are contained in note 29 to the Group accounts. i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 195 195 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Summary 2009 to 2019 Revenue (note 1) Overseas sales (note 1) Profit before taxation, and adjustments (note 2) Net tangible assets/capital employed Borrowings (excluding overdrafts) Cash and cash equivalents (net of overdrafts) Number of employees (note 1) Earnings per ordinary share (note 1) Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (note 2) Year-on-year increase in adjusted earnings per ordinary share Return on Sales (notes 1 and 3) Return on Capital Employed (restated – note 4) Return on Total Invested Capital (restated – note 4) Year-on-year increase in dividends per ordinary share (paid and proposed) Ordinary share price at financial year end Market capitalisation at financial year end All years are presented under IFRS. Notes: 1 Continuing and discontinued operations. 2009/10 £m 459.1 360.8 86.2 145.5 21.9 31.0 3,689 16.10p 16.89p 10.4% 18.8% 55.9% 14.0% 7% 259p 978.1 2010/11 £m 518.4 412.3 104.6 147.0 79.7 42.6 3,875 19.23p 20.49p 21.3% 20.2% 72.2% 16.0% 7% 355p 1,342.7 2011/12 £m 579.9 454.3 120.5 163.3 64.0 45.3 4,347 23.01p 24.46p 19.4% 20.8% 78.6% 17.6% 7% 381p 1,440.8 2 Adjusted to remove the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and acquisition transaction costs, release of fair value adjustments to inventory, adjustments to contingent consideration (collectively ‘acquisition items’) and restructuring costs. IFRS figures include results of operations up to the date of their sales or closure but exclude material discontinued and continuing profits on sales or closures of operations. In 2013/14 only, the effects of closure to future benefit accrual of the defined benefit pension plans have also been removed. In the current year, the adjustments also include the effect of equalising pension benefits for men and women in the Group’s defined benefit pension plans. 3 Return on Sales is defined as profit before taxation, the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets; acquisition items (from 2010/11); restructuring costs, profit or loss on disposal of operations; and the effects of closure to future benefit accrual of the defined benefit pension plans net of associated costs (2013/14 only) expressed as a percentage of revenue. 4 See note 3 to the Report and Accounts for the definitions of ROCE and ROTIC. The ROCE and ROTIC measures were restated in 2014/15 and for all prior years to use an average Capital Employed and Total Invested Capital respectively. This measure is considered to be more representative. 5 IAS 19 (as revised in June 2011) ‘Employee Benefits’ was adopted by the Group in 2013/14. To aid comparison, and as required by IAS 19 (revised), the Consolidated Financial Statements and affected notes for 2012/13 were restated as if IAS 19 (revised) had always applied during that year. Results prior to 2012/13 were not restated. 6 The 2015/16 figures were restated in 2016/17, as required by IFRS 3 (revised) ‘Business Combinations’, for material changes arising on the provisional accounting for acquisitions in 2014/15. 196 196 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 2012/13 £m 619.2 503.6 130.7 188.7 160.0 49.7 4,716 25.22p 26.22p 7.2% 21.1% 76.4% 16.9% 7% 518p 1,962.6 (Restated) (note 5) 2012/13 £m 619.2 503.6 128.5 188.7 160.0 49.7 4,716 24.79p 25.79p 5.4% 20.8% 75.8% 16.6% 7% 518p 1,962.6 2013/14 £m 676.5 548.6 140.2 189.7 107.6 33.1 4,999 28.14p 28.47p 10.4% 20.7% 76.6% 16.7% 7% 579p 2,192.6 2014/15 £m 726.1 587.8 153.6 219.1 140.4 39.5 5,328 27.49p 31.17p 9.5% 21.2% 77.6% 16.3% 7% 701p 2,661.3 (Restated) (note 6) 2015/16 £m 807.8 663.0 166.0 258.6 296.2 49.5 5,604 28.76p 34.26p 9.9% 20.6% 72.4% 15.6% 7% 912p 3,462.4 2016/17 £m 961.7 806.7 194.0 302.2 262.1 65.6 5,771 34.25p 40.21p 17.4% 20.2% 72.5% 15.3% 7% 1024p 3,887.6 2017/18 £m 1,076.2 902.9 213.7 322.0 290.0 69.7 6,113 40.69p 45.26p 12.6% 19.9% 71.6% 15.2% 7% 1179p 4,476.0 2018/19 £m 1,210.9 1,010.0 245.7 358.9 253.8 72.1 6,508 44.78p 52.74p 16.5% 20.3% 75.1% 16.1% 7% 1672p 6,347.7 i S t r a t e g c R e p o r t G o v e r n a n c e F i n a n c i a l S t a t e m e n t s O t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019 197 197 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Shareholder Information Financial calendar Annual General Meeting 2018/19 Final dividend payable 2019/20 Half year end 2019/20 Half year results 2019/20 Interim dividend payable 2019/20 Year end 2019/20 Final results Analysis of shareholders as at 6 June 2019 Number of shares held 1 – 5,000 5,001 – 25,000 25,001 – 100,000 100,001 – 750,000 750,001 and over Total Share price history Highest Lowest Dividend history Interim Final Total * Proposed. 25 July 2019 14 August 2019 30 September 2019 19 November 2019 February 2020 31 March 2020 June 2020 Shareholders (number) % Shares (number) 4,284 77.30% 5,093,035 677 283 215 83 12.22% 7,560,591 5.11% 14,656,223 3.88% 61,699,299 1.50% 290,636,184 % 1.34% 1.99% 3.86% 16.25% 76.55% 5,542 100.00% 379,645,332 100.00% 2019 1675 1146 2019 6.11 9.60* 15.71 2018 1330 1007 2018 5.71 8.97 14.68 2017 1126 887 2017 5.33 8.38 13.71 2016 917 699 2016 4.98 7.83 12.81 2015 726 559 2015 4.65 7.31 11.96 198 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Investor information Visit our website, www.halma.com, for investor information and Company news. In addition to accessing financial data, you can view and download Annual and Half Year Reports, analyst presentations, find contact details for Halma senior executives and subsidiary companies and access links to Halma subsidiary websites. You can also download our iPad app or subscribe to an email news alert service to automatically receive an email when significant announcements are made. Shareholding information Please contact our Registrar, Computershare, directly for all enquiries about your shareholding. Visit their Investor Centre website www.investorcentre.co.uk for online information about your shareholding (you will need your shareholder reference number which can be found on your share certificate or dividend confirmation), or telephone the Registrar direct using the dedicated telephone number for Halma shareholders: +44 (0)370 707 1046. Dividend mandate Shareholders can arrange to have their dividends paid directly into their bank or building society account by completing a bank mandate form. The advantages to using this service are: the payment is more secure than sending a cheque through the post; it avoids the inconvenience of paying in a cheque and reduces the risk of lost, stolen or out-of- date cheques. A mandate form can be obtained from Computershare or you will find one on the reverse of your last dividend confirmation. Dividend reinvestment plan The Company operates a dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP) which offers shareholders the option to elect to have their cash dividends reinvested in Halma ordinary shares purchased in the market. You can register for the DRIP online by visiting Computershare’s Investor Centre website (as above) or by requesting an application form direct from Computershare. Shareholders who wish to elect for the DRIP for the forthcoming final dividend, but have not already done so, should return a DRIP application form to Computershare no later than 24 July 2019. Electronic communications All shareholder communications, including the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts, are made available to shareholders on the Halma website and you may opt to receive email notification that documents and information are available to view and download rather than to receive paper copies through the post. Using electronic communications helps us to limit the amount of paper we use and assists us in reducing our costs. If you would like to sign up for this service, visit Computershare’s Investor Centre website. You may change the way you receive communications at any time by contacting Computershare. Annual General Meeting The 125th Annual General Meeting of Halma plc will be held at The King’s Fund, No. 11 Cavendish Square, London W1G 0AN on Thursday 25 July 2019 at 12.00 pm. 199 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationShareholder Information Continued Registered office Misbourne Court Rectory Way Amersham Bucks HP7 0DE Tel: +44 (0)1494 721111 halma@halma.com Web: www.halma.com Registered in England and Wales, No 040932 Investor relations contacts Rachel Hirst/Andrew Jaques MHP Communications 6 Agar Street London WC2N 4HN Tel: +44 (0)20 3128 8100 halma@mhpc.com Advisers Auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 10 Bricket Road St Albans Herts AL1 3JX Financial advisers Lazard & Co., Limited 50 Stratton Street London W1J 8LL Credit Suisse International One Cabot Square London E14 4QJ Solicitors CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP Cannon Place 78 Cannon Street London EC4N 6AF Registrar Computershare Investor Services PLC The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZ Tel: +44 (0)370 707 1046 Web: www.investorcentre.co.uk Charles King Head of Investor Relations Halma plc Misbourne Court Rectory Way Amersham Bucks HP7 0DE Tel: +44 (0)1494 721111 investor.relations@halma.com Bankers The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 280 Bishopsgate London EC2M 4RB Brokers Credit Suisse International One Cabot Square London E14 4QJ Investec Investment Banking 30 Gresham Street London EC2V 7QP 200 Halma plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019The paper used in this report is produced using virgin wood fibre from well-managed forests with FSC© certification. All pulps used are elemental chlorine free and manufactured at a mill that has been awarded the ISO 14001 and EMAS certificates for environmental management. The use of the FSC© logo identifies products which contain wood from well-managed forests certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council. Printed by CPI Colour, an FSC© and ISO 14001 accredited company, who is committed to all round excellence and improving environmental performance as an important part of this strategy. Designed and produced by MerchantCantos www.merchantcantos.com Halma plc Misbourne Court Rectory Way Amersham Bucks HP7 0DE Tel: +44 (0)1494 721111 www.halma.com H a l m a p l c A n n u a l R e p o r t a n d A c c o u n t s 2 0 1 9 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above